<1r>

And as the prophesies of the old Testament remained in obscut|r|ity till Christs first coming & then were interpreted by Christ & bec the interpretations became the religion of Chri\s/tians: so the Prophesies of both Testaments relating to Christs second coming may remain in obscurity till that coming & then be interpreted by divine authority & the interpretations become the religion of Gods people for the future.

<2r>

N|T|he fabulous wi|r|itings of Ctesias have {so} \yet/ much more obscured the true history of these monarchies the first great Monarchies by representing them much ancienter then they were & filling up ye times with long catalogues of kings. So he represents the walls \& ornaments/ of Babylon built by Semiramis \neare the flood/ & yet out of \a Isaiah {ch}/ the remains of Berosus [1] \compared with Isaiah chap 23.13/ it appears that they were built by Nebuchadnezzar & ye city founded \by the Assyrians/ but about 14|5|0 years before. {it} So also he makes ye fall of ruin of Nineve & the buil d division of ye Assyrian monarchy to have happened two hun between the Medes & Babylonians to \have/ happened about \at least/ 260 years before it did & {rem} fi thereby makes \has made/ ye kingdom of ye Medes \much/ ancienter then it was \& multiplied its kings/ & {multi} e|t|he kingdom of ye Assyrians he |has| raised as high as |ye| times of the flood:|.| & the reconciling these things Whence Eusebius & some other|s| have made two ruins of Ninive & two \successive/ Assyrian Monarchies \succeeding one ye other/, the first according to Ctesias, the last according to truth. He stands alone |in extravagant |in {sic} writing| in \writing/ things not easy for him to know| & {D} therefore I cannot forbear wth that learned & judicious writer Sr Iohn Marsham to suspect him. |The names of the Assyrian kings were frequently compounded of Assar, Adon, {Belus}{Belas} Pul, & such other words as occurr not in yt|ye| list \names/ of |ye| kings wch Ctesias hath set down in his list, & therefore yt list can scarce be genuine|

Xenophon looks like a writer of better credit for he write in his institution of Cyrus writes of things done not many ages before his time \his time/ & hi|a|s framed he|i|s book very like true history. & yet \But/ whilst I consider that he has erred in written as distinctly \& particularly/ as if he had lived in ye time of Cyrus & followed his Court, & yet has erred in most of the main strokes of |ye| history I cannot forbeare to reccon his book any thing else \much better/ then a Romance \contrived only to represent Cyrus a Hero/. [He had learnt by pop that Cyrus was son of Cambyses a Persian & Mandane daughter of Astages king of ye Medes & conquered ye Kings of ye Lydia & Babylon & upon this founda seems to have invented almost all ye rest, not consulting {ye} {illeg} but how to rep nothing so much as how to represent Cyrus a fine Prince.] For he has {r} made the kingdoms of Media & Persia distinct \different/ from one &|a|nother & {Cambyses put} Cambyses put {put all put} Cambyses the father of Cyrus to be King of ye Perians: whereas they were \but/ one kingdom & Cambyses was only Prefect of President of Persia under ye King of the Medes. He has made Cyrus before he was king of ye Persians to have warred under ye King of the m|M|edes against the kings of Babylon Lydia & Babylon \& conquered them not for himself but for that king/ & after all his wars were finished to have become king of Persia by ye death of his father & reigned only seven years & & after ye death of ye king of Media to have inherited <2v> that kingdom also in right of his wife, & yet Cyrus in the beginning of his wars conquered ye King of Media & after \by/ that conquest became also king of ye Persians & reigned {illeg} over them by the consent of all Chronologers 30 years together & t|w|hen \after/ he was king conquered the L Kingd|s|oms of Lydia & Babylonia not for another & added their kingdoms not to another's kingdom but to his own. For so soon as he had conquered Babylon he put forth \ended the seventy years captivity (Ier 25.12) &/ put forth a Proclamation Thus saith Cyrus king of Persia, God hath given me all the kingdoms of ye earth &c Ezra. 1. The king of Media whom A{s}{t} Cyrus conquered was Astyages the father of Mande|a|ne, & Cyarares {sic} was the prede \certainly/ King before Astyages: but Xenophon has inverted their order & made Cyaxeres \to be/ ye son & successor of Astyages all the & produced his re|i|gn over Media till after the time taking of Babylon by Cyrus. |Neither can ye|

There are \seem to be still/ other great mistakes \in Xenophon/, as to make ye king of Babylon \to be/ slain in battel agais by Cyrus & to make Assyria \to be/ a province of ye King of Babylon & to make Susa a distinc{k}|t| kingdom wth a king of its own \& Cyrus to have made an expedition into Egypt{sic}/. Well therefore did Cicero censure say \write/ Cyrus ille a Xenophon te non ad historiæ fidem scriptus est sed ad effigiem justi imperij. [2] Nor was Cyrus a man of so good moral {edu} conduct as Xenophon has represented if we may believe his contemporary Plato. For Diogenes Laertius \And/ Plato in Legibus, |as| saith c[3] Diogenes Laertius saith, {sic} hujus \Cyri/ Instiutionem fictitiam esse ne enim Cyrem talem fuisse. I cannot therefore forbeare to suspect such opinions as have been collected from this book of Xenophon alone & particularly that of Cyaxeres \Astyages/ king of ye Medes being the Darius Medus mentioned in Daniel. For this opinion has no other foundation then that Daniel was Cyrus warred under Cyaxeres against Babylon & conquered {illeg} it \in/ Belshaza|z|ar's reign & {co} whereas & conquered him: whereas it appears by the remains of Berosus & Megasthenes that Belshazar was slain by a conspiricy of ye Babylonians & yt Darius the Mede who succeeded him was conquered by Cyrus. Sr Iohn Marsham seeing the inconsistency of this Hypothesis has framed another as if Cyaxeres was Darius \the Mede/ was king of Susa only Cyaxeres ye son of Phraortes king of ye Medes& Persians left had two sons Astya both called Astyages, |&| to <3r> one of wch \called Astyages/ he left Media the kingdome of Media seated at Ecbatane & to ye other \called Darius both Darius & Astyges {sic} he let/ Persia wth some part of Medes. The first This makes me cautious therefore of trusting to this author unless where he is backt by other authors of good credit who did not tran{s} borrow from him. Herodotus, as he was ancienter {so} then either Ctesias or Xenophon {so}|&| had opportunity of informing himself by conversing wth ye Persians \Syrians & Egyptians/ so he seems to have w|b|een inquisitive & to have written what he thought was true.|,| Something indeed is to be allowed to his humour of \notwithstanding that he/ \has/ endeavourin|ed|g to write extraordinary things for drawing his readers into admiration. but notwithstanding this his relations agree best wth scripture & other {Berosus the rema} & other \ancient/ records of {best} best account of so yt I acc I know For his relations agree so well {wth} I say not this to detract from Xenophon. For {F Cy} ye little of his book Cyropædia or ye i|I|nstitution of Cyrus shews that he designed not to write a history as Herodotus did but {d} under the dress of history to teach morals & polity & under \in Cyrus to/ th propose a pattern {illeg} of \{e} good education &/ disciple {sic} to Princes & such as his readers. If he attained this he had his end: but for history we must go to others authors.

I know that \the learned/ Sr Iohn Marsham, has endeavoured \in some things/ to help our|t| {illeg} \the story of/ Xenophon {b}{f} by r representing that Cyaxeres (he who destroyed Nineve) had two sons, both called Astyages & to ye one left his kingdom divided between their|m|, giving \Ecbatane &/ Media {Ec} to ye one & Persia wth some part of Media \Elymais (a part of Persia)/ to ye other; that the latter was ye Mandane ye mother of Cyrus was ye daughter of ye latter & that Cyrus conquered ye former & from ye time of that victory reigned over Media 30 years but not over Persia & warred under the latter & but not over Persia, that Astyages ye grandfather of Cyrus was Darius \the/ Mede & took Susa by|u|t {r} & yet reigned & took Susa & on that account is said to take the kingdom & to be king of the Caldeans, but yet never reigned over Babylon, that he had a Son called Cyaxeres {w}|to| whom he left his kingdom & under whom Cyrus warred against Lydi the Kings of Lydia & Babylon & whose kingdom Cyrus inherited after his death & thereby became king {.} of Babylon & then releases|d|{illeg} ye Iews from captivity. But all this as tis a new invention so it has no foundation in antiquity. {That} \For first yt/ Astyages took Susa is said wthout any other evidence then an erroneus criticism of Scaliger. The Poet Æschylus had said yt Sus Xerxes by his great expedition into Greece had evacuated the falling Susa. Scaliger alters ye <3v> order of the verses & makes ye Poet say that ye first of the two Kings of |ye| Media|es| who reigned before Cyrus (yt is saith Sr Iohn, Astyages) had taken & emptied ye falling \Susa/ by taking it. On the contrary the prophet Ieremy describing the fall of the kingdom of Babylon makes Susa {con} {the} a part of {thi} it till that|en||.| fall How is Shesha|ch| taken! & how is ye praise of ye whole earth surprised|!| how is Babylon become an astonishment Ier 52.41. Secondly that \Astyages /Astyages &\/ Darius ye m|M|ede & Astyages \are ye same/ is an opinion of ye Christians collected only from ye Story of Bel & ye Dragon. For there tis said that king Astyages was \(chap 1.1)/ Cyrus of Persia is made successor to king &|A|styages & in as \he is/ in Daniel he (chap 6.28) to Darius ye Mede. But yet it follows not from thence that they \|his| predecessors/ are ye same, for Cyrus succeeded Dar Astyages m|in| Media & & Darius \long after/ in Babylon If they Cyrus was ye immediate successor of \them/ both & they be {illeg} ye same then \one & the same King then Cyaxeres is excluded & so/ the whole story of Xenophon representing how Cyrus warred under Cyaxeres ye son & successor of this {D}{C} Astyages or Darius falls to ye ground & how {illeg} at length \married the daughter of this Cyaxeres &/ suceeded {sic} him in ye Kingdom, falls to ye grownd, & Sr Iohn Marshams hypothesis falls with it. For by excluding Astya Cyaxeres ye second of ye two kings of ye Mede Xenophons two kings |Certainly Herodotus makes Cyrus ye immediate successor of yt Astyages wh{a|o|t} was th the father of his \{he}/ mother Mandane the{y} mother of /his grandfather.\| Thirdly that to represent that Daniel by saying that Darius was made king over the Chaldeans realm or kingdom of ye Chaldeans meant nothing more then that the he \Darius/ became king of the Chal took Susa, is to make him speak as improperly as if one should say that ye king of France by conquering Flanders becam be{illeg}came king of Spane. \The Province of/ Susa was no part of Chaldea, mu much less was it the \realm or/ Kingdom of ye Chaldeans. Daniel tells us plainly that when Belshazzar king of ye Chaldeans was slain ,|&| Darius ye Mede took ye kingdom. And w|W|hat kingdom wa|bu|t that of ye Chaldeans over wch of wch Dari Belshazzar was king: {s} that is yt he succeeded Belshazzar who was slain at Babylon. He does not say ye province of Susa but ye kingdom of Belshazzar. But I{f} \And tho/ Sr Iohn \indeed/ contends yt ye last words should have been set in ye beginning of yt next chapter, |:| \yet/ I answer that |but| ye division of ye b|B|ible into chapters is but a late invention. The story ought to be read wthout interruption. For whilst Daniel saith yt Darius took ye kingdom & does not in ye following words describe what kingdō this was, he must mean the kingdom spoken of before, that of ye Chaldeans over wch Belshazzar reigned at Babylon till Darius took it. {Then} {illeg} {D} Lastly to make two kingdoms of ye Medes & Persians & two Astyages & two Cyaxes {sic} \reigning in them & this wthout any authority in antiquity/ looks so much like sl|p|litting one king & one [Editorial Note 1] kingdom |two| |kingdom into two that I reccon it too hard a notion without some & two kings into four & one kingdom into two that I cannot assent to it. These prejudices being removed, I now proceed to ye describe ye four Monarchies.| [4][5]

<4r>

3{Hy} Cyrus Darius, Ahashuerus & Artaxexes {sic} mentioned successively \after {illeg} Cyrus/ {in} |(|Ezra 4, |)| are Darius Hystaspis, Xexes & Artaxerxes Longimanus. For Ahashuerus , or Achsweros, A was in the Greek pronunciation Ax{e}{a}res & Xex|r|xes: For he who in Tobit is called Assuerus (ch 14.15) was by ye Greeks called Cy-Axeres, \that is Prince Axeres/ & Artaxerxes is sometimes put for Artax Art-axerxes & the later Greek|s| Historians wrote Artax Artaxe Art-axeres for Art-axerxes. And he who in the \sacred/ History of HEs{t}\h/er is called Ahasuerus in|s| in ye appcryphal {sic}l history of H Esther called Art-axerxes that is great X Xerxes the great, the particle Art signifying great in ye Pe{r}sian tongue. So then the names agree. & as But as the And for the History A{n}d so also do the Histories for Ezra saith that that {sic} ye people of ye land h{ir}ed counsellours all the days of against the Iews to p|f|rustrate their purpose \[of bui{ild}ing the Temple]/ a{ll} the days of Cyrus king of Persia & [further] untill the reign of Darius k{ing} of Persia. This Darius therefore favoured the building j|I|ews in bu their work of t{he} Temple & therefore was Darius Hi|y|staspis, but after his reign being over they p{e}ople of ye land wrote an accusation against them in the beginning of the reign {of} \{h}is successor/ Ahasuerus or Xerxes \& again in the reign of his successor Artaxerxes/ [not to hinder the building of the Temple (for that was now finished) but to hinder the building of the City. & the wall. The words of their letter \to Artaxerxes/ run thus. Be it known unto ye King that the Iews wch came up from thee to us (that is Ezra & his companions) are come unto Ierusalem, building the b rebellious & bad c|C|ity & have set up the walls thereof & joyned the foundations &c. Then follows the Hereupon ye King replied Give ye now commandment that this|ese| City men cease that this City be not builded till another commandment shall be given from me. And when ye copy of king Artaxerxes letter was read they went up in hast to Ierusalem to unto ye Iews & made them \to/ cease by force & power All this concerns not ye Temple Temple but ye City |&| wall \the building of/ wch were not attempted till after the Temple was finished. And therefore the next words So ceased the work of the house of God wch is at Ierusalem. So it ceased unto ye second year of ye reign of Darius belong not relate not to ye reign of Artaxerxes but to that of Cyrus, the historian, after he had brought down a short narrative of ye {h}|a|ffairs of the Iews through ye reigns of Cyrus Darius Ahas Xerxes & Artaxerxes, returning back to ye reign|s| of Cyrus & Darius. And this is confirmed by the \1st/ book of Ez|s|dras where the|is| same story of Artaxerxes is intermixed wth the story of Zerubabel & Ieshua, \Cyrus & Darius/ \Cyrus/ & after both stories til|s| added that |how after they had laid the foundation of the Temple| ye heathen of ye land hindred the finishing of the building [of ye Tem house of God] all the days of that king Cyrus lived: So they were hindred from building all the days of untill ye second year of Darius . & in ye second year of his reign Aggæus & Zacharias prophesied &c. In the book of Ezra the story of Ahasuerus & Artaxerxes is \Cyrus/ Darius is interrupted by the story of Ahasuerus & Artaxerxes but in yt of Esdras the \whole/ story of Cyrus & Darius from ye beginning of Ezra {e} ye 2d chap. of Ezra to ye end of ye 6t chapter is told wthout interruption & the story of Artaxerxes is inserted \story of Cyrus is interrupted by that of Artaxerxes/ \inserted/ \in the story of Cyrus/ immediately after ye first chapter of Ezra. & the whole \all the rest of {emperor} the/ story of Cyrus & Darius from ye beginning of ye 2d chapter of Ezra to ye end of ye sixt chapter is told wthout interruption & I take the book of Esdras to be the best interpreter of the book of Ezra. Artaxerx{e}s is therefore inserted \in both books/ wthout due order of time & is no more the predecessor of Darius then of Cyrus, but being ye successor of Ahassuerus the successor of {Dar}ius h{e} must be Artaxerxes Longimanus, & they \Iews/ that came up from him <4v> began to rebuild Ierusalem & ye Wall were Ezra & his companions who {had{illeg}} {p} |in his seventh year| came up wth a commission large enough to encourage them {in} \to attempt/ such a work They attempted it therefore but were prohibited till Nehemiah {afterward} \came wth/ a {w{ork}} commission & compassed it in ye 20th year of ye King.

And that it was in this Kings reign & not in the reign of Artaxer{xes} Mnemon that Ezra & Nehemiah came up is further confirmed by this|e| c{ir}cumstance|s| that wth in ye 7th year of ye King when Ezra came to Ierusalem he found there Iozabad the son of Ieshua & Noadiah ye son of Binnui Levites Ezra 8.33 wch Ieshua & Binnui were Levites in ye first year of Cyrus Nehem 10.9 & 12.8. And that Zachariah ye son of Ionathan the son of Shemajah |the son of Mattaniah| was at ye dedication of the wall |(|Nehem. 12.35|)| wch Shemajah was Pries{t} in y{e} first year of Cyrus (Nehem 12.6, 18) as was also his father Mattaniah Nehem 11.17 And that in recconing up the Priests & Levites wch were in ye day{s} of Iojaki{ng}|m| the son of Ieshua \the High Priest/ tis said These were in the days of Iojakim the {s}on son {sic} of Ieshua the son of {Iozadack}{Iozadak} & in ye days of Nehemiah ye Governor & {of} Ezra the Priest ye scribe. Nehem 12.26. And after the 32th year of this {Ar}taxerxes Eliashib the son of Iojad|k|im was High Priest Nehem. 13.28. For \Now/ From {ye}{yt} 1st year of Cyrus to ye 33th year of \this/ Artaxerxes is about an hundred year{s} wch in as much time as two generations can well reach unto whereas from the first of Cyrus to ye 33th of Artaxerxes Mnemon is {al} about 160 years wch {{is}} too long for ye generations above mentioned.

{S}|1|. The History of ye return of ye Captivity under Zerubbabel & Ieshuah in the first \& second/ year of Cyrus is conteined partly in ye three first chapters of Ezra & partly in Nehemiah from ye 5t verse of ye 7th chapter to ye 9th verse of ye 12th. And ye feast of Taberna{t}|c|les mentioned in Ezra 3.4 is described at large in Nehemiah 8.

2. The Temple was finished in ye 7|6|t year of Darius Hystaspis.

3. Darius, Achsuerus ,|&| Artarerxes {sic} mentioned successively in Ezra 4 are Darius Hystaspis, Xerxes & Artaxerxes Longimanus & Cyrus Darius & Artaxerxes mentioned successively in Ezra 6.14 are Cyrus Darius Hystaspis & Artaxerxes Longimanus

4 Ezra & Nehemiah flourished in ye reign of Artaxa|e|rxes Longimanus. &

5 The 7th year of Artaxeri|e|{sic} full in wth ye       year of ye     Olympiad.

6 The years in Daniels Prophesies are Iewish Lunisolar years.

7 The birth of Christ

8 The death of Christ.

9 Daniels weeks

10 The Ram & Goat

11 The scripture of truth.

12 The four Beasts

13 The Horns of ye 4th Beast.

<5r>

The book of Daniel is a collection of papers partly historical relating to the life of Daniel, & partly prophetical. The historical papers are conteined in the first six chapters And the collection seems to have been made a little after the death of Daniel \the Prophet/: for ye Collector seem{s} in the end of th author of the first chapter saith that |of| Daniel \that he/ continued to ye first year of Cyrus, that is, to his first year over Med Persia & Media & third year over Babl|y|lon. The six first six chapters are written of Daniel \& his three friends/ b partly by Nebuchanezzar partly by other her|a|nds: the six{t} last are prophetick visions written by Daniel himself. And In \In order to understand these visions I designe in/ the following discourse I designe to explain some |types &| phrases \used in these prophesies/ which relate to the general state of the Church & tend to {un} un the unfolding of the prophesies, \in the last ages; &/ s|p|articularly what is to be understood by [Editorial Note 2] 1 the Host of heaven, 2 the Prince of the Host, 3 the Prince of Princes, \4 the Messiah the Prince,/ 5 the Sa|H|oly Covenant, 6 the Sanctuary of strength, {9} the transgression of desolation, the Host of the little|ast| Horn of the He Goat , & he, {t 8} the desolation of the Host \of heaven/ the last end of{10} the Indignation , & the against the holy covenant, 11 the last end of the indignation, & {t} the host of th wch was given to the last horn of the Goat in transgression against the holy covenant, |&| 12 the time of the end. the desolation of the host of heaven, the transgression of desolation \or abomination of desolation/, the indignation against the holy covenant, the last end of the indignation, & the time of the end.

The book of the Law being received by the Samaritans was written \& received/ before the captivity of the ten tribes. This |is| the book of the law which Hilkiah the High Prei|ie|st found in the Temple in the reign of Iosiah after it had been lost in the reign of his grandfather Manasses who was captivated by the Babylonians. This is that book of the law wch Iehosaphat sent \wth/ his Princes wth \&/ some of the Priests & Levites to teach \be taught/ \teach the book of ye law/ in all the cities of Iudah.|,| And two hundred years before the captivity of the ten tribes. From the I This book being handed down to posterity came into descended to the Samaritans & was preserved by them in the ancient character, while the Iews lost it in the captivity of Masses|na|sses & found it again \in the Temple/ in the reign of Iosiah, & altered the after the return from the Babylonian captivity changed the character to that wch they had learned in Chaldea. The books of kings |The books of Samuel & kings are one continued history & these {sic} \& the Chronicles/ were written at the same time with e| & |ye| Chronicles were written at one & the same time because the|y| quote one another. They were composed out of ancienter records \books/ because the {sic} quote those books. They were copied verbatim from those ancienter books because they cite th frequently agree with one another for many sentens|c|es |together.| The books of kings \Samuel/ are a cont Samuel & kings are one continued history The book of Ezra begins with the two last verses of the second book of Chronicles & therefore was originally a part of that book & has been broken of from it. And by conqu|se|quence Ezra was the compiler of all these books.

but t|T|he Pentateuch is compo{les}sed of the Law of Moses & & \the/ history of Gods people together & the history hath been \taken |collected| from several books/ such as were The book of the generations of Adam, Gen. 5, N|&| the book of the wars of the Lord Num. 21.14. And For this This book of wars conteined what was done at the Red Sea & afterwards in their ju|o|urneying \of Israel/ through the wilderness, wch (Num 21.14) & |& therefore might be written by Moses himself. And it| might conteine \also/ the wars in|o|f Ioshua in conquering Canaan, [Some things also \For/ Is|o|shua wrote \some things/ in the book of the Law of God which are not now in the Pentateuch] \(Ios 24.26./ & might also \therefore might/ write his own wars in the book of warrs \those being the principal wars of God/. These were publick books & therefore not written without the authority of Moses & Ioshua. And of these

The books of Ioshua Mose Ioshua Iudges & Ruth were

The Pentateuch & the books of Ioshuah & Iudges contein one continued history of Israel down to the death of Sampson|.| & Where the Pentateuch ends the book of Is|o|shua begins & where the book of Ioshua ends the book of Iudges begins. And therefore \all/ these books seem to have been {w} composed out of the writings of Moses Ioshua & other Records by one & the same author after the death of Ioshua Sampson, & most probaly {sic} in the <5v> reign of Saul \or David/. For \Pentateuch &/ the books of Ioshua \the/ Iudges & Ruth were written when there was a king in Israel. Gen. 36.31 Iud. 17.6, & 18.1 & 19.1 & 21.25 & Ruth 1.1.

The book of Ruth was written in honour of David & therefore \it was written /it was written\/ after he was annointed to be king by Samuel to be king. And not much after, because the history of his great Grandfather Booz & of others who lived in the times of the Iudges could not have been \distinctly/ remembered above two or three generations, & also because the |Originals &| genealogy of David is only \are/ set down in this book to give him credit, but nomention {sic} is here made of his reign or wars|r|s. They judge well therefore who reccon Samuel the author of this book: for it was written by way of introduction to this|e| history of David

At the t|d|edication of the Temple of Solomon when the Ark was brought into the most Holy, there was nothing in it but the two Tables. Wh 1 King. 8.9 Whence I gather that \& therefore/ when ye Philistims took ye Ark, they took out of it the book of the Law & the {G} golden pot of Manna & Aarons rod. And this \& other/ loss|es| \under the Philistims/ might give occasion in the days of Samuel to the collecting out of the writings of Moses & Ioshua to the collecting \composing/ of the Pentateuch out after his victory over the Philistims to \the/ collecting \of/ |to Samuel (after Israel had some respite from the oppression of their enemies to recollect the {sic}| the writings of Moses & Ioshua & the Records other \the/ Records of the Iudges & out of them to the composi|e|ng out of them the Pentateuch & the books of Ioshua & Iudges in the form in wch we now have them. And considering that Samuel judged Israel all the days of his life, the Pentateuch wch conteined the laws by wch he was to judge them, could not be composed without his authority. He was a \sacred/ writer (1 Sam. 10.25) & well versed in the history of the nation of Israel as well as in the law (1 Sam. 12.8, 9, 10, 11) & had leasure in the reign of Saul, & the book of Iasher wch is quoted in the book of Ioshua (Ios. 10.3|1|3) was {{illeg}} in being at the death Saul (2 Sam. 1.18.) They judge well therefore who ascribe the books of Ioshua Iudges & Ruth to Samuel, & the Pentateuch is not of a later date. |In the book of Genesis (ch 36.31) the race of the kings of Edom is set down till the days \reign/ of Saul, but not till the conquest of Edom by David |&| & the Pentateuch in the form now extant was composed between the beginning of Saul's reign & the conquest of Edom by David. T|t|he end of that race of Kings p|d|etermines the time when that the Pentateuch was put into the form now extant.|

The books of Samuel & Kings are one continued history.

The {illeg}

Samuel is reputed the author of the first book of Samuel till the time of his death|.| b|B|ut considering that it begins with the genealogy & birth of Samuel & was written in honour of him & conteins his life, I had rather believe th & that the two books of & ends w & death & ends wth the death of Saul; & that the two books of Samuel are of a piece & continue the history till the time of the kings \Davids/ last sickness & the attempt of Adonijah to {re{illeg}} succeed him & it seems to \& are a very full history of those times & cite/ & that {in} the in these two books no authors are cited: it seems to me that they were origini|a|lls composed by the disciples of Samuel in honour of their master & contin\u/ed by them first to the death of samuel & Saul & then to the death last sickness of David the king whom Samuel had annointed to succeed Saul. |Or if they were begun by Samuel they were carried on by his disciples.|

The books of Kings & Chronicles contein the cite many \other/ authors & as the \book of the/ Acts of Solomon, the book of ye Chronicles of the kings of Israel, the book of the Chronicles of the kings of Iudah. the boo And the books of Chronicles cite the book of Samuel the Seer, the book of Nathan the Prophet & the book of Gad the Seer, {T} for the acts of David; the book of Nathan the prophet, the prophesy of Ahijah the Shilonite & the visions of Iddo the Seer for the Acts of Solomon; the book of Sema Shemajah ye prophet & the book of Iddo the Seer concerning genealogies for the {t}|a|cts of Rehoboam & Abijah. The book of the kings of Israel & Iudah & Israel for the reign \acts/ of Asa, Ioash, Amaziah, Iotham, Ahaz \Hezekiah Manasseh & Iosiah/ the book of Iehu the son of Han{illeg}ani the Seer for the acts of Iehosaphat: \&/ the book \visions/ of Isaiah for the acts of Vzziah ,|&| Hezekiah. These books were therefore collected out of the historical writings of the ancient Seers & Prophets &|A|nd because the books of the Kings & Chronicles quote {one} another they were written at one & the same time. . . . . . . . . . time of the end. And {bec} the book of the first book of the Chro this time was after the return from ye Babylonian captivity because they bring |d|own the history of Israel & Iudah & the genealogies of the kings of Iudah & of the high Priests to the|a|t captivity. And the book of Ezra was a part of the book of Chronicles & had|s| been divided from it. For it begins wth the two last verses of the second book of the Chronicles |And the first book of Esdras begins wth the two last Chapters of the Chronicles second book of the Chronicles|. Ezra was therefore the compiler of these books \of the Kings & Chronicles & brought down the history to his own time{sic}/. He was a ready scribe in the law of God & for assisting him in this work Neemias founded a library & gathered together the Acts of the Kings & the Prophets & of David & the Epistles of the kings concerning the holy gifts. \2 Maccab. 2/ By the Acts of David I understand \here/ the second book|s| of Samuel.|,| Out of or at least <6r> the second book. Out of the Acts of the kings & the \or/ historical writ composed from time to time he compiled the by the Prophets he copied \composed/ the books of the kings, the Chronicles of the kings of Israel Iudah & the Chronicles of the kings of Israel, joyning those Acts together in due order of time|.| & reducing them into the In doing this he copied the words of the authors as is manifest from hence that the books of the kings & Chronicles frequently agree wth one another in words for many sentences together. Where they agree in sense there they agree in words. So also the Psalms composed by David Moses David & others he down to his own times he collected into one volume. And I reccon him the collector because in this collection I meet wth Pl|s|as|l|ms as late as the Babylonian captivity but wth none later. So also \And/ the prophesies of Isaiah written at several times he has collected into one body. And the rest of the prophe like for \those of/ Ieremy & the rest of the prophets down to the days of the second Temple.

And the book of Daniel is in like manner a collection of papers written at several times. . . . . . . . . . . to be Ezra. The book of Ionah is the history of Ionah written by another hand.

The Israelites were five \several/ times greatly oppressed by their enemies, The Philistims oppressed them 40 years & by reigning & every time upon shaking of the yoke of their oppressors made a great reformation in religion. For The Philistims oppressed them in the reign of forty years & by reigning over them gave the name of Palestine to their land{.} & upon shaking of their yoke Samuel reformed them \& made them put away their strange Gods & return to serve ye Lord/ & |he| put their law & their history down to his own times into {an} the form now extant. Then Sesak oppressed \invaded/ them & spoiled the temple & upon shaking of the yoke of the Egyptians Asa renewed the covenant with God & brought into the temple new vessels of gold & silver & his son sent men to teach the book of the law in all the cities of Iudah. The|n| \the/ king of Babylon Assyria captivated Manasses & his Princes & after that captivity Iosiah repaired the Temple renew caused the book of the law to be read & renewed the Covenant. \Then/ Nebuchadnezzar captivated Zedekiah & his princes & upon the return of that Captivity \Zerubbabel/ Ezra & Nehemiah recollected t rebuilt the Temple, recollected the sacred writings reduced them into order, & read the law to the people & renewed the covenant|.| with God And \when/ Antiochus Epiphanes spoiled the Temple, commended the Iews to forsake ye law upon pain of death & burn the sacred books to be burnt, & upon recovering from this oppression Iudas Maccabæus gathered together all those things \writings/ that were lost. But in these troub 2 Macc. 2.14. But in these troubles the book of ye chronicles of the kings of Israel was entirely lost & part of the {b} prophesies of Isaiah have been added to the end of the prophesies of Zechary & the Book of Ezra has been separated from the book of the Chronicles & the set together in two several orders; in one order in the book of Ezra received into ye Canon & in another order in the first book of Esdras, |And after the Roman captivity the Iews at length for preserving their scriptures & traditions, committed their traditions to writing & painted their scriptures & agreed upon an edition of their sc{rip}tures & pointed it ‡| |it ‡ & counted the {illeg} letters of every sort in every book that the & by preserving only this editions|n| the ancienter various lections (except what can be discovered by means of the septuagent \version/) are lost, & such marginal notes or other corruptions as by the errors of the transcribers, had crept into the text before this edition & the greek version, ha{r}|v|e crept into the text, are now scarce to be corrected.|

The ancient Iews distinguished the sacred books into the Law the Prophets & the Hagiographa or holy writings, & read only the l|L|aw & the Prophets in their Synagogues. . . . . . . . . the|n| books now extant the Hgiographa {sic} .

Amongst the Prophets Daniel is most distinct in order of time & most easy to be understood. And therefore in those things wch relate to the last times he must be made the key to the rest. And in order to understand him . . . . . . . . . . the time of the end.

W|I|n the infancy of the nation of Israel when God had given them a law & made a covenant with them to be their God if they would keep his commandments; as often as they revolted to the worship of other Gods, he sent Prophets to reclaim them \as often as they revolted to other Gods \the worship of other Gods// & upon their returning to him they \sometimes/ renewed the covenant wch they had broken. These Prophets he continued to send till the building of the second Temple days of Ezra: But after their prophesies were read in the synagogues, {they} \those prophesies/ were the thought sufficient. For if they wo|pe|ople would not hear {illeg} Moses & the old prophets, they would hear no new ones not no not tho one should rise from should rise from the dead. T At length when a new truth was to be preached to ye Iews & Gentiles |(namely that Iesus was the Christ {) }| God sent new Prophets & teachers: but after this doctrine was preached & the writings of the \new/ Prophets & Apostles \was|er|e/ received & read in the synagogues of the Christians, prophesy ceased a second time. |And as the Israelites Israel often revolted so the Apostles foretold a fading away among the Christians| We have Moses the Prophets & Apostles & w the words of Christ & if we will not hear them we shall be worse \more inexcusable/ then the Iews. |For| And They \the prophets/ have fortold that there should be as these {was|er|e} a falling away as {t}|I|srael often revolted & brake the covenant \& renewed it/ so there should be a falling away among the Christians & in latter days God would \destroy the wicked &/ make a new covenant wth <6v> his people And now the Beas{t} – – – – ancient throne we are to expect the rise of the ten horns For they were to receive their power as kings \at/ the same time with the Beast. And accordingly upon the death of Thedosius the northern barbarous nations began to rise from their seats & invade first the eastern & then ye western Empire, & in those wars erected within the space of 12 or 14 years brake the {D} Empire into \erected within the Empires/ the \new/ kingdoms of ye Britains, Francs, \Burgundians, –/ Vandals, Suevians, Alans in Spain, Alans in France, Visigoths, {Hunns {illeg}} |& Hunns or| Ostrogoths|.| besides that The Ostrogoths at first seated themselves under the Hunns in ye Empire under the Hunns, but at length shook of their yoke & became supreme. And As the ten horns gave their strength & power & stren{t|g|{t}{h}} {sic} to the Beast, so when the Dragon gave the Beast his power & his throne & great authority it may be recconed that he became one of his horns. And according to this reconing the|re| Beast will have \will be/ tenn horns besides re|th|e remaining part of the western Empire to wch they give their power. & strength.

Or rather, he And now I suppose it was that he made Valamir Theodemir & Videmir captains or Kings over three bodies of the Visigoths. These Visgoths \Ostrogoths/ according to Procopius came over the Rhene Danube about the same time that the Vandals & Alans passed the Rhene & the Visigoths invaded Italy & besieged Rome, that is, about the year 407 or 408. They lived quietly for a time under the Hunns in Pannonia, but [upon the commencing of these \{illeg}/ warrs of the Huns had \now assisted Attila & for that end had under the conduit of/ Valamir Theudemir & Videma|i|r made captains or kings over t ( the sons of Vandali\si/us) made their captains or kings. This was about the year 444|3| or 444. & under their conduct assisted the Hunns being assissed {sic} by the Ostrogot] but now assisted Attila & for that end had

200000000000000000 100000000000000000 096000000000000000 4000000000000000 2810000000000000 1190000000000000 1129600000000000 60400000000000 56564000000000 3836000000000 2828410000000 1007590000000 848526900000 159063100000 141429325000 17641775000 16970562360 671212640 565685400 105527240 084852810 20674430 19798989 875441 565680 209760 197990 11770 11313 460 280 180 (14142135623727416.28284271247454830. 113137084989819328.3∟1313708499.00007071067811863729289321881363234314575050904117157287525452

Nodi Apog
−4. 9. 7. 56. 39 2. 13. 28. 20 10. 11. 47. 37 11. 15. 55. 17 3. 29. 25. 0 Sep \Aug/. 25. Ante chr. 21
11. 29. 45. 40 4. 9. 23. 3 19. 19 1. 10. 39 50 7 or 8 at night.
9. 7. 42 {illeg}|1|9 2. 21. 10. 40 11. 15. 35. 58 26. 30. 55
{5}|S|ep. {illeg}|1| 8. 0. 29. 52 15|1|. 4|5| {illeg}|02| {illeg}|25| 12. 56|35|. 16|2| 6. {illeg}|0|6. 35. 45
5. 8. 12. 11 7. 25. 31 17 11. 2. 40. 42 11. 7. 10. 35
−6 5. 54. 50 1. 26. 13. 5 12. 10 5. 0. 34. 50 Arg an.
{illeg}|5|. 2. 17. 21 −2. 19. 3 30 11. 2. 59. 46 5. 0. 26. 13
2. 13. 28. 20 11. 7 10 35 10 23. 50. 28 Arg an.
2. 18. 19. 1 + 5. 0. 6 −10. 22. 0. 0 Æq Ap. 58800.
1. 51. 8 11. 12 11 7. 14. 35. 45
5. 0. 26. 13
9. 7. 54. 3 2. 13 28 20 10. 11. 47. 37 3. 29. 25. 51 11. 15. 55 17.
11. 29. 45. 40 50 4. 9. 23. 3 1. 10. 39. 50 19. 19. 43.
7. 23. 35. 54 32 8. 2 48. 20 26. 24. 13 12. {illeg}|3|3. 1.
5. 0. 35. 37 2. 13. 29. 42 10. 23. 5{illeg}|9|. 0 5. 6. 29. 54 10. 14. 3. 33.
9. 51 5. 0. 45. 37|28|
5. 0. 45. 28 2. 17. 15. 55|46|
52|7|. 46|13| 2. 16. 19. 0
4. 29. 42. 43
4. 29. 48. 15
1. 53. 28
4. 28. 52. 0
9. 7. 54. 3 2. 13. 28. 20. 10. 11. 47. 37 3. 29. 25. 51 11. 15. 55. 17
11. 29. 31. 20 1 40 8. 18. 46. 5 2. 21. 19. 39 1. 8. 39. 26.
Iul. 9. 7. 2{illeg}|5|. 2{illeg}|3| 2. 14. 0. 0 19. 0. 33. 42 6. 21. 15. 30 10. 7. 1{illeg}|5|. {6}|5|1.
22 6. 20. 5. 11 0. 0. 0. 28 5. 4. 48. 25|9| 22. 36. 56 10. 45. 0
3 28. 0. 34 2. 14. 0. 28 0. 5. 22. 11 7. 13. 53. 26 9. 26. 30. 51
−5 4. 55. 42 −1 2. 5. 52. 55 33. 25 + 15. 53
3. 23. 45. 52 2. 14. 0. 27 9. 29. 29. 16 7. 13. 20. 1 9. 26. 45. 44
1. 16. 0 3. 23. 45. 53 4. 2|3|. 0 3 22. 29. 52
3. 22. {illeg}|29|. 52 1. 9. 45. 26 10. 4. 16 8. 7. 9. 51
5 59. 8 7. 23. 3. 11 {5}|0|. 4|9|. 43. 10
3 21 30. 44 2 6. 26. 5 47167
13. 10. 35 7. 23. 3. 11
1. 23. 16. 30 9. 29. 29.
4. 6. 0
10. 10. 30
9. 16. 18. 41
9. 12. 12. 41
<7r>

but insisted most upon the {clear}|{genuine}| reading. A|B|ut soon after Socrates Cyril of Alexandria Pope Leo I, Prosper, Cassian, Beda, Fulbertus Carnotensis &c spread the corrupt reading.

Again, in Iohn 19.40

In Acts 13.41, some body has attempted to change

<8r>

Yet threscore & two weeks shall [the City] return & be built the street be built & the wall, but in troublesome times: & after threscore & two weeks ye

<9r>

[6]\For understanding the descriptions of these Monarchies /& Kingdoms\ made {So|D| toge} by Daniel,/ It is to be observed that all Daniels Beasts continue in being till the|is| end. of the pro |to the end of| For he tells us that the three first Beasts had their diminons {sic} taken away, but their lives were prolonged for a time & season & time that is till their dom the stone cut out of the mountain fell upon the feet of the Image & c untill the greatness of ye dominion under the whole heaven shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High|.| & \For then/ the stone cut out of the mountain without hands shall fall upon the feet of smites the Image upon its feet & break|s| in pieces the iron the brass the silver & the gold & grow a \representing the four monarchies & grow|s| into a/ grat|ea||t| mountain \filling the earth/, or untill the kingdom wch God shall then set up, shall break in pieces the \nations of the/ fou{illeg}r kingdoms \of the nations/ represented by those metalls & succeed them The four Bas|ea|sts are therefore are all of them still in being notwithstanding that the dominions of the f the|r|ee first have been taken away. And therefore we are to look for the heads, horns, & wings & bodies of these four Beasts in four \four/ distinc {sic} regions or countries. The two eagles wings of the Lyon are still in Media & Chaldæa, but they have \have been been/ pluckt, [Editorial Note 3] that is {their} \{his}/ dominion w|h|as \the dominion of this Beast has been/ taken away|.| [Editorial Note 4] {{5}{se}}by Cyrus (vizt by Cyrus) & the Beast {rem} was left \only/ standing upon his hinded|r| feet with a mans heart to signify that he remained alive after his dominion was taken away The Bear had three ribbs in his mouth to distinguish his conquests from himself. The four w|h|eads & four wings of the Leopard were placed \seated/ in {Eg}|Gr|eece & {Mino} Eg|As|ia Minor Syria & Egypt. And therefore the ten \eleven/ horns of the fourth Beast are to bee looked for \seated/ in the regions westwar on this side Greece & Egypt. And there we have found them. The Roman Empire therefore on this side Greece & Egypt was \is/ the proper body of the Beast & the rest \{of}/ the Empire eastward as \{only}/ the residue wch he stamped with his feet.|,| |& {illeg} {fourth set upon} {as the body of ye} {day found}| \is the residue of the four Empires so far as he conquered them./

And in the same manner He Goat & the Ram with their severl {sic} horns are to be distinguished. The Ram with his two horns is the kingdom of Media & Persia, & the first horn \which rose up first/ is the kingdom of Media from the beginning of that Monarchy or \from/ the taking of Nineveh by Cyaxeres |which rose up before the kingdom of Persia| And as the Ram comprehends the two first Monarchies, so the Goat comprehends the two last. His four horns s|a|re the same with those of the Leopard, & his last horn \after their dominion {illeg}/ |in the latter time of their dominion a little horn arises out of one of them| \&/ grows mighty but not by his own power & there|for| reigns after the \after them &/ \power &/ \under the d|p|omini|wer|on which took away the dominion/ dominion of the {third} Be Leopard as taken away by |that is under the dominion of power of| the fourth Beast|.| & grows mighty under by the power \{or deaths dominion}/ of {that} Beast \For after he \is grown {illeg} mighty &/ has taken away the daily sacrifice he is to reign {1300} years & then to stand up against the Prince of Princes & be broken without hand/ This last horn \in the latter time of the four/ rose out of one of the|m| four & was at first a little one And such w & then grew mighty but not in|by| his own power. And such was the kingdom of Pergamus. And It rose in Asia minor in the time reign of the four horns & at first it was nothing but a {stron} more then the city Pergamus with its castel {t}|&| the villages round about it. Then in the reign of Attalus its third king Prince it enlarged its dominion over a considerable part of Asia minor & being in friendship with the Romans, it sided with them in a war against Antiochus magnus & by their ast|i|stance enlarged its dominion over all Asia on this side the mountain Taurus. A And at length Att it was left to the Romans by the last will & Testament & of Attalus |II| its last King & by their power \& under their government/ grew mighty towards the south & towards the east & towards Iudea \the land of delight/ conquering Syria Iudea & Egypt. & by him he magnified himself against the host of heaven (the Christians both Iews & Gentiles) & being the Apocalyptic Dragon who had his throne in {R}{D}{p}|P|ergamus, he cast down some of the stars to the ground{s} & rose up against {Chris} \Michael/ the Prince of the Host \Iesus Christ/ & took away the daily worship \of his servants/ & cast down the place of his sanctuary to grownd, & practised & prospered.

And the same thing is repeated in the Scr Prophesy of the s|S|cripture of truth, where in these words. And after him Arms shall stand up & they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength. As המלך{illeg} sign (Dan. 11.8) signifies after the King, so \here/ המנן \may/ signifies {sic} after him, that is, after the king|| of the north \the king of the north/ a ki Or if it signify out of him, the meaning may be that him the little horn of the He-Goat shall stand up. He stood up by conquering Syria \Phenicia/ & Egypt, & then took away the daily sacrifice.

<9v>

And in the same manner the He|Ra|m & the He Goat are to be distinguished from one another. The Ram with his two horns is the kingdom of Media & Persia & his horn wch rose up first is the kingdom of Media wch rose up before the kingdom of Persia. And as the Ram comprehends the two first Monarchies so the He-Goat comprehends the two{illeg} last. His four horns are the same with those of the Leopard. And in the latter time of their kingdom a little horn rose out of one of them & grew mighty towards the south & towards the east & towards Iudea, & the land of delight, that is by conquering Egypt & Syria & {Phœnicia} when the reign of the third \in it rose up in a region to the south north-west of these kingdoms/ & grew great /mighty\ \mighty/ by conquering Egypt & Syria & Phœnicia \to the south east/ & reigned after the four horns \& grew mightier then any of them/. It grew mighty but not by its own power [& therefore this \forreign/ power could be no other then that {this}|which| took away the dominion of the Leopard four horns {was}{wth} \of the Leopard & therefore was/ the power of the fourth Beast|.| wch \For this power/ took away the dominion of the third.] || < insertion from the top of f 10r > ✝ It grew mighty but not by its own power; not by the power of the Leopard or He- He Goat or any of its horn any of the four horns for it rose up in aft the latter end of their dominion \kingdom/; not by the power of the Le He Goat or Leopard, for then it would have been mighty by its own power. It grew mighty by a power wch reigned over it after the dominion of the four horns was taken away, & by consequence [by a power which took reigned over the Leopard {sic} after its|the| dominion \of the Leopard/ was taken away & its life prolonged|]| by a \forreign/ power wch took away the dominion of the Leopard & reigned after \over/ him{.} & this was the power of the fourth Beast. [Editorial Note 5]It reigned a long time after the dominion of the four horns was taken away, & contiued {sic} till the time of the end even till the last end of the indignation < text from f 9v resumes > It reigned a long time after the the {sic} dominion of the four horns was taken away. For after it was grown mighty it took away the daily sacrifice & cast down the Sanctuary to ye grownd & {continued after} that \it was to/ reign{ed} \things |things were| {t}|s|o continue|d| in this state/ two thousand three hundred years untill before the sanctuary should be cleansed |& this {ar}{on} is called the time of the end| & then he was to stand up against the Prince of Princes \called Michael the great Prince/ .|&| be broken without hand. And all this may agree to the kingdom of Pergamus. It For this kingdom at first was nothing more then the city of Pergamus with c|i|ts castel & villages revolting from Lysimachus king of Thrace, & of the north west parts of Asia Macedon, Caria, Lydia & Phrygia: but in the last ye two years before the death of Antiochus magnus {b}was enlarged over by the assistance of ye Romans \it/ was enlarged over all Asia minor on this side the mountain Taurus, & was afterwards \it was/ inherited by the Romans by the last will & testament of its king Attalus & by their power \& under their administration \as successors to its kings/ it/ grew mighty \towards the south & towards the east & towards the holy Land/ conquering Syria Palestine & Egypt, & then |it|ta|oo|king away the daily sacrifice & casting down the Sanctuary \to the grownd/ & at length separated from the Latins, & {doing} \is/ now under the dominion of the Turks, h

And the same thing is repeated in the scripture of truth Prophesy of the scripture of truth. For after Daniel had there mentioned the Kingdom of Persia then reigning, & that the kingdom of Greece should stand up with a mighty dominion & be broken into the four great kingdoms represented by the four horns of the \Leopard &/ Goat, & \had/ described the actions of two of those horns called the kings of the south & north untill the Romans conquered Macedon the chief of the four horns: he proceeds \thus in the following words/ to the /the\ descript|be|ion of|ption| \of/ [Editorial Note 6] the little horn wch of the Goat wch was to reign after the four rise up in the latter end of the reign of dominion reign of the four & grow mighty of \of/ the power in wch this little horn was to grow mighty: And after him \saith he/ arms shall stand up & they shall take away the daily sacrifice pollute the sanctuary of strength & place the abomination pla take away the daily sacrifice &|c.| set upth the abomination of desolation wch was to continue 1260 d As המלך (Dan 11.8) signfies after the King so here המנן may signify after him. Arms are put for a military force & so signify the same thing with the horn of a Beast. These arms rose up \stand up that is they begin now to stand up over the Greeks. They stand up/ by conquering Macedon & Greece, \&/ inheriting the kingdom of Pergamus, & extending the dominion thereof over Syria Phœnicia & Egypt, & {s}|w|hen \they were risen up they over the four kingdoms they of the Greeks they/ took away the daily sacrifice, & at length set up the abomination of the Mahuzzine|m|s which was to stand at least 126|9|0 years. And in the mean time Daniel was to rest {&} in the dust & at \after/ the end of the days to stand in his lot with those that awake out of the dust after the great tribulation in which Michael the Prince of Princes, & the little horn should stand up against one another. \/ < insertion from higher up f 10r > \&/ encouraged them that did wickedly against the holy covenant, \&/ caused them |of understanding| who instructed the people to fall by the sword by flame by captivity & by spoile many days, ||& then| & this {new King} did according to his will & after the|se| heathen persecutions this king did according to his will &| exalted & magnified himself above every God & {illeg} spake marvellous things against the God of Gods & \was to/ prospered till the indignation or long captivity of the Iews should be accomplished, not regarding the God of his fathers nor the |lawful| desire of {sic} weomen \in matrimony/ nor any God but magnifying himself against above all, & in conjunction with a strange God setting up the \lasting/ worship \abomination/ of Mahuzzim{g}|{s}|. And \For/ this abomination was to continue \a worship wch was to stand/ at least 1290 years. [And at the time of the end the king of the South was to push at him & the king of the north to come against him like a whilwind {sic} & pass over, & under the power of the king of ye north {n}|h|e is to go forth with great fury & utterly to make away many in the great tribulation in wch Michael the great Prince of Princes, the great Prince of Daniel people shall stand up against him.] And in the mean time Daniel was to rest & stan after the after the end of the days \years/ to stand in his lot with those that awake out of the dust after the great tribulation in which Michael the Prince of Princes & the little horn (but not by his own power) & Michael the Prince should go forth with great fury to destroy & utterly to make away many & Michael the great Prince of Princes should stand up against him |[|& bring him to his end & deliver the people of Daniel & put an end to the Indignation.] < text from f 9v resumes >

In the r|d|ays of his first horn \{sic}/ h|H|e {illeg} is the Kingdom of Greece \on this side Media & Persia & continues in a mon. form/ during the reign of |& \{re}/ under| Alexander the great & his two successors Philip \{Arideus}/ & {A} his brother, & Alexander his \young/ son |he| And continued in a monarchical form represented by his first horn & then br|a|ok|ke|e |into| the four kingdoms in|of| Greece Asia, Syria & Egypt represented by the \his/ four horns {of} the Goat & Leopard. And in the latter time of their kingdom when their domion {sic} was ready to be taken away, a little horn rose out of one of them & grew mighty but not in|by| his own power, not in|by| the power of the any of the four horns for for that was expiring, not by the power of the Goat for that would have been his own \the/ power \of his horn/ but in a forreign power which was to reign over the Goat. He grew mighty towards the south & towards the east & towards the land of delight. Egypt Syria & Palestine. I He reigned a long time after the dominion of the other horns was taken away. For the|is| Vision was at the time of the end & and at the last end of the indignation or {t} captivity of \against/ the Iews; & after \he/ was grown mighty it|he| took away the daily worship & sacrifice & cast down the sanctuary to the grownd & in this state things continued 2300 years before the sanctuary was cleansed. And all this points out the kingdom of Pergamus. For this kingdom at first was – – –

<10r>

And all this is described more at large in the Prophesy of the s|S|cripture of truth. {&|F|}or this Prophesy is nothing else then a commentary upon the Prophesy of the Ram & He-goat. And here Daniel after he \had/ mentioned the kingdom of Persia then flourishing & that – – – of ye Goat, he describes the actions of two of those horns, wch {illeg} called the kings of the South & north untill the Romans conquere{d} Macedon eighth year of Antiochus Epiphanes in wch the Romans conquered the kingdom Macedon the chief of the four kingdoms, that is, untill the time of the end of th \four horns began to to {sic} fall or untill/ latter time of their kingdom. w|A|nd then he \breaks off &/ proceeds thus to describe the little horn of the Goat together with the Power in wch he was to grow mighty.

that is all the time from the \persecution of Nero \the war against the Iews to the death/ &/ destruction of the \of the heathen persecutions from \that of Nero & ye Roman destruction taking away of {the dis}// Temple to the end of the heathen persecutions & victory of \to the/ death of the Licinius |the last the heathen Emperor of the Greeks. A. C. 323.| who [Editorial Note 7] ended the race of heathen Emperors reigning over the Greeks A. C. 323. Then they \that fall/ shal be holpen with a little help (in the reign of Constantine the great:) but some of them of understanding shall still fall & | For the king shal do according to his will & exalt & magnify himself above every God & speake marvellous things against the God of Gods & prosper till the Indignation or captivity of the Iews shal have an end; not regarding the God of his fathers nor the desire of weomen, nor any God, but

And as the He Goat \in the reign of his last horn/ was to stand up against the Prince of Princes \but not by his own power/ & \to/ be broken without hand: so the Arms which stan|oo|d up after the king of the north & take away the daily sacrifice are at length to go forth with great fury (but not by this|eir| own power \but by the power of the K. of {north}/) {to | & to} destroy & utterly to make away many \but shall come to their end./ & \For/ Michael \the Prince of Princes/ the great Prince who standeth for the children of Daniels people, the Prince of Princes is to stand up against him And in this conflict there is to be a time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation (the great Tribulation spoken of by Christ) [Mat. 24.21] & Daniels people is|are| to be delivered & many that sleep in the dust are to be rewarded awake & be rewarded & Daniel is to stand in his lot among them at the end of the days.

For the better understanding of these things it is to be noted that Daniel distinguishes the times of the He Goat into four \three/ grand periods. The first conteins his reign by his own power {till|wch|} till {A}|the| ships of Chittim come against him & the Romans conquer Macedon. And this period is noted by saying that the devices of Antiochus Epiphanes \against the holy covent/ shall not prosper <10v> for yet the end is to be after a certain time. The next period lasts while the Goat in {sic} mighty in the reign of his horn but not by his own power, & the|i||s| ends withe the breaki{n}g of the Roman Empires into the Greek & Latins Empires. And this is noted by saying that after the saints shall be holpen with a little help, those of understanding shall fall again even to the time of the end because it is yet for a time appointed. The third period therefore begins where the people of God after they have been holpen with a little help begin to fall again. And this is distinguished into three parts. The first is untill the reign of the king|| of the south, the second is during the reign of this kingdom & the third is during the reign of the kingdom of the north.

The Churches, Monasteries & religious houses being to the saints &

– to rule over many [by dedicating \to them/ the Churches, Monasteries, Nunneries & religious houses in every city \country/] & shall divide the earth [among them] for a patrimony, giving lands to those religious socie|t|ies & dedicating {illeg}|the| lands to the saints to whom the societies are dedicated. For as the lands dedicated to the {Chur} Bishopric of Rome are said to be given to St Peter & are called his patrimony, so the lands dedicated to any other Saint are the patrimony of that saint. As God is in scripture – – – – strong holds. And as the lands dedicated to the {t} given to the Bishopric of Rome are said to be given to St Peter & are \usually/ called his Patrimony so the lands Church lands given to \Churches Abbies/ Monasteries & other religious societies are the Patrimony of the Saints to whom the societies with their lands are dedicated.

Church, Abby, Monastery, \&/ Nunnery, religious house & society, being – – saint, & the

For \in {the}/ that kingdom arose out of the kingdom of Macedon Thrace & Phrygia in the reign of Lysimachus over those countries. It \arose by the revolt of Philetærus from Lysimachus &/ was at first exceeding little being only a castle the town of Pergamus with its castel & a f \& {a small d} & a small {districk}/ in Phrygia. {wch re}volted from Lysimachus It was By degrees it increased in power & at length took fro{m} the kingdom of Syria almost all Asia on this side the mountain Taurus And beating also the Gauls to whom it had been tributary, the governour of Pergamus was saluted king by his army. Afterwars|d|s it lost part of its territories to Antiochus the great but recovered all again by the assistance of the Romans. And continuing in strickt league with the Romans, it re|a|ssisted them in conquering the kingdom of Macedon in the eight year of Antiochus Epiphanes, Sept 5 Anno {Samuelis} 969 933 Seleus. 145 Sam. 933.

<11r>

It is further to be conceived that when the woman fled from ye Tem into the Wilderness she fled from the Temple on mount Sion in|th|rough the Wildernes of Arabia to the great city Babylon.|,| He & by this flight changed her Metropolis. Her first Metropolis was \seven Candlesticks representing/ the seven cities of Asia |represented by the seven Candlesticks in the first|, her second was the great City seated on seven mountains \in the Wilderness/. These mountains are literally the seven Hills on wch the {m} old Rome was seated, mystically \the/ \they are/ seven cit head cities, the seven head cities of the seven kingdoms wch remained after three of the first ten {m}{w} horns of Daniels fourth Beast were fe{l}l before the little horn. In opposition to the seven {As} \Mountains are Cities & as/ the four heads of the Leopard signify the four cities {k} chief kingdoms into {t} wch the greek Empire was \became/ divided a|f|t|er| the death \reign/ of Alexander the great, so the four \seven/ heads of ye Beast are four & seven |in being called mountains are the royal cities of seven| contemporary kingdoms of wch the body of the Beast is composed,|:| after after three of the first {is} \wch kingdoms from their first division are/ are And \& when/ the Woman fled from the seven churches of Asia {to} \she {&} became/ the seven Churches of the{illeg}|s|e Cities|.| in These kingdoms in respect \on several respects are either t/ of their first division are constantly named the ten horns or ten kings but in respect of the number wch remained after three of them wer fell they are also the seven heads \division/ are also called the ten horns & ten kings. The Woman in flying from the Temple on mount Sion, fled from ye seven Cadlesticks {sic} in that Temple wch are the seven churches of Asia & ceased to be illuminated by their lamps, & became the seven Churches of the cities represented by the seven mountains, & wo her people arriving at this new Metropolis worshipped the king of Babylon & his golden image.|,| And while the Babylonians tread under foot the holy City & a new Temple is built for those of the Captivity who will \do/ not worhsip them, as is thus described.

Ar|R|ise |&| measure the Temple \of God/ & |ye| Altar & them that worship therein [that is their courts] but the court wch is wthout the Temple leae|v|e out & measure it not for it is given |un|to the Gentiles & they sha the holy City they shall \they/ tred|a|d under foot forty & two months. All wch is an allusion to Ezekiels measuring the And I will give power |un|to my two Witnesses, & they shall prophesy 1260 days \cloathed/ in sackcloth. \These are the two Olive trees & the two Candlesticks standing before the God of the earth./ All wch is an allusion to Ezekiel|'s| measuring the Temple in ye time of the Babylonian captivity, to signify that it should be rebuilt; & {illeg}|to| Zerubbabels rebuilding the T second Temple with its ( court \three courts,/ & the Altar with its court & the \a new/ court for \(the court{s} of the Temple, the {a} a new court of the altar & the new court of/ them that worship therein called the weomens court ,|)| & leaving unbuilt the outward court wch in Solomons Temple had been the peoples court {.}{,} & during all the reign of the Persians wch was two hundred years continued unbuilt & was given to the gentiles & \so that/ when the Greeks rebuilt it \it/ was called the gentiles |court.| And it alludes also to the prophesying of Haggai & Zechary at the building of the second Temple {sic} & to the two Olive trees wch \in the prophesies of Zechary/ empty themselves into ye Candlestick of this Temple Zech 4.     {illeg} Only instead of one Candlestick here are two to represent the two Witnesses. These Pro Witnesses in being called two Candlestick Olive trees & two Candlesticks are two Churches. For Candlesticks signify Churches Apoc. 1.20 & so do Olive trees Rom 1.17, 24. And these are \the churches of \/ |\the/ nations represented by the two| the iron leggs of Nebuchadnzzars {sic} Image/ the Churches of the earth & sea |[|above described. |]| |the Churches represented by the two leggs of the son of Man who in the form of an Angel sets his right foot upon the |s|ea{rth} & his left upon the earth. Thus is the Temple distinguished from the former by the number of candlesticks. In that there were seven Candlesticks to represent the seven Churches of Asia in this there are two candlesticks to represent the two Churches called the two witnesses & two Prophets.|

While the Dragon reigns over the whole R. Empire, the 144000 represent the saints of the whole & so do the two witnesses: but when the Dragon give|s| the Beast his throne & retires into the east the 144000 retire with him & become \being/ the name of the saints in his kingdom & the two Witnesses retire into the west being \hence forward/ the name of the saints of the earth & sea within the kingdom of the Beast. For

The Tabernacles & f{i}|ir|st Temple with the seven Candlesticks & seven Lamp{l}|s| \therein/ are the Church of God within the kingdom of the Dragon & the {ten ho} \& when the Beast rises out of the sea & receives the kin Dragons throne a/ second Temple with its two Candlesticks {was} \is built to represent/ the true Church of God within the kingdom of the Beast. {illeg} While the Dragon reigns over the whole Empire & includes the Beast in his mystical body the \first Temple & 7 Candles &/ 144000 are the true church of the whole , but so soon a \Empire/ & include the two Witnesses in their mystical body but when ye Dragon retires gives his throne to the Beast & retires into ye {east}, the Be \Eastern Empire, the first Temple \7 {candles}/ &/ 144000 retire with him & the \second Temple &/ two Witnesses become the name of the true Church within the kingdom of the Be{set}|ast| in the Western Empire. For the first Temple does not cease before ye building of a second. {illeg} The Woman flyes from the Dragon & from this Temple into the wilderness & there she reigns over her Beast & a new Temple is built for the saints within their dominions \in the wilderness{sic}/. For the Angels of the seven Churches po sound the seven Trumpets & pour out the seven vials at the \seven/ sacrifices of the se in this|e| \first/ Temple, & the two at the same time the two witnesses have power to send fire out of their mouth (like Elijah) against those who \will/ hurt them & have power to turn the waters into blood & smite the earth with all plagues as often as they will, that is, they & the seven Angels have a joynt power of smiting the earth with \all/ the seven plagues of the seven Trumpets & seven Vials of wrath & therefore they are \both of them/ contemporary to all those plagues They prophesy all this time but do not put on sackcloth till the abomination of desolation be set up. When the Gentiles set up the abomination of d worship of images in then they begin to be Gentiles properly so called & from that time they \it may be truly said ye Gentiles/ {&} tread the holy city under foot 42 mo{n}ths, the two witnesses prophesy in sackcloth 1260 days, the woman is fed & nourished in the wilderness \in her place of honour by the {illeg} merchants of the earth & fares deliciously/ {&}|a| time times & haf|l|f a time or 1260 days, & the Beast acts by the agreement of the ten kings in religion under the dominion of the woman. For at first the ten kings differ in religion <11v> |both| from the woman & from one another. And its some time before they agree & submit to her & give their kingdom to her Beast so that she may be said to sit upon him, wch dominion is her place in the wilderness where she is nourished 1260 days in the wilderness 1260 days. And from that time the it may be said \also/ that times & laws are given into the hands of the little \horn/ of Daniels fourth Beast: the the|r|ee horns wch h opposed it or hindred it{s} rise being first pluckt up by the roots And all this time the two witnesses prophesided in the kingdom of t chiefly with respect to the western Empire \chiefly in the kingdom of ye Beast/ because they were killed by the Beast & lay dead in the streets of the great city wch for its spiritual fornication is called Sodom \being the great Whore/ & for its cruelty \& oppression/ Egypt {illeg} where \or in whose kingdom/ or Lord was crucified. out of wch God will at length bring his people, & also {t} the great city where or in whose dominion oe Lord was crucified that {b} is \new/ Babylon. These Witnesses have power to shut heaven that it rain not in the days of their prophesy, that is they have the power of Elijah & prophesy in ye days of reign of Iezabel reign of Iezabel, in a dry & barren season country compared in this prophesy to a wilderness.

So then the Dragon the Woman & the Te T fir first Temple Tabernacle or first Temple with its candlesticks & worshippers represent the whole Roman Emi|p|ire & \with/ the Church diffused through it untill during \in/ the primitive times untill the Empire beco|a|me divided \into two Empires/: & then for representing the |two| parts of ye {t} both Empires \with their Churches/ distinctly, one Beast rises out of ye sea & anon|t|her Beast rises out of the earth & a new \second/ Temple is built, & |&| \that/ the \& the two/ \& the two/ Empires {t|w|}ith their Churches false & true may be represented by \&/ the Dragon & first Beast, the second Beast & Woman & the two Temples wth their Candlesticks & worshippers {& pr} are put for the two Empires with their Churches false & true: the distinguishing of all wch is necessary for understanding this prophesy.

& the Dragon & first Beast are put for the two Empires, the second Beast & Woman for their false Churches & the two Temples wth their Candlesticks & worshippers them that worship in them for the \two/ true Churches diffused through them.

The 144000 being thus{e} separated from them that worship the Image of ye Beast & receive his mark retire \from them/ \interdicted society & retire from the court of the people/ into the inward court {is} standing {illeg} at the eastern gate of that court where the Levites used to sing at the sacrifices \there with the Lam where the Lamb is & standing wth the Lamb as it were upon the sea of glass/ |on mount Sion| before the throne & the elders & ye four Beasts, th they sing a n that is between the Altar & \suppose at/ the Eastern Gate of that Court where the Levites used to sing at the sacrifices, they si{g}ng a new song at the seven \seven/ sacrifices while their Angels represented |{illeg}| by the seven lamps of this Temple po sound the seven trumpets & pour out the seven Vials of wrath at those \the same/ sacrifices. And in the mean time the twelve tribes worship the Dragon & the image of the Beast in the outward Court of the Temple wch is the \or/ court of the people \their own Court the outward court of the Temple till the seven plagues be fulfilled./ & in their synagogues: they being \For they are/ the synagogue of Satan who say they are Iews & are not, & the inhabitants of the Earth & Sea to where the Dragon came down \being convened in the Temple, in the {sic} outward Court where the Dragon came down to them/ when he was cast out of heaven by Michael |& where he reigns over them till he is cast into the bottomless pit{sic}|. |[|The {illeg} heaven out of which they \he/ were|as| cast is \the inner court/ the Court of the Temple & Altar where the th\r/one of God is placed in this prophesy. {T} The He came down among the inhh|a|bitants of the earth & Sea who worship in come \who came {illeg} thither/ \assembled in the outward court/ from all parts of the earth & Sea to worship|,| there & there he reigns over them \seating himself in the kingdom of Pergamus/ till the seven plagues be fulfilled. |[|When he was first cast out of heaven & came down among the inhabitants of the earth & Sea he placed \had/ his throne in the kingdom of Pergamus. And at the Church at ye same time God had |also| his Church in Pergamus. Henceforward there was a great struggle between the Kingdom of Pergamus & the But after Christ spewed the Church of Laodicea But when the Dragon made war upon the remnant of the womans seed & in a mystical sense killed those that would not worship the image of the Beast, that is dissolved their assemblies or bodies Ecclesiasto|i|cal or religious assemblies \& banished interdicted buying & selling to those who received his not the mark {of} that is expected them the society of/{sic} then Christ spewed the visible Church of Laodicea out of his mouth |the|is| people: then Christ spewed the Church of Laodicea out of his mouth| not all the ch{r}istians of Laodicea but the visible Church . {A} And wh{en h}{o b}e of that City that is the visible Church Catholic represented at that time by the Church of Laodicea & from that time the Dragon {g} reigns over the inhabitants of the earth & sea havin worship the Image of the Beast in ye outward Court{s} of the temple & in their synagogues, & the Dragon reigns over them having his throne in Pergamus. While the \seven/ Church|es| of Asia were the \in a/ visible form & represented the visible or any of them remained in a visible outward form representing the visible Church Catholick, Christ wrote epistles to them: but after they|ir| were \outward form was/ dissolved by the Dragon, & their number reduced to 144000 worshipping in the inward Court; he left of writing to them, & \they/ continued in the inward court singing a new song, that is prophesying & testifying against the \12 Tribes ye nations/ inhabiting the Earth & sea. For singing is prophesying & prophesying & prophesying is testifying.

<12r>

When the woman fled \from ye Dragon/ into the wilderness it is to be conceived that she fled from the Temple wch was opened in heaven that Iohn might see the visions of the Woman & Dragon therein, & that she left in this Temple the remnant of her seed wch keep the commandmts of God & have ye testimony of Iesus, & that the Dragon returning from ye woman makes \made war/ upon this|e| remnant in the|is| Temple while the Woman fled \was flying/ through the Wilderness of Arabia to Babylon, & that the|is| remnant are \were/ the |the {sic} remainder of the {illeg} seven| churches of {by} wch worshippd {sic} God in this Temple [& are {must have} \wch that they/ continued to be \were still/ represented by the seven candlesticks untill the Dragon makes \made/ war upon them \continued to be/ were \still/ illuminated by the seven lamps]. The seven Candlesticks were at first the whole woman, but after her flight they were only this remnant.

It is further to be conceived that this Temple \being the Temple of Ierusalem/ stood on mount Sion, & was the same Temple with that on mount s|S|ion in wch the 144000 stood wth the Lamb before the throne & before the four beasts Animals & before the Elders, & that the 144000 are they that {illeg} worship God in this Temple & by consequence the remnant of the Womans seed \or some part thereof |or so many of them as were sealed{sic}|/. For they were sealed out of all the 12 Tribes of Israel who \& those Tribes/ worshipped in the Temple on mount of Ierusalem on mount Sion where the Lamb took the book & opened the seales thereof.

And therefore when all are killed who will not worship the Image of the Beast & all are interdicted by none are suffered to buy & sell except those who {rec} have the nam mark or name or number of the name of the Beast: we are to conceive that this is done by a persecution of the remnant of the Woman seed, & {illeg}|that| the|is| remnant is persecution is the war which the Dragon went to make upon this remnant. First the Dragon make persecuted the woman & makes \made/ her fly \from this Temple/ into the Wilderness & then so soon as she is g escapes|d| from him he turns ceases to pers turns|ed| from pursuing her & in anger goes \went/ to make war upon the remnant of her seed, {illeg} & [by the influence of the two horned Beast] interdicts|ed| by|u|ying & selling to all who will not re receive|d| not the mark or name or number of the other Beast. And thereupon all receive that mark or name or number except the 144000 who \by/ persisting\{sic}ing/ in ye truth \get the victory &/ are sealed {f}{F} wc|t|h the name of God on their foreheads & stand on mount Sion with the Lamb.

It is further to be conceived that this persecution was raised by the influence of the two horned Beast. For When the first W He spake as the Dragon & was the \Prophet &/ Church of the Dragon & therefore the Dragon acted by his advice in matters of religion. He deter declared what ought to be done & in \those/ matters of religion & ye Dragon was the temporal power wch put it in execution. {W} When the first Beast had been slain & revived & rose out of the sea the second Beast deified him & caused men (the subjects of the Dragon) to erect an image to him \made the Image speak as an Oracles/ & to worship it & to receive th{e|is|} \the/ mark \of this God deified Beast/ upon pain of being interdicted by|u|ying & selling \by the temporal power of the Dragon/. He had power to bring down fire from heaven upon earth in the sight of men, that is, to excommunic ex bring down war & persecution upon those that will not worship the Beast & his Image & rec{i|e|}ive his mark, & to cause them to be \either/ killed or excommunicated interdicted by|u|ying or selling \by the civil power magistrate/. For fire signifies war & this war w is the war wch the Dragon made upon wth |went to make upon| the remnant of the Woman's seed. First the \fals Prophet/ excommunicates|d| that remnant & them & in pronouncing the excommunication {swings} \brought/ down a lighted torch \(as the custome is ) in excommunications)/ from above his head, wch is bringing down fire from heaven in a litteral sense, & then he delivers|ed| them up to the temporal power to be interdicted by as hereticks to be interdicted buying & selling, & banished humane society.

And since the two horned Beast sets up the worship of the other Beast by the power of the Dragon: it may be thence concluded that the Dragon & two Beasts are at this time of one & ye same religion. All the world won{e}|d|ered after the beast & they worshipped [also] the Dragon wch gave power to the Beast. They all deserted the temple of God on mount Sion to worship these new Gods {r}|e|xcept the 144000: & this is what Christ calls spewing the Church of Laodicea out of his mouth.

Henceforward therefore the seven lamps in this Temple illuminate only the 144000, & the seven Churches represented by the seven Candlesticks being \overcome by the Nicolaitans &/ reduced to \this/ small a number, receive no more Epistles from Christ but to admonish them to oppose the rise & growth of those dangerous enemies: but \while they /yet\/ continue \still/ to worship God in his Temple & while their Angels represented by the{se}{ir} \seven/ lamps sound the seven Tumpets {sic} \at the sacrifices in this temple/ & pour out the seven vials of wrath , they stand {on} \at the \same/ sacrifices in this Temple the 144000/ |,| sing a new song or w standin at those |at the same| sacrifices, standing \all the time/ on mount Sion & on the sea of glass untill the solemnity be ended. [For this song seven times ended is repeated is the voice of the seven thunders. uttered by the uttered by the cloud wth \wch/ the Angel is cloathed who stands on the \Sea &/ earth & sea, & the 144000 are that cloud.]

As the name of God in the forehead of the 144000 is opposed to the mark or name of ye Beast on the forehead of his worshippers so the number of the|se| sa|14|4000 sealed on that have ye name of God o \144000 &/ is opposed to the number of the Beast 666. & to count the|is| number \last number with relation to the former/ may be to count it in the same <12v> manner as the former number was counted. That number was counted not by extracting the root, for it is not a square number but by     multiplying 1200 \the number sealed in every Tribe/ by {the} \its divisor/ 12 the number of \all/ the twelve Tribes: A & this number 666 may \in little manner/ be counted by multiplying two number 222 by 3 its divisor 3{sic} \& there is no other way of counting it in such a manner./ Now 222 consists of three binary numbers & \in the Pythagorean philosophy/ the binary is a cursed number , Pythagoras in the Pythagorean Philosophy because it divides from unity, & \the divisor/ 3 is the number of numeral letters χσ χξστ in the number of the Beast & the divisor 3 \three/ \& the divisor 3/ is the number of {let} into wch the great city of parts into wch ye great City was divided at its fall as \the divisor/ 12 is the number of the Tribes of Israel. And as 12|th|e divisor 12 is ye number of the \12/ Tribes of Israel so \the divisor/ 3 is the number of B parts into wch [the great city is divided at its fall. Tis also the number of Wos|e|s in inflicted on the worshippers of the Beast & the number of their Gods for they worship the Dragon the Beast & the Imag{e} of the Beast, & the number of descriptions of the seven plagues for they are described by ye seven Trumpets seven Thunders & seven Vials of wrath. & the number of parts into wch] the earth \& trees/ & the sea & the \the sea & ships, the/ rivers &|the| sun moon & stars of \& & day & night of/ \the/ great Babylon \city are {sic}/ are divided, & into into {sic} wch also the great city is divided at its fall & {illeg} \the same number is also/ a fit symbol of the Dragon B\e/ast & his Image |&| the Dragon that old serpent, the Dragon the \the|r|ee/ Gods of \Gods worshipped by/ the Babylonians.] Let us therefore conceive that the [Dragon & 144000 continue in this Temple, & that ye] 144000 are the true Church of God {wth} the kingdom of ye Dr. & continue in ye Priests court upon ye steps a singing a new song upon the steps at the eastern gate of ye Priests court |where ye Levites used to signg at ye sacrifices, while the Dragon continues among the inhabitants of the earth & sea \& by consequence/ in the outward Court, \& by consequence in/ the court of the people, being cast {in} out of ye court of the Priests in the battel wch he had wth Michael.|

In the beginning of the visions of the Woman & Dragon the Temple of God was opened & in heaven that ye|th|ose visions might appear Iohn might see those visions therein: & therefore when the woman fled from ye Dragon into the wilderness it is to be conceived that she fled from this Temple & left therein \in it/ the remnant of the|r| Woman's seed wch keep the commandmts of God & have the testimony of Iesus, & that the seven churches of Asia represented by the seven Candlesticks of this Temple are still the Metro Dragon returning from the woman made war upon the remnant bef of her seed in this Temple while she was flying through the Wilderness of Arabia to Babylon, & that |[| this remnant a new the se are the remainder of the seven Churches of Asia & wch worshipped God in this Temple & are represented by this Temple wth is|t|s seven Candlesticks. Those Candlesticks were at first (as it were) the metro] the seven Candlesticks in this Temple now represent this remnant as they did the |whole| woman before her flight

And after this execution the 144000 wch remain in the

Thus the 144000 being \are/ expelled the society of the \Nicolaitans the/ inhabitants of the earth & sea who worship in the outward Court{,|:|} they retire into the inner court & while their & while the Dragon, who \\The Dragon/ In the war with Michael the Dragon being/ was cast out of \the {sic} Pr. court the Temple & Priests courts {the}/ heaven where the throne is, into ye ou & came down to rei amongst these inhabitants to rei reigns over them of ye earth & se |the inhabitants of the earth & Sea who worship in the outwd| {court} \& now having interdicted buying & selling to the 144000 & banished them the society of these inhabitants he/ & while he {sic} reigns over them in the|at| outward court, the 144000 who are interdicted buying & selling & banished their society \of those inhabitants/ retire into ye inward court & standing {illeg} upon the steps at the eastern gate of this court where the Levites used to sing at the sacrifices they sing a new song at the seven sacrifices {illeg} \at/ wch their Angels represented by ye seven lamps sound the seven Trumpets & pour out the seven Vials of Wrath.

time of those plagues.

The tenhorned Beast, the Woman & the two Witnesses are \commensurate being/ diffused through the same regions. When the w{e} Beast & Woman are diffused throughout the whole Roman Empire the two Witnesses are also diffused throughout the whole: but when the two first are restrained to the western Empire the third is also restrained. For the two Witnesses answer to the two wings of the Woman by way of opposition, & therefore before the final division of the Empire were diffused through the whole. They are also represented by the two leggs of the mighty Angel who sets his right foot upon the sea & his left upon the earth, & represents the Son of Man. As the Lamb by his seven eyes {illeg} horns represen & seven eyes represents the Church catholick signified by the seven Candlesticks & seven lamps so the son of man by his two leggs & two eyes represents the church catholick signified by the two Candlesticks & their lamps. And the names taken from the septenary & binary divisions being once imposed remain after the division of the empire.

When the seven seales of the Book are opened & the Son of Man appears with it open in hand, it is to be conceived that the two witnesses begin to prophesy out it. And at ye same time the 144000 begin to sing &|o|n Mount Sion & on the sea of glass & by consequence to prophesy \& to testify/: for singing is prophesying. 1 Sam. 10.5. 1 Chron. 25.1, 2, 3, & prophesying is testifying 2 Chron. 24.19.

<13r>

[Editorial Note 8] Pag. l 1. l. 34. re{ma}in [at their fall.]

Pag. 2. l. 4. read, came out of (or after) one of the four horns.

Pag. 3. l. 4. in the northwest parts of those nations.

l. 6, 7. it was to rise up out of (or after) one of them (out of one of \in/ the north west|)| horns) & to subdue the rest, of them but not by its one {sic} power. It was to rise up be assisted by a forreign power, the power a power superior power wch took away t of the fourth Beast,|.| And such a little horn was the kingdom of Macedon from the time from the time that it became subject to the Romans. This kingdom was not a horn of the fourth Beast because Macedon belonged to the body of the third Beast. This kingdom by the victory of the Romans over the Perseus king of Macedon ceased to be one of the four horns of the Goat, & became a dominion of a new sort; not a horn of the fourth Beast, for Macedon belonged to ye body of the third: but a new horn of the the|i|rd of the a new sort, a horn of the Goat wch soon grew mighty but not by his own power, a horn which rose up & grew potent under a forreign power, the power of the Romans.

This kingdom under the power of the Romans, waxed exceeding |great| towards the south & towards the east & towards the pleasant land, conquering all the nations southward eastward & south-eastward wch composed the body of the Beast third Beast, & particularly Pontus, Armenia, Syria, Egypt, & Libya. – – – – – – – – & at present it is mighty under the dominion of the Turks.

This last horn is by some taken for Antiochus Epiphanes but not very judiciously. A horn of a Beast – – – – – – – – – & this Indignation is not yet at an end.

It inh{æ}rited the kingdom of Pergamus An. Nabonass. 58{0}{sic} 615, conquered Armen{ia} Syria & Iudæ An. Nabonass. 684 & 685, & Ægypt An. Nabonass. 718.

This kingdom under the power of the Romans inherited the kingdom of Pergamu{s} by the legacy of Attalus its last king An. Nabonass. 615; & thereby the Senate of Rome became king of Pergamus by right of inheritance. Then this kingdom by their power waxed exceeing great towards the south & towards the east & towards the pleasant land conquering Armenia Syria & Iudæa An. Nabonass. 684 & 685 & Egypt An. Nabonass. 718. And it waxed great even to the host of heaven & cast down of the Host & the of the {illeg} Starrs to the grownd & stamped upon them, that is upon the people & Princes of the Iews. Yea he magnified himself to even to the Prince of the Host

The Romans by the legacy of Attalus the last king of Pergamus inherited th Anno Nabonass 615, inherited that kingdom including all Asia minor on this side mount Taurus, & the An. Nabonass 718 613, 614 & 615 they conquered Armenia Syria & Iudæa, & An. Nabonass 718 they subdued Egypt. And by these conquests the little horn waxed exceeding great towards the south & towards the east & towards the pleasant land. After wa And it waxed great even to the host of heaven, & cast down of the Host & of the starrs to the grownd & sp stamped upon them, that is, upon the people & great men of the Iews. Yea he magnified himself \even/ to the Prince of the Host, the

This Prophesy of the Ram & He Goad|t| is repeated & i in the last p|P|rophesy of Daniel. There the Angel tells Daniel that he stood up to strengthen Dærius the Mede & that after Cyrus there should stand up yet three kings of Persia [\Cyrus/ Cambyses, \&/ Darius Hystaspis] & the fourth [Xe\r/xes] shoub|ld| be far richer then they all, & by his wealth through his riches he should stir up all against {t} the realm of Greece. This relates to the Ram whose two horns were the kingdoms of Media & Persia. Then he goes on to describe the horns of the Goat by the standing up of a mighty king which should \rule wth great dominion &/ do according to his will, & the breaking of his kingdom into four less kingdoms & not to his posterity. Then he describes the actions of two of those kingdoms which bored {sic} upon Iudea, vizt the kingdoms of Egypt & Syria, calling them the kings of <13v> the south & north & carries on the description till the {eighth} year of Antiochus Epiphanes, the year in wch Antiochus spoiled the Temple & the Romans conquered the kingdom of Macedon. And then \Daniel/ he proceeds to describe the last ho little last horn of the Goat wch took away the daily sacrifice & cast down the place of the sanctuary. And after him, saith he \Daniel/, arms shall stand up, & they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength & shall take away the daily sacrifice & they shall place the abomination wch maketh desolate. The Hebrew המנן wch I translate After him, is usually translated o|O|out of him. But as {ה}מלך (Dan. 11.8) signifies After the king so המנן may signify after him. And so in this|e| prophesy of the He-Goat מנ אהד may signify after one of the four horns came forth a little horn. Dan. VIII. 9. Now that the Prophet upon the conquest of Macedon by the Romans, passes from describing the affairs of the Greeks under their own kings to describe the affairs of the Greeks under the dominion of the Romans I gather by these two arguments. First because the Prophet describes in the next place \describes/ the spreading of the Christian religion under \in/ the heathen Roman Empire, & the persecution of the {S} primitive Christians under \by/ that empire \till the time of the end, [Editorial Note 9]/ in these words: And they that understand among the people shall instruct many, yet they shall fall by the sword & by flame, by captivity & by spoile many days. Now when they shall fall they shall be holpen with a little help [vizt in the reign of Constantine the great:] but many shall cleave to them with dissimulation. And of those of understanding there shall fall to try them & to purge \[them from the dissemblers]/ & to make white unto the time of the end. And secondly because the Question, How long it should be to the end of these wonders, being asked; it was answered that it should be for \a little after the time of the end is said to be/ a time times & half a time; wch is the duration of the reign of the last horn of Daniels fourth Beast.|,| & of the \Woman & her/ Beast in the Apoc & Woman in the Apocalyps.

 

Now that the p|P|rophetic Angel passes in this manner from the four kingdoms of the Greeks to the Romans reigning over the Greeks, I gather is confirmed from hence that in the next place he describes the affairs of the Christians |in|to the time of the end, in these words: And they that understand among the people shall instruct many – – unto the time of the end. And a little after{:} the time of the end is said to be a time times & half a|a| time: wch is the duration of the reign of the last horn of Daniels fourth Beast, & of the Woman & her Beast in the Apocalyps{. }

The heathen \Roman/ Empire began to fall in the reign of Constantine the great & contnued {sic} fal{ling} untill the reign of Iulain the Apostate & further untill the reign of Iulian the Aposta \who revived it for a year or two. \And/ After his death it fell agan {sic} untill/ Emperors Gratian & Theodosius rejected the title of \the/ Pontifex maximus \of the Heathens,/ wch put an end t{o} it. |[| And then succeeded the religion of \magnifying the authority of the Pontifex maximus above every God &/ honou{n|r|}ing a strang{e} God with Mahuzzi{m}{ne}s & absteining from the \lawfull/ desire of weomen in marriage. And the king \dominion/ who|i||ch| introduces this religion shall prosper till the indignation (against the Iews) be accomplished: that is till the end of the time times & half a time; & further till he shall have accomplishe{d} to scatter the power of the holy people, & \or till/ the Iews shall return into the|ir| own land. {illeg}|But| the words are closed up & sealed till the time of the end.]

And then succeeded the religion of a new Pontifex maximus & of magnifying his authority above every God, & honouring a strange God together with Mahuzzims, & absteining from the lawfull desire of weomen in marriage. And the dominion wch intro\du/ces this religion shall is to prosper till the Indignation be accomplished (against the Iews) be accomplished, that is, till the end of \during/ the time times & half a time, & further till he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, & the Iews \that is till the dispersion of the Iews shall be accomplished & they/ shall return from all nations into their own land But the words are closed up & sealed till the time of the end.

<14r>
Between Lat 38 & 40. Node
Ann'. 1. ineunte 6. 24. 31. 29 4714 ineunte 8. 28. 33. 14 9. 7. 55. 51
−600 1. 12. 22. 3 4114 ineunte 2 25. 6. 40 −0 4. 31. 3
5. 12. 9. 26 4114 ineunte 11. 23. 39 54 9. 3. 24. 48
9. 28. 24. 8.
3 0. 28. 52. 7 4117 ineunte 1. 27. 59. 9 3. 5. {0}. 56
6. 11. 1 33 4117 9. 5|2|5. 40. 45 6. 9. 14. 39
Iul 11 { 5. 0. 37. 25 10. 6. 51 3. 12. 39. 27 Iul. 11.
11. 11. 38. 58 9. 14. 33. 54 9 51. 23
Iul 1 1{0}d 4. 1. 54. 27 −31. 46 50
1d 12. 11. 27
11. 23. 50. 25
12h 6. 5. 43
11 29. 56. 8
a Apog Nod Apog
An. 1 ineunte 6. 24. 31. 29 9. 12. 11. 51 8. 28. 33. 14 9. 7. 55. 51 2. 13. 31. 40
−600 −1. 12. 22. 3 −9. 19|25|. 52|00|. 00 +2. 25. 6. 40 4. 31. 3 8. 20. 0
Iul {illeg}|1|. 16. 37|1|. 35|2| 0. 21. 30. 6 −10. 13. 13
12 4. 26. 17. 20 6. 10. 13. 47
12|8|h {illeg}|4| {0}{illeg}|{3}|. 49 19. 43
0. {illeg}. {illeg}. {2} 0. 8. 41. 57 11. 13. 29. 41 3. 13. 58. 18 2. 21. 51. 40
0. 0. 2. 7
3y 28. 52. 7

{1.} These l|L|amps he dresses by {g}|i|nstructing & reproving the prophetic exhorting \exhorting {intructing {sic}} & reproving/ \successively by se{v}{n} dictating seven \prophetic/ exhortations to/ the seven Angels of the churches represented by the seven stars wch angels are represented by \called/ the seven stars |& the seven spirits \of God/ & \represented by/ seven lamps & seven eyes of the Lamb| & /they\ allude to the seven Amarcelim [or chief Officers] of the Temple next under the High Priest & his Deputies {illeg} \or chief Officers of the Temple as a type of these seven Angels{. }/ For the \seven/ Amarcelim were seven \{alre} Priests &/ Officers of equal honour & authority & next in dignity to the High Priest & his {d|D|}eputies, & had \joyned/ the Keys of the seven Gates of the Temple & of the Treasuries & appointed \the oversight & direction of/ all things in the Temple. {illeg} And the seven Angels \were \also/ Priests because they/ {{illeg}|ca|}me out of the Temple \whe{n}{re} none but chief Priests enter & were/ cloathed in pure & white linen & had their breasts g{o}irded with golden girdles \wch is the Priests habit/ & poured out sev at ye seven \seven/ sacrifices poured out seven Vials or drink offerings & sounded the seven Trum{t}|p|ets|.| : all wch & |And| \as they are Priests so/ they are every where considered in the Apocalyps as next in dignity to the Lamb, & as having the oversight of all things, being called they \seven/ eyes of the Lamb & seven spirits of God sent forth into all the earth ,|[| & seven spirits before the throne ( that is before ye Ark \or most Holy place ),/ from whom Iohn wishes Grace & Peace to the Churches] that is the seven {M}{m}essengers or Angels of God, & |&| \These are the seven spirits before |ye| throne |(| or most Holy \Aditum of the Temple & ye great High Priest/ from whom/ Iohn wishes Grace & peace to ye churches.

After this, saith Iohn, that is, after the dressing of the Lamps, I looked & behold a door &c

The Beast & his \speaking/ Image allude to the false Gods of the Gentiles & their \Oracles or speaking/ Images. For the Beast is that man of sin who \opposeth &/ exalteth himself above all that is called God or that is worshipped so that he as \a/ God sitteth in ye Temple of God shewing himself that he is a God. He is that King who doth according to his will & exalts himself & magnifies himself above every God & speaks {mar} And his speaking Image {illeg} is the Oracle{s} by wch he|is| \Priests/ {se} dictates laws to the nations in opposition to ye laws of God & |ye| submitting to those \embracing those ~ idolatrous \laws// laws is worshipping the Beast \is \{wond}/ wondering after the Beast \is represented/ & worshipping their Beast/ & his Image, & |receiving his mark & name & number & wordering {sic} after him| committing fornication with the great Whore & being of the Synagoue|gu|e of Satan & treading down \who say they are Iews & are not & by ye/ |Gentiles treading down| the outward Court \by/ {to} the Gentiles & holding the doctrine of the Nic{l}{t}olaitans. The sealing the 144000 wth ye name of God in their foreheads & ma\r/king the residue wth the ma\r/k of name or number of the Beast alludes to ye customes of the Gentiles of marking servants [in their foreheads & soldiers in their right hands or wrists arms & soldiers & de men devoted to Idols with certain \durable/ marks either made in their hands \or wrists |arms|/ or foreheads or necks by burning or compunctures. {Lower}{Other} Servants were usually marked in their hands so foreheads soldiers in their hands & devotaries in either place or in their necks or arms. And the marks were either the symbols or names of their \Kings or/ masters, or \of ye/ Gods to whom they were devoted. So Lucian speaking of the Ministers consecrated to ye Syrian Goddess saith στίζονται δὲ πάντες οἱ μὲν ἐις καρποὺς, ὁι δὲ ἐς {ά}||νχένας. καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦδε ἅπαντες Ἀσσύριοι στγματοφορέουσι. Certis autem notis compunguntur omnes: alij {s} They are all stigmatized \pricked/ wth certain marks; some in their wrests {sic}, & some in their necks. And thence it is that all the Assyrians are \appear/ marked. And the same is to be understood of the Babylonians who were a branch of the Assyrians Vnder the name of Assyrians the Greeks used to comprehend the Babylonias {sic} as a branch of the Assyrian monarchy. When therefore the nations \were seduced by the \Fals Prophet & by the/ Oracle of the Beast so as to/ worshipped the /Babylonian\ Beast & his Image & receive{t|d|} his mark \& name/, the 144000 who were not seduced are said to get the victory over the Beast & over his Image & mark & name & to sing the Song of Moses & the Lamb. The song of the Lamb shews that this was a spiritual victory \& victory for gaining the kingdom of heaven/. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne even as I also overcame & as|m| set down with my father in his Throne. Apoc. 3.21

<14v>

Much after the manner that these Victors stand on ye sea of glass, you are to understand \conceive/ that the Lamb in form of an Angel – – – right foot of the High Priest.

When Iohn was called up & carried in ye spirit {illeg} – – – – on many waters.

When the bottomless pit is \φρεαρ ἀβύσσου well of the abyss or deep well, wch we translate the bottomless pit is/ opened – – – – out of the Sea.

When |And when a river of water of life comes out from the Temple or as Ezekiel describes, from| < insertion from f 15r > the right side or south side of the Temple , it alludes to ye \eastward,/ the river Siloam is to be understood. < text from f 14v resumes >

By the Angels you are constantly to understand Officers Priests, not any Priests but such as were Officers & Ministers of the Temple. |So \all/ the Angels who come out of ye Temple are chief Priests: For no others were admitted in thither.| So the Angel of the Waters is the Officer who had the charge of supplying the Temple \duly/ wth water, & the Angel who came out from ye Altar having power over the fier is the Officer who had the charge of the Altar & directed the sacrifices, & the Angel with the sharp sickle to whom who came out of the Temple having a sharp sickle is the |a| Priest who was to perform the great scrifice {sic} represented by g{e|a|}thering & pressing the Vine of the earth, & the \Angels/ proclamation Put in thy sickle alludes to the custome of the Temple of proclaiming \by the proper Officer/ what was to be done. For |if| the High Priest himself did not \was to/ offer incence or sacrifice, he stayed till the President of the service called to him to offer do it. But the Princes of the 24 courses of the Priests with their mystical bodies are not called Angels but Elders. I heard the voice of many Angels round about the Throne & the Beasts & the Elders, that is, I head|r|d the voice of many Officers & of the Temple & of the people in the four sides of the great Court & of the 24 courses of the Priests.

There are also several phrases wch allude to the customes of the Temple. As So where it is said Watch \Behold I come as a Thief:/ Blessed is he that Watcheth least & keepeth his garments least he walk naked, it alludes & they see his shame it alludes to the practice{s} of the overseer of the Guards who went about every night among the guards of the Levites & if he found any one asleep he cudgeled him & set fire to his coate garments. Where it is said, He that overcometh shall be cloathed in white \raiment & I will not blot out his name out of the book of life/, it alludes to the custome of cloathing those in white \& enrolling them among the Priests/ who were adjudged by the Sanedrim to be true Priests & without blemish, & sending away those in black who were not found so true \& without blemish/ {illeg} \found otherwise./ And when the wine Press is|wa||s| troden without the city & blood co|a|mes out for ye space of 1600 furlongs you are to imagin \that Iohn saw/ all Iudea to be overflowed with the juice of these Grapes. For 1600 furlongs was accounted the length of Iudea & the Iews by this leng space the Iews undertood {sic} Iudea their country. So the Ierusalem Talmud in describing the slaughter of ye Iews made by Hadrian at ye destruction of the city Bitter saith that ye horses waded in blood up to ye nostrils by the space of 1600 furlongs.

<16r>

{T} When I The figure {illeg} of castin{g a} burning mountain into the sea is take

The sacking of old Babylon by the Medes is in Ieremies Prophesies represented by that cities being rolled down & {m}{in}a{k}|d|e a burnt mountain Ier. 51.25. & by its sinking in Eup the waters of Euphrates \like a stone & not rising from the evil wch god brings upon her/ vers. 63. And the fall of |the great City| Babylon in the Apocalypse is \also/ represented by its burning & being thrown into the sea \like a great milstone/ Apoc. 18.8, 9, 21. And \– plagues of death {|(| or pestilence |)|}{(or pestil) |ence|} & mourning & famin coming upon her in one day & by burning her wth fire & {&} Apoc 18.8./ (Apoc 18.8, 9, 18|0|) & by casting a great stone like a millstone into the sea saying, t|T|hus wth violence shall |yt| great \city/ Babylon be thrown down & shall be found no more at all. And a figure of the very same kind is the throwing \casting/ a great mountain burning with fire into the sea,|.| & \it/ we cannot {up} |[|answers exactly to ye \the|is| beseiging [Editorial Note 10]/ sacking & throwing dow casting down the city great city Rome the Metropolis of the \Roman/ Empire the great Babylon is|o|f the Apocalyps: & there is nothing.|]| \This figure was certainly taken from Ieremeis prophesy & alludes to it & \here as wth there/ signifies \as/ ye burning & sinking of the new \great city/ Babylon There it was the old Babylon, & here it is the new./ i|I|n all the Roman history \there is nothing/ besides this|e| siege sa|c|king of Rome to wch this figure can be so well applied. There were \many/ other cities \sackt &/ destroyed but this pro \{as|l|l{illeg}}{aslo|llso|} r|t|hese are comprehended in destruction of \represented \in general/ by the/ ships wch were destroyed The m|g|reat mountain signifies is |[| a singular figure & signifies a singular city |]| the great city, the {Me} ra \It is a singular figure & signifies a singular city a/ city greater then the rest, the Metropolis of the whole. For this prophesy in describing singular things takes notice only of what is most remarkable & singular \& eminent/ in the kind. In all the Roman history there is nothing besides the sacking \& sinking/ of Rome \to/ wch this figure \of the {burning & {illeg}}/ can be so well applied: & in {illeg} this Prophesy there is nothing besides the|i||s| figure wch can represent y{e|t|} sacking & sinking of old Rome. |[| They suit with \with/ one another exactly & \without straining/ cannot otherwise be suitd {sic}ted with any thing else. an event so remarkab{le} a{s} to dese{illeg}e to be delineated./ phesy {sic} takes notice only of what is most remarkable \& singular/ in the kind |.| &

As for the wars in other parts of Italy & in Pannonia Norcium Gallia & Spain I have described them above where I shewed the breaking of ye western empire into ten kingdoms, & {u}sed shall only subjoyne here a few \{sen}/ passages by wch you may understand how great the the greatnes of the|is| plague upon the Romans. Ierome in his 11th Epistle ad Gerontiam written in ye 2d or 3d year of ye war A. C. 309 or 31{0}{1} thus describes the war \then raging/ in Gallia. Quitenebat de medio fit – – – – – vitam redemere. And The like miserable devastation of Spain is by thus described by Isidorus in his Vandalic history. Vandali Alani et Suevi Spanias occupantes, – – – – prœnunciatio adimpletur. And Idatius mentioning the same plagues things. The same things are described \in Spain/ by Idacius & {are in} ye 16th year of Honorius that is A. C. 410. And Pro{illeg} who lived in those times & wrote in the year 417 thus laments {the} \{deplo}rable/ {s}tate of those times. the Romans in general.

— Felix

Quem non concutiat vicina strage ruina

Intrepidum flammas inter & interaquas

- - - - - - - - - - - - ultima pertulimus

This blasphemy \complaint/ of the Romans {i}n exclaiming against \questioning/ \complaining of/ \against/ Gods providence & justice for {t} suffering them to be invaded & subdued by barbarous nations |is mentioned also by Cassian in his sixt Collation & by Austin of Hippo in his Epistle to Victorianus, &| occasioned the Book of Salvian de Gubernatione Dei {to sh} wch was written \about the year 440/ to shew that the Romans were more wicke{n}|d| then any of those nations wch invaded them & therefore God was very just in \these punishments/ sufferings the|m| invasions. \to be thus invaded/ \& deserved what they suffered./ In{n} that book you meet wth several passages concerning the miserable condition of ye Romans under those sufferings invaders, wch |And When he wrote \it/, he thus describes the wars of this Trumpet were over, but the|re| effect of {illeg} \miserable {sic}/ effect of those wars wch remained remained a miserable effect of those wars which he thus describes. –|

Iulian Alps

When \the Goths retired out of Italy into Aquitain/ the barbarous nations had seats granted them in the Empire, the violence of the wars \in France & Spain/ began to abate, but \yet/ upon the coming of the Ostrogo Visigoths out of Italy {wa} those \into Aquitain ensued fresh/ wars increased again \{illeg} {in}/ partly between the Goths & other Barbarians & partly between the barbarians & Romans, & lasted till |In the year 412 the Goths being beaten in I Italy retired into Aquitain & thereupon ensued fresh wars in Gallia & Spain of Romans wth Barbarians & Barbarians wth one another {&}{so} not so pernicious as the {former} but all wch after {two} or three or four years |wch \after two or three \three or four/ y\e/ars/ upon granting seats to the barbarians [Editorial Note 11] abated but yet lasted|| almost without intermission till untill the year 427 when peace was concluded between the Goths & Romans, & the Vandals having that same year slain almost 20000 Romans in battel passed into Afric, & began the wars of the next Trumpet.

The Third Trumpet

And In {illeg} |In this boo| \And here in making some/ mentioning \of/ their sufferings he \Saln|v|ian/ gives this description of what he had see{n}{m} himself at the taking of Trevirs, by wch you may judge of I set down as an instance of their sufferings at the taking of other cities.

He also describes \gives/ describes the miserable condition in condition of to wch the Romans were reduced by He also describes how these wars of this Trumpet left the Romans in a \servile/ miserable condition after they were over, he describes as follows. |And |He describes also in general| how the \Romans by/ the wars of this Trumpet were reduced to a servile miserable condition he further in wch they remained in & re|.

These wars upon granting seats to ye Barbarians in Gallia Spain & Britan & Pannonia abated {but} & upon the coming of ye Goth but yet \but yet |&| by the coming of the Goths out of Italy & other {emergent} \new/ occasions increased {again} /&\/ continued almost wthout intermission until the year 427 when peace was cl|o|ncluded between the Goths & Romans & the Vandals having slain that same year almost 20000 Romans in battel passed into Afric & began the wars of ye next Trumpet. These \wars of the sec to wch the second Trumped {sic} sounded were {sic}/ were {in}|th|e western wind & hurt the Sea or western empire nod|t| yet divided & broken into several kingdoms: the next was \wars were/ a southern win{d} & hurt the rivers & fountains of waters or kingdoms & their head cities \of {kingdom}{kingdoms}/ into wch the western Emp{ire} was now divided. |divided before the sounding of ye Trumpet those wars began yt wind began to blow those wars began.|

<16v>

\Palladius/ In ye life of Chrysostom {writ} by              it said that they wasted           & Seleucia [& in the life of Iames \Palladius say|i|th that they waste laid wast R|h|osus & Seleucia./ [7] {In} the Anchorete written by Theodorete its said that they robbed & burnt ye greatest part of ye east] And Theodoret [in Vitis sanctorum patrum c. 21 \De Iacobo/] says that they robbed & burnt the greatest part of ye east. [8]

The Ausurias|n|s first invaded the Empire \Libya/ first in ye reign of Valens as is mentioned above{sic} |&| T|t|hen were quieted till the death of Theodosius & in the year 396 (as Gothofredus \6 Cod Theod. til. 19 l. 1 |in his Commentary on the Law of Arcadius against ye Saturians or Asturians|/ determins [9]) made a new eruption wch {Sinery} Synerius in thi|e|s title of his Catastasis calls ε{illeg} ἡ μεγίστη τῶν βα{β}|ρ|βάρων & in his 129th Epistle thus describes written that year, thus laments Heu juventutem male a nobis amissam – – – – obtint|e|nt. Afterwards they \As {Sa}|As|turians/ were in some measure checkt by the Roman soldiers as \is mentioned by {Synerius} in several Epistles/ the Emperor Arcadius mentions in the said law dated {that}{131} Theodoro V. C. Conss. \that is/ A. C. 399. But after this \they/ beating the \Roman/ soldiers in three battels destroyed the country of Pental|p|olis & made incursions eastward th{t|r|}ough all Libya into Egypt & westward into Afric as Philostorgius informs us.

There were two in Besides the After ye irruption of the Huns Goths & other Barbarians from beyond ye \{frozen}/ Danube & in ye described above, there was another \great/ irruption of huns under ye conduct of Huldin – – – vellet.

Lastly the terrible invasion of Radagaisus

The irruption of the Hunns under Vldin or Huldin is thus mentioned by Sozomen Eodem tempore (hoc est, quo Chrysostomus in {t}|e|xilium missus fuit, A. C. 404) – Hunni trajecto Istro Thraciam vastarunt. Isauri quo Latrones quo Isauri coacta ingenti multitudine urbes omnes quæ inter Cariam & Phœnicem interjacent una cum vicis populati sunt. And a little after: Vldis Baraborum - - - - dignabatur

The terrible invasion of Radagaisus is thus mentioned by Orosius: Radagasus omnium antiquorum præsentium hostium - - - - devoverat. [10] The time of his invasion is {illeg} thus set down by Prosper: Anno decimo Arcadij et Honorij sæva Italiæ barbarici motus tempestas incubuit: siquidem Radagaisus Rex Gothorum Italiæ limitem vastaturus transgreditur Anno undi|e|cimo multis antea vastatis urbibus Radagaisus occubu|i|t. Marcellin refers his death to ye following year A. C. 406, & is there so doth Gothofredus out of ye Imperial Edicts.

Having run over the particulars, I shall now subjoyn the description wch Philostorgius an|a|nother eye witness has given us of these times as a compendium – – – – – – – irruperit. Thus far Photius out of Philostorgius: all which commotions \& invasions the learned/ Gothofredus in his comment on this place, comprehends within the ten years next after ye death of the Emperor Theodosius.

Ierom indeed \in the place above {la} recited/ {illeg} reccons that in the year 397 Alaric had ravaged the empire 20 years & upwards \dating his {illeg}|hostil|ities from {the}|{his}| latter part of \{invading} ye Empire in/ the reign of Valens/. And so Claudian & Prudentius reccon that ye rout of Alaricus at Pollentia A. C. 403 was in the 30th year of his grassation. The words of Claudian are

— Vno die Romana rependit

Quicquid ter denis toties amissimus annis

O celebanda {sic} mihi cunctis Pollentia seclis &c. [11]

And those of Prudentius

Tentavit Geticus nuper delere Tyrannus

Italiam, – – – – agros. [12]

|But| |Now| In these reconnings Ierom {illeg}

And by these recconings you may understand that the Romans looked upon the commotions wch brake out upon \after/ ye death of Theodosius to be a \revival &|o|r/ continuation of the wars wch raged in the end of the reign of of Valens & were \checkt &/ que|i|eted for a time by Theodosius \& Gratian & revived after Theodosius his death/ |[| Which answers exactly to the prophesy of holding the four winds for a time wch were to hurt the earth & the sea that they should not blow any more till the servants of God were sealed. |]| And therefore we are in the right in recconning that the winds \wars/ wch brake out after the death of Theodosius & were the four wars wch raged in the end of the reign of Valens & were checkt by Theodosius & Gratian were \answer to/ the four winds which |after they began to blow| were restreined \held/ \were held/ & ceased for a time but afterwards brake out again to hurt the earth & the sea. We have seen how the eastern wind brake out at ye death of Theodosius to hurt the earth: it remains now that we see how the western wind brake out to hurt the sea. |[|Those nations wch bordered upon upon {sic} the eastern The Second Trumpet empire were let loos into that empire |at ye death of Theod| by the treachery of Stilico Ruffin who invited them in. While those nations ravaged all the {north} the {weste} east the western Provinces were quiet but of {C}{G}|S|pain France & Britt{e}|a|in were quiet but when the eastern wars began to cease, Stilico followed the Example of Ruffin & invited the rest of ye in the western Barbarians rest of the]

While the former plague fell upon all the Empire eastward of Rome the countries westward were quiet (namely Spain France & Britain) were quiet, but when those wars began to cease the {Ba}rbarous nations of Germany were let loose into

The Goths went went of|ut| of Italy & invaded Gallia A. C. 412, & its probable {that} Rome began soon after to be repeopled. For in the year 414 Albinus being Præfect of the city writ to the Emperor for a further al{low}ance of corn by reason of the increase of the citizens & in confirmation {of|w|}hich was & added that in one day the new comers were computed fourteen thousand. Afterwards when ye

<17r>

These edicts were in force Whereupon a Council of Afric|an Bps| wch met at Carthage \Iun 14. 1|4|10/ sent four \of the/ Bishops in the|ir| name to ye Emperor to procure a revocation of that repeal Whereu And the Emperor thereupon And after Attalus was deposed, \then/ the{n} Emperor |not {sic}| |after Attalus was deposed, not| only revoked that repeal, but made the punishment capital by this edict.

Heretick



These Edicts were in force only in Afric & were inted|n|ded chiefly against the Donatists but \under the name of hereticks/ comprehended all who any in any manner differed {f} in opinion or practise from ye Catholic Church: as you may understand by this|e| definition interpetation {sic} of which the Laws themselves gave of this word.

|For| The Donatist|s| \tho only schismaticks, were/ are {sic} expresly called hereticks in some former Edicts & therefore are comprehended in these {to co} & chiefly {alter} \For Hereticks are taken in the Roman laws {fo} in a large signification for {sectories}/ & so are all men |{F}or separatists| who in any manner whatever differed in opinion or pri|a|ctis from ye \Roman/ Catholick Church so as to separate meet {apa} [meet apart {for} \upon any pretence whatever/ for worshipping God was by these laws] \separate from her. To/ as you are |The Imperial laws taking heresy in a \very/ larger sense. {illeg}| For when a question was moved whether one Euresius a Luciferan \Bishop/ was comprehended {als} in ye Laws against hereticks the Emperors {po} defined \explained the word/ decided the question by this edict.

Impp Arcad et Honor AA. Aureliano Proc. Asiæ

So then by the laws above mentioned it was made a capital crime \in Afric/ to separate from ye Roman c|C|atholic Church & meet apart \for divine worship/ upon any pretense whatever The Roman Catholicks \in Afric/ by their worshipping dead men, by their spirit of persecution{tin} manifested in these & former laws, & by the great load of \human/ superstitions wth wch their worship was {lessened} \soy|i|led/ gave sufficient cause of separation & yet by these laws made it death to separate. This is killing men for not being of ye Roman Catholick communion. This is that sort of p – – – these are against all men who are of any other communion then ye R. C. And since they were the first laws of this kind & gave a beginning to that sort of persecution wch in this prophesy is called shedding ye blood of saints & prophets, the crime of ye Africans was the greater \& deserved to be taken note of in this {h} particularly in this/, & deserv the punishment was suitable.

<17v>

These edicts And since they comprehended the Donatists, \who were accounted only {scismaticks}/ they comprehended also men who separated from ye Roman Catholic church in Afric upon any acct whatever whether it were for worshipping dead men, or for the bloody persecuting spirit of the Africans wch appears manifested by these sanguin{e}{a}ry laws, or for the heap of uncouth ceremonies wth wch the African Church was now burdened .|or| The Africans gave or {sic} upon any other just occasion. The Africans \Catholicks of Afric/ gave just occasion of separation & yet by these laws shed the blood of {all} those who separated & [met to worship God in any other places then the Roman Catholic Churches. [These were the first laws that I meet with of this king|d| This is that sort of persecution by wch power was given unto the Beast to make war with the saints] \separated, & met apart to worship God/ This is persecuting & killing men for not being of the of the Roman Catholic communion. This \is/ that sort of persecution by wch power was given unto the Beast {to} mak|d|e war with the saints & to overco|a|{me}{m} them, that sort of persecution by wch the woman was drunkn|e|n wth the blood of \the/ saints. And t|T|hese are the first laws \of this/ that I meet wth of this kind \& therefore deserved to be taken notice of {. }/ Theodius {sic}Theodius made it death for the Man punished \indeed put forth a law for punishing/ the Encraties & Saccofori wth death wch was a very ill president; but those laws respected only two or three particular sorts of \ill/ men: these are against all men who are not of the Roman c|C|atholic communion,|.| {w}|A|nd since they were the first laws of this kind, it may be truly said that they \&/ gave a beginning to th{ese}|at| {p} sort of persecution wch in this prophesy is called making shedding the blood of saints & prophets \the Africans deserved to be \were/ punished for the{se} wth the greate{r|s|}t severity/ And the Holy Ghost in this Prophesy beginning of th{e|is|} pe deserved to be noted. The worship of the B\e/ast & his Image began a little before the sounding of ye first Trumpet & therefore \at/ the first pouring out of the first Vial of wrath a grievous & noisome sore fell upon them that \received the mark &|o|f ye B &/ worshipped the|his| Image. The shedding of the blood laws for shedding the blood of saints \all/ those who do not worship the Beast & Image & receive his mark began {a l} in Af in Afric & that a little p|b|efore the pouring out of the third Via sounding of ye 3d Trumpet & therefore \at the pouring out of/ the third Vial of wrath they Africans that |its declared they on whom it was poured| had shed the blood of saints & Prophets have blood given \& {therefore} God in justice had given/ them \blood/ to dring|k| For this crime God in justice gave them blood to drink And that you may understand {illeg} how great a degree \deeply/ they dunk {sic} \of/ the|is| cup of {illeg} Gods wrath; I shall add, that \For/ when ye Vandals first invaded Afric, the|a||t| country was very populous & in a very flourishing condition.|,| We told {w} consisting of about seven hundred bishopricks, which was more then in all France Spain & Italy together: but after \by/ <17r> wars between the Vandals Romans & Moors it was depopulated to that degree that it was in the reign of Iustinian it was rare & next to a miracle for a travellour to meet with {an a man} an African see a Man. Procopius out of a peo endeavours to make Iustinian guilty of all this devastatio{n} Afrc|i|ccam late adeo patentem ita perdidit (saith Prop|c|opius) ut iter facienti hominem conspicere rarum sit ac miraculo propinquum – – – opinor, verò dixerit. How far Afric was dispeopled by \the wars of/ Iustinian & how far by the \former/ wars of former {kin} \during all the reign of ye Vandals/ is nor|t| materia{e|l|} to enquire It suffices that the wars of this prophesy \by all those wars together/ |[| by the wars to wch this trumpet sounded |]| it was \wonderfully/ dispeopled & left almost destitute of inhabitants God powering out this Vial of wrath upon the Africans \wth so great severity/ because they \had/ shed the blood of his saints.|,| |& set \setting/ on foot the \{t} bloody/ persecutions wch are continue in the R. C. Church to this day.|

<18r>

{After the} {fa}ll of {illeg} Western Empire |{the} Vandals mad{e wa}r upo{n} {their} {n}eighbours for many years tho not wth so much violence & succ{es} {illeg} &| I meet no more memorable \wth no {other} |new| memorabl{e} {moment}/ & lasting {w}ars before {it} wch Iustinian \& his successors/ made upon the Vandals {or|&|} Ostrogoths{.|,|} {There} & therefore barbarous nations in Afric |&| Italy & therefore I \do not/ begin the fourth wind with \before/ those wars & refer {all} the t \but refer the wars of ye V. to the third {wind}./ |.| {sic} \For/ The Vandals after ye fall of ye western Empire continued to vex Italy & the neighbouring regions \whith {sic} piratical invasions/ some years after the fall of ye Western Empire; Baromius saith till the marriage of Trasamund king of ye Vandals with Amalafrida of ye Royal family \sister of Theodorick king/ of ye Ostrogoths, & this marriage he refers to ye year 4|5|00 {Sigorius} to the year 512. The words of Baronius are: Iam tutum \redditum/ erat – – – non abnuunt. Hunneric the suc{ce}ss{sic}or of Geiseric is by Victor recconed a most cruel persecutor of the Africans. |In|Du|ring the reign of Geiseric the Moors were quiet being afraid of him, but after his death they rose up in arms & made war upon his successor Huneric & his successors doing great mischief to ye Vandals & mutually receiving great mischief from them| Gundemund who suc{cee}{d}{sic}ed {was} {h} Huneric had great wars /fought many battels\ wth the Moors, many battels being fought between them{sic} & us{ed} the Catholic|s| \of/ Africans very severely. Trasamund above mentioned who succeeded Hu Gundemund had wars also with the Moors & was beaten by them a little before his death with the loss of almost all his army. Hilderic the successor of H Trasamund has|d| also warrs wth the Moors wth bad success: And for his want of success was deposed &|b|y Gilimer. For wch fact the Greek Empero{r} Iustinian \being a friend to Hilderic/ sent Belisarius with an army against Gilimer into Afric under the conduct of Belisarius who in two years conquered the Vandals \Gilimer the Vandals/ & put an end to their kingdom \A. C. 534/. And this \{war} {maybe}/ I I reccon the last blast of ye southern wind.

That wch at ye sounding of the third Trumpet is represented by turning the waters to w becoming wormwood, is at ye pouring out of the third vial of wrath represented by their becoming blood. When they became wormwood it is to be understood \only/ that they were \only/ tinged with wormwood & became bitter & so when they became blood it is to be understood only that they were tinged w \only/ bloodied or tinged wth blood. Both phrases together signify that the Roman people of the western Empire here signified by the waters, were in bitter affliction through the \wars &/ bloodshed wch ensued upon sounding {the} third Trumpet. |[|And how great the bloodshed was may be understood by this, that Afric before the sounding of the {sic} thir|s| Trumpet was a very flourishing populous count\r/y, but by the wars of the Vandals was almost exhausted of people. For Procopius who out of peak to ye Emperor Ius |]| Iremy in lamenting the desolation of Ieru Iudah by Nebuchadnezzar \uses the like expressions{sic}/. The ways of Zion do mourn because none come to ye solemn feasts: all her gates are desolate: her Priests sigh; her virgins are afflickted, & she is in bitterness. \Sam 1.4/ — He hath filled me wth bitterness & made me drunken with wormwood \ch. 3.15{sic}/. r|R|emember mine affliction, the wormwood & the gall ch. 3 v. 15|9|{, 19}. And Victor makes as bitter \great/ a lamentation for ye devastation | solation of Afric \made/ by the Vandals. Adveniant omnes quimicum angustæ viæ carpunt iter & videant propter verba labiorum Dei vias custodiunt duras, et videant si est dolor sicut dolor meus. Quoniam vindemiata sum in die furoris domini. Aperuerunt super me os suum omnes inimici mei: Sibularunt et fremuerunt dentibu{s} dixerunt, Devoravimus eam. En ista est dies quam expectavimus, invenimus, vidimus. Adestote Angeli Dei mei – – – – captivitatem Maurorum &c – – – fel et in siti sua potaretur accto. After this lamentation Victor invokes the Pett|e|r & Paul & ye rest of the Apostles \& Saints/ & then concludes \his history with this prayer/. Dicatur Angelo percutienti, Sufficit: jam cohibe manum tuam. Quis ignoret hæc nobis probrorum nostrorū scelera procurasse aberrantibus a mandatis Dei et in lege ejus nolentibus ambulare? Sed prostrati rogamus ut non spernatis vestros miseros peccatores per eum qui vos ad Apostolicum culmen provexit humiles piscatores. This gross idolatry | was the gross idolatry of those times was \I take to be/ the general cause of the plagues of the Trumpets & Vials of wrath: but & besides this general cause \crime/ there was a particular one \another/ wch made the plague of this Trumpet so violent & lasting \more lasting then the former/, & that was their shedding the blood of the saints.

And I heard the Angel of the waters say – – – true & righteous are thy judgments. How they shed the blood of Saints & Prophets may be understood by this

{illeg} {of} Geiseric, {his} \{illeg}/ c{illeg} the Romans both at home & abroad {illeg}{s} vexed them at home Victor describes at large, representing him a most cruel {pers}ecutor. It may suffice to give {an}{one}|the| \following/ instanc{e} or two of his cruelty. He caused the Nuns {of} Afric to be assembled & searcht &|by| the midwives of the Vandals & those that had been {hun} with \vitiated/ to be hung up wth great weights at their feet & tortured by applying red hot plates of iron to their backs bellys sides & breasts {to the} saying Tell us how your Bishops & Clergimen lye with you? A Of the By these tortures some dyed & others |some| were made crooked. This he did to saith Victor to find a way to make that By \And/ this|u|s means saith Victor he endeavourd to find a way to the make a|t|hat publick persecution wch he did mak|d|e. For he \thereupon/ be|a|nished into ye wilderness 4966 Bishops Priests Deacons & other members of the Church, \many children {&|wth|} their mothers accompanying them/ Victor is|w|ill not allow a whore or a whoremaster \fornicator/ in all this number, but Salvian tells us that {the} \Romans were shamefully {unchasest}, & that/ Africans were the unchastest of all the Romans & that God was just in sending the chastest of the barba Vandals ,|(| a \very/ chaste nation ,|)| |to correct them|

While Honeric treated the Africans wth these severities at home he infested the c|I|taly wth his fleet & so did his successors till about ye year 500. Iam tutum redditum erat – – non abnuunt |Hæc| Baronius ad Ann 500 sect 11. [13]

<18v>

When ye Romans had lost Afric they & the Emperor Majoranus {sent} {illeg} prepared great forces by sea & land against the Vandals, & putting his {illeg} \to recover the{ir} {illeg}/ {fell beh} {illeg} & laid siege to Carthage but A. C. 458{;} but falling sick fell sick & was forced by the {Vandals} {illeg} retire wthout doing any thing. The And the Vandals thenceforward continuing very troublesome to bo{th} Empires the Greek Emperor Leo {pro} sent \A. C. 458 sent against them/ a navy of a thousand three hundred shps {sic} & an hundred thousand men & recovered Sardinia & Tripolis but his fleet sailing towards Carthage {illeg} was met by the fleet of ye Vandals & put to flight wth the loss of a great number of Ships & men. But two year after \this,/ the fleet of the Greeks beat ye fleet of the Vandals in {sici}ly on the costs {sic} of Sicily & forced them to fly to Carthage. Then Ricimer falling out wth the western Emperor Anthemius beseiged him in Rome \A. C. 472/ & {illeg} after the city had suffered by famin & pestilence took it & gave his soldiers the plunder Gens And Genseric after his loss \to recover himself/, sollicited the Ostrogoths to invade both empires; wch they did in two bodies: But|And| the western Emperor Glycerius bought off those who entered Italy & persuaded them to go into Gallia & joyn themselves with those of their Vis own nation the Visigoths amongst whom they might \who would give them seats./ {wch} whereupon \And then |But|/ the Visigoths being much strengthened {were} thereby {illeg} expelled \made war upon/ the Romans \& expelled them/ out of Galla {sic}. And not|w| Odoacer king of the Herules a \one of the/ nation|s| beyond the Danube which had warred under Attila, hearing that ye western empire was \grown small &/ poor & weak & disturbed & unable to defend it selfe, came with an army over the Danube throug{h} Pannonia & Noricum into Italy \A. C. 476{sic}/, besieged \& took/ the Roman army in Pavia, marched thence against the Emperor Augustulus took Ravenna & Rome & in one year conquered & put an end to the western Empire And this is the fourth time that Rome was taken & plundered |{All} wch is related by Sigonius in his Book de Occidentali Imperio.| Thus did this great star \the western Emperor wth his mystical \body// fall by degrees & in falling flamed|ing| continually with war & \&/ burt|ning| like a lamp, untill it sunk \& sinking/ in the many waters of \midst of the many rivers/ into t|w|ch the Empire of the Latines was now divided: the Vandals under Geiseric making war upon this Emperor almost fifty years together \& {wasting} & wasting taking from him his wealth dominions gradually his dominions people & wealth/ till they brough|t| him to ruin.

In the third Vial its s

That wch at ye sounding

In \pouring out/ the third Vial \{Trum}/ /Vial\ {sic} \Vial of Wrath/ its said that the rivers & fountains of waters became blood. What{s}|ich| shews that ye bitterness of ye waters at the in the third Trup|m|pet & the tinging of the waters wth blood in the third Vial are phrases of ye same importance & imply that the nations signified by the waters were embittered wth {the} afflictions arising from war & bloodshed.

And I heard the Angel of the waters say – – – – are thy judgments. T Apoc. 16.5. These wor{sh|ds|} shew plainly s|t|hat the|is| {stings} judgmts {pl} Vial of wrath plague of war {war}|&| bloodshed was inflicted upon the Africans for \as a just punishment for their/ persecuting the saints. & that ye V & putting them to death,|.| & that the Vandals were the ex The first instance that I meet with of Christians putting hereticks to death was in ye reign |the Tyrant {Maximus}| who caused Priscilian \a Spanish Bishop/ & some of his followers to be slain A. C. 385. But this was But f A. C. 385 But their heresy was mixt wth immodest & immoral practices {& still to} wch being proved against them seem to hav for wch the Emperor judged them worthy of death, & it doth not appear that they were put to death merely for opinions. The first

1460+1.1506+11146111507.11461.

1507000(47863 602800(47863 90420(47863 001507(47863 46)2201727(47863 1840000(47863 361000(47863 322000(47863

)46)2900(6304 2760(6304 140(6304 138(6304 29(6304 46(6304

922 23050 2∟3972 27804

3653491440

46

1440)3490(24236 610(00000 576(00000 340(0000 520(000 432(000 880(00

461461,1507.

365∟24)47863604(131∟0461302 36524240(131∟0461302 10957272(131∟1383902 3652424(11∟5535602 478467544(11∟0461302 168496(11∟0461302 146097(11∟0461302 22399(11∟0461302 2191412(11∟04613 48412(11∟04613 119(11∟0461302

39700 36800 2920 2760 167 138 29

131y. & 18d.

3651,24)478632946(131∟00 365,240046(131∟ 11339,630046(131∟ 10957200046(131∟ 382430046(131∟ 365240046(131∟ 17190046(131∟

And that you may understand \more fully how well this star deserves the name of wormwood &/ how much the waters of these \Roman/ rivers were embittered by the \its/ falling of this star \{&}/: I sh {ha} shall subjoyn the description wch Victor in the his history of the Vandalic persecucution {sic} gives of the cruel devastations made by the Vandals {war} in these wars.

And this his fall was effected \{principally}/ by Geiseric king of the Vandals who {illeg} \after he invaded Afric/ made war upon this Empire \about/ fifty years together almost wthout intermission, erect & upon the ruins thereof erected a \very/ potent kingdom in Afric & the Isles of the Mediterranean, stirred up the Huns & {actin}g \& also/ occasioned the wars of the Hunns & {Got} Goths whereby the|is| Empire \the/ lost|s| all Gallia & Spain{.} to ye Goths & \with a powerfull fleet/ by yearly invasions & rapines ta|o|\o/ki|e|{ng}{ng|n|} [Editorial Note 12] {f} away &c the wealth & people of Italy till the|is| {bec} Empire fell became too weak to support it self any longer. This was the effect of the southern wind.

And wh \But because/ this star is called wormwood & \made/ the Roman waters were bitter so that many men died of ye water by these wars \became {a}/ became wormwood & many men died of the waters because they were made bitter, that you see \understand/ {As} how great w much the Roman waters \were/ embittered by these waters \wars/ I shall add the following description of them written by Victor an African Bishop ten years after this Empire fell.

NB \{Thus}{Then}/ Procopius tells us that they were 6|8|0 thousand {f}{illeg} arms. And Victor here confesses that this was the received {illeg} & was yt ye Vandals themselves reported it from \the beginning/ that they might appear terrible. And a less number could not have conquered Afric & ye Ile|sl|es of ye Mediterranean. But Victor out of {enmity} \a better {enemy}/ to ye Vandals lessens the endeavou{rs|red|} to lessen|d| the number that by representing them weak he might encourage their enemies.

Thus Afric wch before the invasion of the Vandals was a very p{o}{e} flourishing populous & peaceable country, by the invasion & reign of ye Vandals was vext wth wars persecutions & slavery for above an hundred years together & almost emptied of people. For This bitterness of affliction represented here by Wormwood & Gall arose from ye desolation of Iudah by war & the desolation of Afric by ye {W}ars of this {Trumpt} was as great or ga|r|eater & is as much lamented by Victor.

The|is| worshipping of dead men was the crime for wch they w \Romā C{. }C/ \{illeg}/ punished by these & \{&} by these {planing} yet/ the more they were punished the more they worshipped them. Or, as is exprest in the two next Vials of wra{th} They blasphemed God because of their pains & repented not.

There was yet another great crime

But this was not the only crime of the Africans. They were guilty also of shedding the blood of the saints.

And I heard ye Angel – – – {For a dur} When Attalu{s} was \made/ Emperor, Honorius fl|e|aring least the Donatists in Afric should side with him, repealed the laws wch his|a||d| his fath{er} Theodosius had {sic} \been/ made agt them{.|;|} B And \&/ after Attalus was deposed, the Bishops of Afric \who/ met in a Council at Carthage & sent four of the Council in their name to |y{e}| get the Emperor to revoke \procure a revocation of/ that repeal. Wherepon {sic} {ye} Emperor put forth this Edict [Editorial Note 13]

And five years after, he enforced this edict wth the following.

These edicts were in force only in Afric & compre{hended} \were intended {illeg}/ Donatists. For the \Donatists/ are called hereticks in {som{e}} {other} edicts \as well as in this/. |[| And {i}{o}f by consequence they | se {Ed.}{Eds} comprehed {sic} all who seperated from ye R. Cath. Ch{urch} {illeg} upon any account wt|c|hwc|t| ever: whether it were for worshipping dead men, or for {illeg}

Iune 10 170{0}

If yu please we will meet & dine at ye mint wednesday next to prepare reports upon ye papers referrd to us to take {a}n account of ym, &c, & I {desier} yu will give Mr Elly notice of it I am

Sr

yr most humble servt

J Stanley

<19r>

And thô the Phœnicia & Syria grew by degrees into Kingdoms bigger & bigger, yet

And Moses \long after/ wth an army of \only/ 12000 men vanquished at once ye {forces} \{at once} \at once/ all the forces/ the |of| five kis|n|gd|s|{om}{oms} of Midian: & Ioshua – And {so} long after this even till the days of Samuel the Philistims who inhabited the remainder of Canaan, continued divided into five \several/ Lordships or kingdoms each wth under several Lords or Kings, each governing his own city wth ye villages thereof. 1 Sam. 6. And beside So \There were also the kings of Sidon & Tyre. And so also {sic}/ also was ye rest of Syria divided into small kingdoms. For in the Days of David Hadadezar was king of Soba a town & country between Iudea & Euphrates & was confederate wth three Damascus & three other king|s|doms of Syria who served him & had wars with Toy king of Hamath or Epiphania another City of Syria. There were also the kings of Sidon & Tyre & the King of Arvad And {illeg} These were neare Iudea & beyond them to ye north was the King in ye northern part of Syria was the Kingdom of Arvar|d|.

And besides these|e| there were severall other kingdoms of the {same} \divers/ other kingdoms of ye Canaanites Conquered soon after Ioshuahs death & divers others \for a time/ \were not conquered by Ioshua/ \left unconquered/ (as {S}|t|hose of {Tann} Zidon, \Accho/ Ahlab, Achzib, Helbath, Aphik{sic} Rehob, Bethsean, Taanat{c}|c|h, Dor{sic} Ibleam, Megiddo{sic} Gezer, Kitron, Nahalol, Beth-shemosh, Beth-anath), & th{e|o|}se of the five cities of the Philistims |wth thier {sic} villages| Ashdod, Gaza, Askelon, Gath, & Ekron governed by so many \five/ \so many/ \their several/ Lords or Kings. & so \very/ numerous \& small/ were the Kingdoms of {S} Th Canaa Phœnicia in those first ages \the days of Moses/ that Adonibezek king of Bezek w ki{n} King of Bezek King of Bezek had taken \{w} them/ \{taken}/ |took| [Editorial Note 14] 70 others \of his fellow/ Kings prisoners & cut of their thumb before he was conquered by \& cut off their thumbs & great toes, & yet he was/ not so po with all {T} was not so powerfull but that two of the Tribes of Israel|el| {ever}{over} conquered him.

Now con

Its \For its/ observable also \out of the sacred history/ that ye towns of th of \in/ those early ages were only of two sorts Cities & Village|s,| ,|&| that the difference between cities & villages lay \was/ in point of government{;|.|}{,|.|} every City They cities The cites|ies| governed, the villages were governed. Every city reigned over its villages & every village belonged to some city. For we never read of the King of a village, but often of the King of a city with its villages no \nor do/ we {n}ever read of t|a| village of wth its villages \or of a City with its Cities/ but often of a city with its villages |& sometimes that ye villages were in the fields of ye city{sic}| And where|ver| we read of a King he is called the King of {this small} \some/ City & or other & not of more cities then one, excepting where excepting where \For if {yet if} after/ he has|d| conquered & other Cites|ie|s & putt not only made their kings tributary to him but put and end to their government & then he is|was| called |the| King not of the Cities but of the the|o|se or more Cities but of ta|h|e country, |he was not called ye King of those City|i|es but either continued to be called ye King of his first City (as the King of \either/ /only\ of his first city (as {t}he King of B{illeg} \{Heshbon}/ ye King of Tyre, or of a {w} people, he reigns|d| over| as Pe the King of Egypt the King of Assyria, \Syria the King of/ Assyria \the King |of| the Medes & Persians/ the King{s} of Israel {illeg}|o|r Iuda,|.| & sometimes after \& sometimes (i/ {sic} he retains|ed| his first name, as the K even after his conquests, as the King of Tyre, the King of Damascus. And he |Heshbon ye King of Tyre &c. {renaming} all the conquered territories to be ye fields of that City, or else \he was called/ the king of the country or people he reigned over as the| Twas regal government therefore wch at first made ye difference between cities & villages so yt every City w{c|t|}h its villages w|h|as|d| at first a Kingdom & its a kingd & conti{n} was a kingdom untill some other kingdom conquered it & abolished its government, And when any kingdom & by consequence there were in the first ages as many Kingdoms in ye world as cities, {t}|&| therefore

|[| Its observable also that when these \first/ kingdoms firs{t}{d} made war{illeg} upon one another <19v> they did not upon every conquest destroy one another's government \as Kingdoms do now/ but only made one another tributary. {This} So Chedar in the days of Abraham, when Ched{a}{o}rl{a}\o/mer {t} was king wth the & the kings wch were {m|w|}ith him made war upon other \five/ kings wch had served him 12 years & \then/ rebelled, it was because \is to be understood because/ |yt| they refused to pay him tribute. So when So there were several Kings wch served Hadadezer king of Soba & when David conquered them they served him 2 Sam 10. So t|w|hen ye Kings of \Egypt &/ Assyria conquered the \neighbouring{s}/ Kingdoms [Editorial Note 15] round about him the did no they did not presently di only made them tributary & did not dissolve their government wthout great provocation. When Shishak \or Sesostris/ King of Egypt {illeg} wth a victoriou{s} army went through Syria & Asia minor & divers other countries & conquered wherever he went, he destroy{n}|e|d none of their kingdoms but only made them spoiled them of their treasures & {th} made them tributary. So the King of And And Paraoh Nec{h}ho upon conquering \& slaying/ the King of Iudah, only made ye land tributary under a new king & the king of Assyria &c]

For thus it was not only in Syria Phœnicia &

126
26
12
16
22
19
18

wch he left unconquered. And yet ye number {of Kin}gdoms in this small territory of Canaan was at first much greater. For || And in the Kingdom of {O} Og ye King of Basan there were 60 {w}alled Cities besides unwalled villages \Deut. 3./. \② And/ in the Kingdom of Sehon who|se| reigned in the capital city was Heshbon there was|ere| many other cities a good part of wch he had taken from ye King of Moab Num. 21. Deut 2. |We may reccon the number of thes|his|e cities to be much greater then those {of} |Og| in {be} in Bashan because all Bashon & part of ye Kingdom of Sehon was given to half ye tribe of Manasseh & the rest of Sehons kingdom sufficed for ye two tribes of Reuben & Gad. Deut 3.1{2}{5}, 13.| And Adonibezeck king of Bezeck had {taken} one of ye {24} \many/ {sic} Kings {whom}{when} of Canaan had whom Israel conq |Nor were the rest of the kingd from Ioshua conquered \of Canaan/ much less then that of Og. For Adonibezeck who was one of those kings| had subdued \vanquished/ 70 others of he|i|s neighbouring kings & cut of {sic} their thumbs & their great toes & by consequence had subjected divers of their cities \(or some of them at least)/ to his own kingdom before he was vanquished by Israel & yet he was not become so potent a King but that two of ye twelve tribes {v}anquished him. Iudg. 1. In ye lot of the twel \two/ tribes of Iudah \& Simeon/ alone there were \above/ 120 cities (Ios. 15) & by consequence \there were {much}/ above a thousand cities in all the land of Canaan, all wch we may reccon to have been distinct kingdoms before some of them conquered the rest. A For all the Cities {w}|in| those early ar|g|es were fence{s|d|} wth high walls

29+10|9|
14
16
9
3
11
9
10
6
2
6
1
126

|[| For in those \early/ ages we meet wth but two sorts of t{wn}|ow|ns, \wer|hi|\{i}/|ch| were/ cities & vallages {sic} & the difference between a city & a village lay in these things|.| 1st \in point of govern{ā}/ that ye |For the government was in the City| |[|villages were built in ye fields of ye City & thence belonged to its dominiō & government as so many branches \as so many members of its body politick/ The |]| government was in ye City & the villages were under be {1}{t} The villages sprang out of ye cities & were built in for they are called their daughters Num 21.2{1}|5|] & gates & barrs Deut 3.5 but ye villages were wthout walls Deut 3.5. {D} Levit. 25.30, 31.

For in those early ages I meet with only two sorts of towns, wch were \vizt {were}/ cities & villages, & these|ir| differed from one another in difference consisted in these things. [Editorial Note 16] 1|2|dly T All ye Cities were w{a} then fenced with high walls & gates & barrs but \and all/ ye villages were wthout walls, Deut. 3.5. Levit. 25.30, 31. 2|1|dly {sic} the cities villages were built in the Country or fields of the City Levit. 25.31. Iosh. 21.12, & therefore \they/ are \frequently/ called the villages of ye City in whose fields they were built of ye City Iosh 16 & 19|8| |& 19| & these fields were employed for {feeding} the call The Cities were to dwell in & the villages for ye Cattel of the Citizens 3dly The Cities had Every city wth its villages had \Every city \with its villages/ was a distinct body politick. For every city/ wth its villages was governed by a court of Elders \or magistrates/ who sat in ye gates of ye City: &|And| ye Villages of ye City was|ere| subject to their jurisdiction; For we never heare of elders in a villa{ge} 3d|4th|ly Every city as I shall presently shew had its place of worship wth a \an altar &/ sacred fire for sacrifices {w}here the {C} {Magistrates} /{Priests}\ /Chief Magistrates\ did ye office of Priests: but {illeg} ye villages we read not of any such institution in the villages nor were there any elders there to do the office of Priests.

<20r>

Before ye reign of Iulian the Apostate \times of the second General Council/ I meet wth no instances of pictures in Churches |{but}| t|b|ut soon after \presently/ his reign they were every where introduced. The communion cup indeed had in some churches a stamp or impression upon it of Christ & ye lost sheep \the good Shepherd/ but this I take to be only |as a mark| to distinguish it from profane vessels & prevent its being stoln {sic} or applied to vulgar uses;|.| & the The Council of Eliberis in Spain {A} A. C. 305 {Spain} forbad the ind|t|roducing of \declared that there{w} ought to be no/ pictures in Churches {r} not for abolishing an old {use} custome (for no history mentions any such custone {sic}) but {for} by way of caution, {ch} to prevent the painting of the \adorning of {chur} new/ Churches \with painting or pictures {least} that wch is worshipped {sh}/ wch /For the {sic}\ Christians were going to rebuild after the 10th \Dioclesians/ Persecution {wherein} wheīn all their Churches had been demolished by the heathens. This is plain by the words of the Canon. Placuit picturas in E nor for putting a stop to a new custome{,}{.}{ } nor for removing pictures out or p out of any nor for \{sic}/ {r}|d|efacing \{ar}/ the pictures in any{m} \old/ Churches for the but \only by way of caution/ for preventing pictures \but for preventing them in new ones/ For the Christians at this /time\ had no Chruches The heathens had defaced \demolished/ them all \the/ {illeg} in Dioclesians Persecutions & the Christians were \now/ going to rebuilt {sic} them & this Council meeting just after the Coun Persecution to restore the lapsed discipline of the Church, ordered \by way of caution/ that {the w} \the/ new churches wch were to be built should be without pictures |should not be painted {be wthout} not be painted be without painting; like the old ones.| & before ye like the old ones before ye persecution This \is/ plain by the words of ye Canon: Placuit picturas in Ecclesia esse non debere, ne quod colitur aut adoratur in parietibus depingatur. But after the reign of Iulian ye Apostate B Churches {of} {For} the Temples {Basilicas} of ye Martyrs \Saints/ \notwithstanding this caution the Churches & Basilicas of Martyrs & sepulchers \or Temples of/ the dead/ began every where to be painted both in the East & West. |presently \in &/ after the time{s} of the second general Council & that by the authority of the Bishop of Rome.| Of t

Of their painting in the east Gregory Ne{illeg}|ys|sen makes this mention \makes mention in his Oration on/ who flourished in the reign of Valens & Theodosius, makes this mention \in his Oration on Theodorus the Martyr who|se| Basilica was painted. And/{sic} |[|Siquis veneint ad {locum} aliquem locum similem huit|c| ubi hodie noster conventus habetur, ubi memoria justi [Theodori] sanctæ reliquiæ sunt; primum quidem earum rerum magnificentia quas videt, oblectatur, dum ædem ut templum Dei, & magnitudine structure, & adjecti ornatus decore splendide elabratum {sic} intuetur; ubi et faber in animalium figuram lignum formavit et latomus ad argenti lævitatem crustas lapideas expolivit; induxit autem etiam Pictor flores artis in imagine depictos, fortia facta martyris, repugnantias crut|c|iatus, efferatas et immenes tyrannorum formas, impetus violentos, flammineum fornacem, beatissimam consummationem athletæ, certaminum præsidis Christi humanæ formæ effigiem; omnia nobis tanquam in libro quodam qui linguarum interpretationes contineat coloribus artifi{}{}ciose depingens; certamina at labores martyris nobis expressit ac tanquam pratum amœnum & floridum Templum exornavit] Such a Temple \Of this kind/ as this \Such a Church/ [Editorial Note 17] was that Temple Church at Anableta|h|a in Iudæa where Epiphanius tore the painted veile |And Epiphanius met wth a painted Veile {a}{o}|i|n a Church at Anabletha in Iudæa|

And in the west the Bishops of B|R|ome \Damasus, Cælestinus, Leo & Vigilius/ adorned their own Basilias|icas| wth the histories of the second third & fourth, \& fift/ General Councils wch had been celer|b|rated in their times respe{c}tively. And the Popl|e|s Sixtus, Pelagius & Iohn & Gregory the great odorned {sic} several churches with /other\ historical paintings \all as|wch| Pope ~ Hadrian mentions in his letter to Charles the Great/. And of the same king was the church Basilicas of Hippoli|y|tus the Martyr at Rome & that of Cassian both mentioned by Prudentius, & those of Felix wch Paulinus Bishop of Nola caused to be painted.

[Editorial Note 18] Of their painting in the east Gregory Nyssen who flourished in the reign of Valens & Theos|d|osius, makes mention in his Oration on Theodorus the Martyr whose Church \Basilica/ was painted. And Epiphanius was offended at a painted veil wch he found in a Church at Anableta in Iudæa. And in the west Pope Damasus adorned his own Basilica wth historical painting of ye second General c|C|ouncil; &|A||nd|the the Popes Cæstinus, Leo & Vigilius adorned theirs wth the paintings of the third fourth & fift general c|C|ouncils respectively: And the Popes Sixtus Pelagius Iohn & Gregory & great adorned ot several Churches wth other historical paintings;|.| {A} And Paulinus of Nola caused some Templ{e}{s} Basilicas to be painted|.| & And Prudentius tells us that the Basilicas of Hippolytus the martyr at Rome & that of Cassian were both painted

|For in the time of that Council Pope Damasus be erecting a B{i}|a|silica to himself \his own church/ adorned \painted/ it with p sacred histories & image work. And after his example the Popes Cælestine Leo & Vigilius. |

[Editorial Note 19] \But in Italy the Bishops were less cautious. For/ Pope Hadrian in a letter to Charles ye great, tells us that the Popes \Silver|s|ter, Damasus, Cælestine, Leo, \&/ Vigilius/ who were in {da}|th|e first six|fiv||e| generals Councils & several other Popes, as Marcus, Iulius, Sixtus{,} Pelagius, Iohn, \&/ Gregory the great & others of his predecessors built & adorned \painted/ Churches & Basilicas & Martyries with histories painted both in colours & in Mosaic work \both in Mosaic work & in histories adorned wth paint images in colours/ which remained till his days & were ven then venerated by the people & that \Pope/ Sixtus & the Emperor Valentinian III \at the request of Sixtus/ placed statues of Gold in \some/ Churches. |[| And Prudentius tells us that the Basilicas|a| of Hippolytus the Martyr at Rome & that of Cassian were both <20v> painted. Paulinuss of Nola painted some Churches. Gregory Nyssen] And that it would be en] & Gregory the great placed statues in the Oratory of his Monastery {w}|&| & \that/ Gregory the Great painted erected Statues in the Oratory of his Monastery & in a Church in wch \of the Arians/ |after| a \certai/ miracle had been done & that there: & that he should want time to tell how many church his predecessors the Popes had adorned \built/ wth histories pa in Mosaic work & other painting & Mosaic work to \built & adorned with images erected in them & with various histories/ buit {sic} erecting sacred images in them & painting various histories, & venerating what was erected or painted. Neither were the |[| And after the example of the Bishops of Rome Paulinus Bishop of Nola painted some churches & Prudentius mentions the painting of the Basilica of Hippolytus the martyr at Rome & \of/ that of Cassian. |]| Whether the Popes before Damasus painted Basilicas Churches is not so certain because I meet wth no other instances of it then what is here mentioned by Pope Hadrian: but that Damasus was a superstitious man & busied himself in searching out the bodies of Martyrs, \&/ adorning their Cæmeteries & Basilicas & in his {t}|d|ays the painting of the \histories &/ passions of the Marty{r}s began to be genera overspread the Empire. For Paulinus Bishop of Nola painted some Churches \or Basilicas/ & Prudentius \& Gregory Nyssen/ mentions others wch were painted & Epiphanius rent a painted Veil wch he met wch {sic} in a Church in Palestine. & Paulinus of Nola mentions a painted Veil in the Church of S. Felix {&} frequented by people from all parts, & Euodius mentions another \recommended by an Angel, hung up/ in the Church of St {Steepen} in Afric &, admired applau admired & applauded by the p|P|eople, & endewed wth a power of working miracles. The argument for pictures \in Churches/ was that they served to inst were set up not to be worshipped but to instruct the people: but \& yet/ they were quickly worshipped by the loose & st superstitious part of the people \Christians/. For Austin of Hippo tells us: Noli consectari turbas imperitorum – – – – ad depellendas calamitates perag{a|u|}nt All This was before the erecting of solid statues in Churches. |[|Sometime after this, solid statues \of Christ & the saints/ begam {sic} to be erected in Churches .|]| The statue of Christ made by the heathens at Paneas in Phenicia being thrown down by the Emperor Iulian was carried into a Church to be worshipped. but by Christians: but I do not meet wth any statue|s| made by Christians out of devotion to be set up in Churches before those \of |of solid| Gold/ wch Pope Sixtus & the Emperor Valentinian placed in the at ye request of Sixtus places|d| in the Churches of the Virgin Mary, St Peter, After this {w}|the| western Empire falling & coming into the hands of Barbarous nations I meet wth no more erecting of Images \holy Statues \Images/ in Churches/ before the days of Gregory the great. |In a[14] the first year of his Papacyin a pro solemn procession to St Peters Church he carried the Image of ye Virgin m|M|ary wth gt veneration| In his days Serenus bishop of Marseils see|i|ing some pe images {w}orshipped by some of the people, brake the Images & Pope Gregory brake the Images & reprehended him for{s} it, saying Permittimus imagines sanctorum quicun eas formare voluerit, tam in Ecclesia quam extra Ecclesiam propter amorum Dei sanctorum ejus. Adorare vero eas nequaquam cogimus Frangere vel destruere eas etiam si quis voluerit non permittimus. [15] In the fourth year \a war between/ of ye |Gr.| Emperor Mauricius the & the Persians \i|I|n the 4th year of the war \the Greek Em./ Mauricius/ A. C. 589, Philippicus |Prefect of the East took leading an army against the Persians took| the image wch they of Christ wch they called αχειστο πόιητον {that} not made wth hands, that is, the \image or/ picture pretended to be sent by Christ to king Abgarus, & running through the army {Whe} armatis divinam impertiebatur virtutem, et stans post anciem hæc retinens arma lacrymis multis Deum placabat &c imparted divine vertue to ye soldiers & standing behind the army wth the a|ese| arms in his hands appeased God wth many tears & obteined a great {w|v|}ictory. [16] And the Emperor Heraclius used to have the same image carried before him in his wars, as al {illeg}|A|nd {when} Austin the Monck being sent by Gregory the great into England had a silver cross & the picture of Christ carried before him. And soon after the death of Gregory, Pope Boniface the fourth \by the consent of Emperor Phocas set up the Images of the Virgin Mary & all the Martyrs/ in the place of Cybele & all the heathen Gods set up in the Pantheon at Rome, the Images of all the Christians \saints/ & in \in/ their honour int|s|tituted the annual feast of all Saints \& calling the Pantheon Dei Genetricis Templum ad Martyres./ |[|After wch the worship of idols quickly {af} over spread the world, being very much promoted by the ignorance of the ensuing times. For by means of ye invasions & reign of forreign nations the Latine tongue {illeg} about ye end of ye sixt century ceased to be spoken in Italy & yet the scriptures & publick service continued in latine. |]| Thus the Romans instead of rep in the times of the fourth Vial of wrath instead of repenting blasphemed God more & more carrying pr {illeg} \holy/ images in \their solemn/ processions & before their {armis|e|s} <21r> armies wth veneration &|f|or appeasing Gods anger & obteining mercy & victory \success/ & at length setting up the images of all the Martyrs in one common Temple in imitation of the Heathens who had set up the images of all their Gods in the same Temple in the reign of Augustus Cæsar

The|is| period of time I take to be the beginning of the reign of the whore of Babylon over the ten horns of ye Beast & of her committing fornication wth the kings of the earth & enriching the merchants of the earth with the hire of her fornication. In the reign of the Emper sons of Constantine the great she claimed at|th|at appeals ought to be made to her from all ye world in all causes ecclesiastical & summoned the eastern Bishops to give appear in a Council at Rome & {their {sic}}{their {sic}} give an account of their proceedings in relati but \but her claim/ was stifly opposed by the Bishops of the east & ridiculed for its impudence. When the western Empire became divided into ten kingdoms the barbarous nations who erected those kingdoms were either heathens or Anthomousians & so not subject t to the Bp of Rone {sic} but by degrees they were converted & the Cathol th as \wch/ made the Catholicks of the west unite more firmly under the Bp of Rome for strenghte|h|ening themselves against these enemies, & after the authority of the Bishop of Rome was made a part of received among the Roman Catholicks of Italy & their adherents the ten kings submitted to it as fast as they became converted to ye R. Cath. faith. Af|n|d first the Frāks \France/ in the reign of Clodovæus \A.C. 496/ & then the Visigoths, in the rise or Spaniards \& Suevians in Spain {sic}/ \Spain/ in the reign of Reccared a[17] & |ye| Lombards \A.C. 587 {illeg}|5|90/ in the reign of Agilhelf |A.C. 590| |the same year| submitted their Churches to the Bishop of Rome as universal Bishop of the Catholicks And lastly ye Exarchate \& Greek Church/ by the grant of the Emperor Phocas \A. C. 606/ submitted & Saxons {in som} in Britain or some of as many of them as were converted from Paganism to Christianity submitted A in the d{ep} to Gregory the great & lastly the Exarchate & Greek Church by the grant of the Emperor Phocas submitted A.C. 606 submitted to ye same authority. And the Vanda before this time \the Hunns were conquered by the Gepids & Ostrogoths/ the Vandals \& Ostrogoths/ were conquered by the Greeks, the Britains by the saxons, the Alans \& Sueves/ in Spain by the Romans & Visigoths & The Alans & \&/ Burgundians in France by the Franks {.} so that after the Pope became bishop of the Franks Visigoths Saxons Lombards & Greeks we may reccon him universal Bishop of all the ten kingdoms in the Empire \ten kingdom/ comprehended wthin the body of the Beast, & by consequence date his reign as universal Bishop, that is the reign of the whore of Babylon of \over/ the ten horns of the Beast \represented by her sitting upon his back may be dated/, from the grant of Phocas A.C. 606. She fled from the Dragon at the opening of the seventh seal, & when she was in the wilderness she got upon the Beast by degrees & began to reign sit upon him \& reign over him/ at ye end of the times of the four first Trumpets & \setting up idols in the Pantheon/ from thence forward committed fornication wth ye the {sic} kings of the earth & enriched the merchants of the earth {th} wth the hire of her fornication. Vpon wch aco|c|ount she is by ye Prophet Isaiah compared to the City Tire merchandizing city of Tyre.

Howl ye ships of Tarshish for yor strength is laid wast. And it shall come to pass in that day that Tyre shall be forgotten seventy years according to ye days of one king & after the end of seventy years shall Tyre sing as a harlot. Take an Harp, go about {it} \the/ City thou harlot that hast been forgotten, make sweet melody sing many songs that thou mayst be rememb{e}red. And it shall come to pass at the end of sen|v|enty years that the Lord will visit Tyre, & shall turn to her hire & shall commit fornication with all the kingdoms of the world upon the face of the earth, & her merchandise & her hire shall n|b|e hol{j}{y}|i|ness to the Lord. It shall not be treasured nor laid up up: for her merchandise shall be for them that dwell before the Lord to eat sufficiently & for durable cloathing. \These things cannot be applied to the old city Tyre in a literral sence./ A whoring City is in sacred prophesy put for the Church of God in a state of Idolatry. God is her husband & by idolatry she forsakes him & goes a whoring after other Gods, And there is no other way of A City cannot commit fornication with the kingdoms of the earth any other |& commits fornication with the kingdoms whose Gods she worships| & there is no other city besides the Whore of Babylon who \hath/ committed fornication wth all the kingdoms of the <21v> world upon the face of the earth, or as is exprest in the Apocalyps, who hath made all nations drunk with the wine of her fornication. Her merchandise is not like the merchandise of old Tyre: i|I|t is the hire of her fornication. i|I|t is holiness to the Lord. It is for them that dwell before the Lord, that is for the Priests, \of the Lord. It is for them/ to eat sufficiently & wear godd \fashionable/ cloathing, that is for their maintenance. These thing I do not see how all these things can agree to any other \merchandising/ city then ye Whore of Babylon. \She plaid the harlot before she was forgotten. Then/ She was laid wast & forgotten seventy years that is during the wars of the Ostrogoths Herules & Lomar|ba|rds in Italy wch began A.C. 5|4|5||35 & ended A.C. 604.5 Afterwards she sung as an harlot \And after seventy years she/ returned to her hire \{fill} & sung as an harlot {sic}/ & committe{d} fornication with all the kingdoms \of world upon the Roman world upon the face/ of the earth, fill|ing| the Pantheon with Idols, & |hence forward| by her great power spreading their worship over all nations [& excommunicating the kings that opposed her untill she had established it. [Her Merchants are her Cardinals Bishops Priests A{illeg} their ships are Cities & towns over the habitat places of ye sea over wch they preside. Her hire is her ecclesiastical revenues]

And now the wickedness of the Roman Catholicks being \growing/ greater then befo{re} their punishment is proportionaly increased. For an Angel fl (or as some {re who} Manuscripts have it, an Eagle) flys through the midst of heaven crying |saying wth a loud voice| Wo Wo Wo to the inhabitants of the earth by reason of ye other voices of the Trumpet \of the three Angels/ wch are yet to sound.

Petrus sedet an 7 in Episcopali sede apud Antiochian, Platina in vita Petri. Duos Episcopas [urbis Romæ] Linum scilicet et Cletum ordinavit, deinde et Clementem cui cathedram tradit proxime ante mortem iba Petrus et Paulus passi anno ultimo Neronis ib. Clemens in epistola ad Iacobum Hierolymitanum episcopum [qui cæsus est septimo Neronis anno] seribit se a Petro ordinatum (in vita Clementis) quod fieri non potuit.

Cœmiterium a Calisto conditum in via Appia ubi Martyri|e|s & Papæ aliqui viz Anicetus, Soter, & Zepherinus sepultæ fuerant et alij plures postea viz. Calistus, Pontianus, Anterus, Fabianus, Cornelus Lucius, Stephanus, Xystus, Dionysius, Eutychianus, Caius, Eusebius, Miltiades.

Cal Sepulti in cœmiterio Calepodij in via Aurelia Calistus, Iulius,

Sepulti in cœmiterio prætextati via Tiburtina, Vrbanus.

Sepulti in Basilica a Felice condita in via Aurelia, Felix

Sepulti in via salaria in cœmiterio quod Priscilla mox condidit, Marcellinus. Deinde \(Cælestinus,/ Marcellus, Silvester, Liberius, Siricius,

Sepulti in via Ardeatina in Cœmiterio Balbinæ, Marcus,

Sepulti in via Ardeatina in Cœmiterio a Damaso condito, Damasus

Sepulti in Cœmiterio ad u|V|rsum {illeg}eatum Anastasius, Innocentius,

Sepulti in via Tiburtina apud S. Lancentium, Zosimus, Xystus III, Hilarius I, in Basilica a Damaso condita.

Sepulti in via Salaria apud Corpus Sa{illeg}tæ Felicitatis Bonifacius I.

Sepulti apud S. Petrum in Vaticano Leo I, Simplicius, Felia III \*/ Gelasius, Anastasius, Symmachus, Hormisda, Iohn &c

Sepulti in Basilica Pauli, Felix III, * Anastasius, Symmachus,

|NB| All the Popes before Leo I (who sat A.C 441, died A.C. 460) were buried in Cæmeteries \in the fields/ upon ye high ways two or three miles from Rome or above. But Leo & his successors were buried in the Churches of Peter & Paul said to be built by Constantine ye gt at ye request of Pope Silvester & \Peters/ adorned wth magnificent gifts by Valentinian III at ye request of Pope Xystus III.

<22r>

Lysimachus king of Thrace having conquered Macedon \& reigning also over some towns of Asia/ had a treasury in PPergamus under ye charge of Philetærus, {illeg} who revolting seized in the end of the reign of Lysimachus revolting sezed {sic} the treasure &

Lysimachus one of the captains of Alexander the great, conquering P reigned first in Thrace & then by conquering Pyrrhus king of Epire & Macedon be became king of all those countries \Macedon/, & reigned also over some cities in Asia minor He had his \a/ treasury in Pergamus a castle seated on the top of a hill w conical hill in Phrygia on by the river Caicus, & committed the custody of this Castel & treasury to one Philetæus|ru|s who was at first faithfull to him but afterwards being accused by Arsinoe the f|w|ife of Lysimachus revolted & by means of the treasure defen ma{n} kept the Castel to himself, Lysimachus falling into troubles & being soon after vanquished & slain by Seleucus \then/ king of Asia Syria & Babylonia. This revolt seems to have been in the beginning of ye war between Seleucus & Lysimachus. For Philetærus kept the castle 20 years & dying left it to Eumenes his brothers son who kept it 22 years longer, adding to it the country round about so as to be able to be{s}t give battel to Antiochus the son of Seleucus neare Sardes & put him to flight. And after him reigned Attalus 43 years & died

Lysimachus one of ye Captains of Alexander the great reigned first over The|r|ace then passing the Hellespont added \sudued {sic}/ Phrygia Lydia & Caria to his & afterwards, conquering Pyrrhs|u|s succeede reigned also over the kingdom of Macedon. Then by the instigation of his wife Arsinone he slew \first/ his son Agathocles & then those who lamented him. Vpon wch the wife of Agathocles fr|l|ed wth her childen {sic} & brothers & some others of their friends {illeg} & |sollicited Seleucus to make war upon Lysimachus.| Lysimachus had a treasury in Pergamus a castle on ye top of a conical hill in Phrygia by the river Caicus & had committed the custody of this treas thereof to one Philett|æ|rus who was at first faithfull to him but being now accused by Asinoe now grieving at the death of Agathocles & being accused thereof by Arsinoe, he revolted & sided wth Seleucus & by means of ye treasure kept ye castle 20 years & dying left it to his brothers son years & his successor Eumenes kept it 22 years more [reigning over the country round about so as to be able to give battel to Antiochus the son of Seleuchus neare Sardes & put him to flight. And after him reigned Attalus 43 yeras] & in the end of his reign gave beat Antiochus ye son of Seleucus & the Gauls \in battel/ & took from him the greater part of Ar{æ}|sia|, but \on this side Taur the mountain Taurus/, & his successor Attalus who reigned 43|4| years, [lost those conquests & afterwards in ye 31th year of his reign entered into a stric{illeg}|t| league wth ye Romans] was the first of the Princes inhabiting Asia who refused to pay tribute to ye Gauls & ingaginging {sic} them in battel won a great victory over them & was thereupon saluted king by his army. But afterwards he lost almost all his conquests to Achæus \who warred under the king of a captain of king of {sic} Syria/ & in the 31|0|th year of his reign \P. Sulpicio & Cn. Fulvio Coss./ entered into a strict league wth the Romans & assisted them in al{l} their \two/ wars wth the /against Philip\ kings of Macedon. & Syria And his successor Eumenes II continuing in that league assisted them in their wars against Ani|t|iochs|u|s ye Magnus, |[‡ For Antiochus in the 33d year of his reign passed the Hellespont wth a very great army collected out of all Asia Syria Me Media Assyria & part of Persia & took several places in Greece, but the Romans & their allies the next year beat \him/ out of Greece & the year following by another great victory took from him all Asia as far as the mountain Taurus. Which war & victory was thus predicted by Daniel]| [& in the seventh year of his reign \& 35t of the reign of Antiochus/ he & ye Romans beat \& Rhodians gained/ |a notable victory over| Antiochus & took] from him all Asia as far as the mountain Taurus. Which war & victory was thus prœdicted by Daniel. After the|is| he [\Antiochus/ the king of the north] shall turn his face unto the Isles & shall take many \[places from the allies of the Romans]/: but a Prince [the Romans] and for his own behalf shal cause the reproach offered by him to cease: wthout his own reproach shall he cause it to turn upon him. Then he shall turn his face towards the fort of his own land: but [within two or three years after his being vanquished by the Romans] he shall stumble & fall & not be found. For Antiochus died {} reigned but 37 years.

<22v>

After this victory Eumenes king of Pergamus went to Rome & being commanded by the senate to explain his merits told them that his father Attalus primus omnium Asiam Gr{illeg}|a|ciam incolentium – – – – comparare — Quo tandem igitur – – – – dicere ausim. And upon this representation the senate gave Eumenes their conquests in Asia except what t Lycia & part of Caria wch was given to the Rhodians. Thus the little horn of the Hee Goat began to wax great but not in his own power.

Antiochus was succeeded by his son Seleucus whom Daniel calls a raiser of T taxes & he by Antiochus Epiphanes in whose reign happened the memorable war between the Romans & Perseus king of Macedon

<24r>

And since all these Monarchies were \Daniels/ Beasts were alive in Iohns days & still continue alive \& therefore are synchronal to Iohns Beasts/ & Iohn's Prophesy was given by the same Holy Ghost with Daniels & is very full of Allusions to the prophesies of the old Testament: we may expect to find Daniels Monarchies in Iohn's prophesy so far as they relate to the Christian religion. And therefore we ought to compare the Prophesies of I|D|aniel & Iohn & agree them together so far as they can be agreed wth made to agree wthout straing {sic}. For there is no better way of interpreting scripture then by comparing {illeg} its par one pa|l|ace with the parts of it & we reconciling what so ever in \all/ analogous places so f & synchronal parts of prophesy so far all synchronisms & all analogous passages so far where ever they \synchronal & all analogous parts of prophesy wch can {sic}/ can be reconciled without violence force. Tis certain that the same things are described again & again in prophesy. And all the descriptions of one & the same thing must be conjoyned that they may interpret one another & supply one anothers defects & joyntly make one complete description wch cannot be misapplyed. And therefore those interpretations are alwa{illeg}|y|s to be preferred wch reduce the P scr parts of scripture to ye greatest consent & harmony. I Daniel has described the same Monarchies in|a|gain & again in four several Prophesies & yet the words of those descriptions were |shut up &| sealed up till the time of ye end. Iohn's Prophesy is a r|R|evelation of what was shut up \& sealed/ before & therefore must be compared with Daniel's that both may be understood.

The \people of the/ first & second Monarchy so far as they lye beyond Armenia & the river Tigris are not \were never/ yet converted to Christiany {sic}. The third Monarchy founded by Alexander the great, \&/ propagated through the Roman Empire, then separati|e|ngd \& after separation/ from the Latines & seated at Constantinople & now under the dominion of the Turks was the principal seat of the Christian religion in the primitive \times/ & is represented in the Apocalyps by the great red Dragon. The fourth Monarchy |wch was| founded by the Latines, conquerin|ed|g the Greeks, then separatin|ed|g from them & breaking into ten kingdoms & \has/ ever since continuin|ed|g in a divided form, {illeg} received the Christian religion in the pri from the Greeks in the primitive times, has now flourish reigned under Christian Princes 1400 years & is represented in the Apocalyps \by/ the Beast rising out of the sea with ten horns.

When the Greek & Latine Empires are united the \Dragon & Beast are united & the/ whole is both Dragon & Beast: [Editorial Note 20] but when they are divided the Greeke Empire is the Dragon & the Latine the Beast. At first the Dragon signifies the whole Emp Roman Empire: but after when ye Empire becomes divided the Dragon signifies only ye Eastern Empire & the Beast rises out of ye sea to signify the western. [The Dragon reiged {sic} over ye nations of ye earth & sea & the Beast at first was latent in him but upon ye division of ye Empire emerged out of the nations of ye sea.] Before ye Division, the \Beast/ was latent \in/ ye Dragon. |At yt| \time/ the Dragon \then/ reigned over the nations of inhabitants of ye Earth & Sea & upon \& the Beast was latent in him. Vpon/ the division, the Beast rose out of the inhabitants of the sea & in a distinct & separate form & succeeded the Dragon in his ancient throne western \marine/ throne.

The third monarchy is represented in Daniel by a rough He-Goat. This Goat had first a great horn then four little smaller horns to reprent {sic} the kingdom of the Greeks in the reign of Alexander & his successors. Then rose up a little horn the kingdom of Pergam wch \grew/ greater then any of the former & therefore comprehended the Romans [It grew great toward the South & toward the east & therefore was a northwest horn. And being at first a little horn it was the kingdo \growing mighty but not in its own power/

This was the kingdom of <24v> Pergamus wch descended to the Romans by the last will testament of Attalus its king, [& grew mighty in their power. This Goat reigned in his last horn when Iohn wrote & signifies the very same thing wth the Dragon in ye Apocalyps. A Goat is in scripture put for the Devil & sacrificing to Goats for sacrificing to Devils Levit 7.7            & the Dragon is the old serpent called the Devil & Satan \Apoc 12/ & Satans \has his/ throne is {sic} in Pergamus. Apoc 2 & This Dragon cannot be of less extent then the Roman Empire because he deceived the whole world.] so that the Romans may be recconed the \legal/ successor of Attalus in this king|d|om. For this horn was a|t| first a little horn in comparison of the four preceding horns & so was the kingdom of Pergamus. It grew great towards the south & towards ye east & therefore was at first a north-west horn .|| It grew {mi} as was the kingdom of Pergamus. & And It grew mighty but not in its own power & such was the kingdom of Pergamus wch \being wth inherited by the Romans &/ grew mighty in the|ir| power of the Romans & not in its own. \It great {sic} great to the Prince of the Host & therefore was antichrist/ This Goat reigned in his last horn when Iohn wrote & signifies the very same thing with the Dragon in the Apocalyps — throne

The third monarchy \is/ represented \in Daniel first/ by ye brazen belly & thighs of Nebuchadnezzars Image was is designed \& then/ described more particularly by \in/ the vision of the Leopard & still more particularly in the vision of ye He Goat & still more particularly in the vision of the scripture of truth, & so much of it as remained to come after Iohn's days is described still more particularly in the Apocalyps in the vision of the great red Dragon. In the visual of the Leopard the third Mo \[In ye vision of ye Image its only said \in several/ that a third kingdom shall arise wch shall bear rule over all the earth./ The Leopard has four heads & four wings to represent ye division of ye Greek Empire \this kingdom/ into four kingdoms at ye death of Alexander the great The Goat has first a great hou is express|l|y called their king of Greece that is the kingdom, & has first a gr{e}{a}{sic} horn to represent that kingdom during the reign of Alexander, then four smaller horns to represent the four kingdoms into |wch| yt kingdom became divided at the death of Alexander, & lastl{y} a little afterwards a little horn wch waxed exceeding great to represent a new ka|i|ngdom arising out of one of the four wch should be greater then any of the former. And of this \kingdom/ many things are said wch were not mentioned in the former prophesies. The scripture of truth further adds that when the first horn shall be bro kingdom of the first king of Greece shall be broken stand up his kingdom shall be broken & divided towards the four winds of heaven & not to his posterity nor according to his dominion wth which he ruled but for his kingdom shall be pluckt up even for others besides those. And then follows a \particular/ description of the kings of Egypt & Syria (two of the four kingdoms) down to the reign of Antiochus Epiphanes|:| & after that a larger & distinc{t|ct|}r description of the last \little/ horn of the Goat or \last/ kingdom of the Greeks then before. And |]| \For/ Iohn passing by all the reign of the Greeks before his own wch preceded his own times, describes this|ei|r kingdom only in the reign of the last horn of the Goat & doth it more fully & particularly then Daniel had done before. Every new description of this Monarchy adds something to the former descriptions & Iohns < insertion from the bottom of f 25r > description is more full & open then Daniels, & all the descriptions [must be compared \& reconciled/ that they may < text from f 24v resumes > <25r> representing the kingdom by a great {illeg}

\Many of/ The ancient heathens & espec{ially th}e Mendesians in Egypt represented some of their gods in the shape of Goats as Pan, Faunus, Silvanus, Silenus, \the/ Satyrs, \&/ Ægipans, & hence the Mendes hence So Maimonides: E Zabijs quidam fuere qui Dæmones colebant So Selden Qui solennia Sagarum conciliabula aperiunt, ij Dæmonem principem, qui præsidett, hirci figuram præ se ferre tradunt. || [Editorial Note 21] And Majmonides: E Zabijs quidam fuerunt qui Dæmones colebant et eos p{er} Existimabant habere formam hircorum. Vnde etiam Dæmones Seirim, hoc est hircos appellabant. Hæc opinio Mosis ævo lon jam longe late diffusa fuit, sicut ait Levit 17.7. Et non sacrificabunt \ultra/ sacrificia sua hircis, id est Dæmonibus ita appellatis. They had sacrificed in Egypt to Goats & Moses forbids them doing it any more. ① And Diodorus: that the Egyptians attributed divinity to ye Goat & initiated their Priests to this God in the first place. [18] ③ So where its said by Goats or Satyrs in Isa. 13.21 & 32.14 by Goats or Satyrs interpreters understand Devils. And hence it is that w{il} we still paint Devils in the form of Satyrs. So then as Iohn tells us that ye Dragon is the old Serpent called the Devil & Satan so the He goat in Daniel is a type of ye same signification, & therefore fitly applyed to signify the same Greek Empire with the Dragon.

The kingdom of Pergamus has all the Characters of the last horn of ye He Goat. It was at first a little one. It did not cease by the death of Attalus its last king, but by his last will & testament descended to the Romans, As the {illeg} \It was to last/ lasted {sic} till the time of the end Dan 8 & last end of the indignation Dan 8.17, 19 that is till the {illeg} last end of ye Iewish captivity. And as this horn grew bigger then any of the fo For the lives of the thre{e} first Beasts were prolongued after their dominion was taken away And as the little horn grew bigger then any of ye former horns so the {illeg} kingdom of Pergamus | The little horn waxed exceeding great toward the south & toward the east & therefore was a northwest horn & such was the kingd. of Pergamus. in conjunction wth the Romans grew mightier then any former kingdoms. And least you should object that its improper to make the kingdom of Perg{r}{m}|a|mus grow mighty under the power of the Romans, it's said that the little horn was mighty but not in his own power. This is that power by wch the little horn took away the waxed great to ye host of heaven & to cast down some of the host & of the stars to the grownd & aft stamped upon them & afterwards waxed great to the Prince of the host \[the Messiah the Prince]/ & took away the daily sacrifice &{c} or worship & cast down the place of his sanctuary & therefore this horn reigned till the coming of the Mo|e|ssiah & the casting down of his sanctu{cta}|a|ary. It lasted And as the ten Goat in the reign of his last horn answers to the Kingdom of Pergamus so doth the Dragon: for & he is the old serpent called the Devil & Satan, & s|S|atan's throne is in Pergamus Apoc. 2.13.

The kingdom of Pergamus at first was very small. Then by the assistance of ye Romans took the greatest part of Asia the lesser Asia from Antiochus magnus in the latter end of the reign of that king. Afterwards they assisted the Romans in their war against Perseus king of Macedon & \by/ their cono|mm|on victory over Perseus the Romans got footing in Greece & began to be considered as one of Daniels four Beasts. This was in the very same year that Antiochus Epiphanes prophaned the Temple And therefore Antiochus had

When Daniel in the Prophesy of the scripture of truth had described the rei actions of the kings of the Egypt & Syria down to the reign of Antiochus Epiphanes he adds: And arms out of him, or, after him, shall stand up: & they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength & take away the daily sacrifice & place the abomination wch maketh desolate. By wch words it is evident that these arms are the little horn of the He Goat & stood wch |For this horn| came out of one of the four & cast down the sanctuary & p took away the daily worship & placed the abomination. It is manifest also that this horn became victio|or|ious in the reign of Antiochus Epiphanes or immediately after: For arms standing up denotes victory. And therefore we are to look for such this horn is the kingdom of Pergamus in conjunction wth the Romans. For the kingdom of Pergamus came out of the kingdom of the north wch descend/ded {sic}\ <25v> one another, & scip{p}{illeg} {illeg} make one complete pr{illeg}|o|phesy wch cannot otherwise be understood men {illeg} \{illeg}{a}djusting/ reconciling & setting together all the parts, & interpreting them by one another in such manners as tends to make them best agree.

{L}ed to Antiochus \confæderated with the Romans/ & in the eighth year of Ani|t|iochus, the king of Pergamus & the Romans \together/ after four years wars conquered the kingdom of Macedon wch was the \chief/ of the four f horns of the Goad|t|, & by that conquest the dominion of Daniels third b|B|east began to be taken away & he translated to his fourth Beast, so that we may reccon this to be the period of time in wch the Romans began to \be/ considered in Daniels prophesies of as one of ye four     monarchies.

& therefore both comprehended the whole Roman Empire {illeg} in a general sence, tho \properly/ the first had related to ye Greeks & the second to ye Latines. And so in Iohn – – – both Dragon & Beast [Editorial Note 22]

From their first number they are ever after called the ten horns. They are said to receive power \as kings/ the same hour wth the Beast either because \to signify either that/ the|y| received powere within a very short space after his receiving the Dragons throne, or \to signify/ that they when they received power as kings he also received power together wii|t|h them as one of the ten, by remo wch he did by removing from Rome his old emper the sea deserting Rome \the seat of the Em/ & making Ravenna the seat of his kingdom.

The seven heads of the Beast have a double interpretation. They represent seven kings both successive & collateral \synchronal/. The synchonal {sic} are called seven mountains {illeg} where ye woman sits, & must be interpreted in the same sense wth the Leopards four heads & by consequence signify the seven kingdoms wch remain after three of ten are rooted up.

From their first number \& the rooting up of three of them/ they are ever after called either the ten horns or the seven heads & because their heads \in this sense/ are ye seven hil mountains where the Woman sitteth it is to be conceived that her famous reign \over the Beast repr{e}sented by her sitting there/ begins not till \she has/ three of the fir thre{e} horns are rooted up. by the little horn wch rose after them \T|S|he rooted up those three wch stood in her way & reigned over ye rest/

The ten horns are said to receive – – – – seat of his kingdom. They become of one mind & that is of one religion & by uniting in religion \& submitting to h. ecclesiastical jurisdiction/ agree & give their kingdom to compose ther Beast.

saints among the western nations within the bounds of the Prophesy. For Candlesticks are Churches & two Candlesticks are two Churches, partly within the we|bo|unds of |both in| the Western Empire partly & in Germany. For the all the nations which are the subject of this Prophesy being divided into three parts & the Eastern Empire \with its Church/ being one of the three, the other two \parts/ must \also/ have their Churches & those \two Churches/ are the two Candlesticks. For Candlesticks are Churches & two Candlesticks are \two/ Churches Witnesses called the two Candlesticks & the two Olive trees. For {tr}|C|andlesticks are Churches Apoc 1.       & so are Olive trees Rom       And as seven Candlesticks are seven Churches so two Candlesticks are two Churches. Conveive {w} When When Charles the great \king of France/ conqued Germany he propagated the Roman religion into all his Empire & conquests & was made Emperor of the Romans A.C. 800 & from that time forward the \the whole/ /all\ Ger{nm}many became a part of the Whore's Beast & the two Witnesses prophesied within this|e| kingdom of this Beast \so that the Beast/ may make war upon them & t \both/ & overcome them & kill them in the streets of the great city Babylon. The seven Churches Candlesticks are the seven Churches of Asia & by consequence within the Dragons kingdom. They typify the typify the true Church throughout his whole kingdom When the Dragon is the whole Roman Empire the seven Candlesticks signify the Churches of the Whole Empire: b|B|ut when the Empire becomes divided & the Dragon retires into the east the seven candlesticks become the remnant of the womans seed with whom the Drgon {sic} makes war & are succeeded in the western Empire nations by the two Candlesticks placed in a new Temple to signify the saints with whom the Beast makes war. For the seven – – – – – as by his own.

<26r>

proper kings. This horn was at first a little one & waxed exceeding great & so did not Antiochus. It is described great above all the former horns, & so was not Antiochus. His kingdom on the contrary was weak & tributary to the R{o}mans & he did not enlarge it. The horn was a king of fierce countenance & destroyed wonderfully & prospered in his practises against the holy people, but Antiochus was frighted out of of Egypt by a mere message of the Romans & afterwards routed & baffled by the Iews. The horn was mighty in anothers power, Antiochus acted by his own. In the first year of his reign he granted a license to the prevaricators to teach the customes of the heathens in Iudea, in the sixt year he spoiled the Temple, in the eighth he placed set up the heathen worship in the Temple & in all Iudea & in the eleventh the Temple was cleansed & none of these periods answer to the 2300 days.

The little horn came out of one of the four, that is, out of the side of it & it waxed exceeding great towards the south & towards the east & towards the plea & therefore was a nor rose up in the north west quarter of the kingdom of the Greeks & th such was the kingdom of Pergamus. It was at \This kingdom/ came out of the western parts of the lesser Asia & was at first only a castle , but with some villg|a|ges about it, but \the governor of the Castle/ by taking away from Seleucus Callinicus \almost/ all Asia minor on this side the mountain Taurus & beating \also/ the Gauls who to whom he had been tributary, he was saluted king by his army, & so became a h {illeg} \& by these successes his kingdom govenment {sic} became a p/ became a \little/ horn of the Goat growing out of the western side of the king of t \Goats/ northern horn. Then entring into strict friendship wth ye Romans they joyntly routed Antiochus Magnus & subdued the kingdom of Macedon & Attalus \at length united,|.| For For Ata|t|alus/ the last king of Pergamus by his last will & testament left \ga|i|ve|i|ng/ /gave\ his kingdom to ye Romans , & &. They \Romans/ did not conquer \& destroy/ the kingdom of Pergamus but succeeded in the throne of the kingdom by a legal right. & And henceforward the kingdom of Pergamus \being/ under the administration of the Romans was mighty but not by its own power, & by conquering the kings of Egypt & Syria & Iudea \this horn/ waxed exceeding great toward the south & toward the east & toward the pleasant land. & became the biggest of all the Goats horns of the Goat.

In the prophesy of the scripture of truth wch is a commentary upon the Vision of the Ram & He Goat, Daniel describes how the \first/ kingdom of {sic} Greec|k|e \Monarchy was erected by Alexander the great &/ brake into four kingdoms to ye four winds of heaven wch kingdoms are the four horns of the Goat, & how the kings of the north & south \wch are two of the four/ made wars upon one another till the reign \the eighth year of/ Antiochus |Epiphanes in wch year| in the eighth year of his reign \invaded Egypt &/ being checkt by the ships of {Chihm{illeg}} returned & \at wch time/ |he in which year Antiochus being checkt by the Romans Antiochus being checkt by the Romans| returnin|ed|g out of Egypt |&| set up the \heathen/ religion of the {h} in the Temple & in all the cities of Iudea, k & the kingdom Romans & kingdom of Pergamus joyntly conquered the kingdom of Macedon \wch was the mother kingdom of the Greeks{sic}/. And there Daniel puts an end to the|is| description of the \affairs of the/ kingdoms of the north & south & passes from thence to describe the \joyntly/ affairs of the Romans & kingdom of Pergamus saying: And after him arms \out of him,/ shall stand up, that is, after the reign of Antiochus or \after/ so much of his reign as had been described, a new dominion victorious dominion should \arms which came out of his|m| kingdom a branch of hi his kingdom shall stand upo over the Greeks. {sic}/ \shall/ stand up over the Greeks. For since these arms take away the arms are every where in this Prophesy tak put for the military power of a kingdom, & sta{nd} \& stand up w/ since these arms take stand came out of one came out of ye four horns & take <27r> away the daily sacrifice, they must be the sa & set up the abomination of desolation they must be the little \last/ horn of the Goat & the little horn of the Goat doth the takes up th \also/ takes away the daily sacrifice & sacrifice & {illeg} has an host \or multitude/ given to it in the transgression or transgression \wch is called the transgression/ of desolation & wch is the same thing with the a abomination \of desolation/, the arms wch stand up & the little horn must be one & ye same dominion.

And this explains{sic}t{h} the saying of Daniel, yt in the last time or end of \their kingdom/ [the kingdom of the four horns] when the transgressors are come to the full a king of fierce countenance shall stand up. In the last time that is in the \end of their kingdom/ time \in & after the/ the eithth {sic} year of Antiochus Epiphanes where \in which/ Daniel puts an end to ye history of the kings of ye north & south wch are two of the four kings, & where \the Romans conquered the kin/ \/ < insertion from f 26v > ‡In th{e} end of their kingdom, that is, in the time of their falling wch began wi{th} the \fall of the kingdom of Macedon in the/ eighth year of Antiochus Epiphanes in wch \year/ Daniel \therefore/ puts a{n} end to the history of the kings of the north & south wch are two {o}f the four. When < text from f 27r resumes > when the transgressors are come to ye full that is the transgressors againt {sic} the holy covenant who in ye first year of Antiochus combined to set up a place of exercise in Ierusalem to teach the heathen customes \to the Iews/ & in the 8t|ei|ght year of his reign being grown more \growing were grown/ numerous \&/ sacrificed to ye heathen Gods & {t} assisted Antiochus in t|s|etting up the worship of ye heathens in Iudea. A king of fierce countenance shall stand up, the \that is,/ |that is, a| |the kingdom of Pergamus in the power of the Romans| fourth Empire represented by ye 4th Beast fir wch was fierce & terrible shall begin to \thenceforward/ stand up over the Greeks, b by conquering \first/ their kingdom of Macedon the mother kingdom of that nation, & shall stand up more & more by conquering the kingdoms inheriting the kingdom of Pergamus & conquering the kingdoms of Asia Syria Egypt Iudea & Egypt, that is, the kingdom of \Pergamus/ by the power of the Romans shall stand up over the nations of the Greeks represented by the Goat. In the eighth year of Antiochus he shall stand up wth the Romans to conquer the kingdom of Macedon wch was the mother kingdom of ye Greeks, & was being soon after united to the Romans, he shall by further conquests stand up \gradually/ over the kingdoms of Syria Iudea & Egypt, & grow mighty towards the south & towards the east & towards the pleasant land.|,| |the last of wch victories| After the warrs was over Cleopatra Queen of Egypt in the days of Augustus. And all these victories are by Daniel comprehended in these few words: And Arms aft out of him, shall stand up. < insertion from the top of f 26v > And arms out of him, shall stand up: a|A| branch of his kingdom shall stand up. Arms wch came out of his kingdom shall stand up over the Greeks. For arms are every where in this prophesy put for the fighting power of a kingdom & stand up when they conquer. And since these arms are a branch of one of the four horns & take away the dayly sacrifice – – – < text from f 27r resumes >

<26v>

|NB| The hebrew word מן, \from/ when it relates to time, signifies from after, as מעת from the time Dan. XII.11. \& X.27./ מן ה\י/רם from the day Dan. X.12 &. מםלד from the king Dan מן מצא from the going forth Dan IX.25. ממלד from the king Dan XI.8 that is, from after ye king. And so here ממנו from him Dan \may/ signifys from after him. You may \also/ translate it \from/ out from him, & Arms out of him shall stand up. & take him for the king or kingdom not for the person of Antiochus but for the king or kingdom of the north represented by the northern horn of the Goat, Arms out of him shall stand up, that is out of the \king or/ kingdom of the north & the arms \wch came out of him/ for ye little horns \wch/ cameing out of the \western/ side of the northern horn. \And/ Arms out of him, shall stand up, that is arms wch came out of his kingdom shall stand up. and you may translate it Arms after him shall stand up.

In ye first the Goat reigned in his four ho\r/ns, in the second his little horn waxed exceeding great \sideways/ towards the south & toward the east & twoard the pleasant lands, in the third his horn waxed great even \& upwards to even/ to the host of heaven & cast down by lasting cast down \some/ of the host & of the stars to ye grownd, the Gods people fallingby the sword & by flame by captivity & by spoile many days, in the third this horn was magnified himself above every o \even to/ the Prince of the host being \becoming/ the king wch exalts & magnifies himself above every God, & by him the daily sacrifice \sacrifice worship [of public prayer & ye Eucharist]/ /worship [of public prayers & ye Eucharist]\ was taken away & the place of his sanctuary was cast [the church [or places of meeting to worship him] was cast down & & an host was given him [or great multitude of transgressors] was given him against the tra daily worship in tr the transgression [or worshipping Mahuzzimgs] & it cast down the truth to ye grown & it practiced & prospered & destroyed wonderfully the mighty & the holy people. And in the fo\u/rth it continued the transgression of desolation was established & continued to the end of 2300 prophet years prophetic days.

And its observable ----

<27v>

Yet the little horn {grew} great about the time that Antiochus reigned or not long after. \in the reign of Antiochus or soon after./ For [Daniel tells that in ye {illeg} latte end of the reign \kingdom/ of the four horns when the transgressors are come to ye full a king of fierce countenance should stand up. The end|{te}| reign \end/ of the kingdom of ye four horns is the time of their falling, {illeg} recconed from the 8th year of Antiochus Epiphanes in the t \wch when the/ Romans conquered the kingdom of Macedon wch was one of the four, [untill {t}o the conquest Victoria taking of Alexandria & death of Cleopatra & conquest of Egypt 138 years after end of the reign of Cleopatra the last Queen of Egypt when they conquered Egypt.]] \And/ As the two horns of the r|R|am continued standing up together upon his head till the Goat smote him & brake both his horns, so & yet the Medes were conquered by the Persians long before: & boh both Medes & Persians had but one Monarch so \in this Prophesy/ we are to conceive \yt/ the Goat four horns of the Goat, continue standing to notwithstanding any conquests that they may make upon one another, continue standing \together/ upon the head of the Goat untill they begin to fall by a forreign power, & {t} that is untill the 8th year of Antiochus Epiphans {sic} when the Romans conquered ye kingdom of Macedon wch was one of the four. All this was the time of their reign & the end of their kingdom is the time of their falling|.| when Antiochus Epiphanes wch commenced wth the 8th year of Antiochus Epiph fall of the kingdom of Macedon in the 8th year of Antiochus Epiphanes And Daniel tells us that in the end of their kingdom when the transgressors are come to ye full a king of fir|e|rce countenance shall stand up. By transgressors he means such as forsake the holy covenant to follow the worship the Gods of the heathens For the transgression he calls the transgression of desolation \Dan. VIII/ wch is all one as to call it the abomination of desolation. These transgressors set up a place of excerc in the first year of Antiochus set up a place of worship exercise in Ierusalem for teaching the heathen customes & in his eighth year were \come to the full being then/ grown so numerous as to encourag Antiochus \him/ |Antiochus| to take away the daily worship \sacrifice/ & place the abomination. & so & The king of firs fierce countenance therefore stood up in the times between the \beginning of the/ 8th year of Antiochus when \in which/ ye four h kingdom of ye fall four horns began to fall & the last year of the end of conquest of Egypt wch completed when \its/ fall \by Augustus/ when its fall was completed. including

Now Daniel tells us

1 And in his pro They that fall by the sword & by the flame & by captivity are the starrs wch the Goat last horn of the Goat go cast down to ye grownd \& stamped upon/ & the flatterer

{t}|a|gainst the God of Gods, & that the battle \last/ horn of ye Hee-Goat magnified himself even to the Prince of the Host or God of heaven.

– in the Iewish. And this All wch Daniel has thus described in his P Vision of the last horn of the Hee-Goat: Yea he magnified himself to the even to the Prince of the host [\the/ God of heaven] & by him the daily worship was taken away & the place of his sanctuary [the Churches of his true worshippers] was cast down. And an host [or \great/ multitude of transgressors] was given him against the daily worship in transgression |of desolation [of desolation] [called afterwards the transgression of desolation]| & it cast down the truth to the grownd & it pras|c|tised & p\r/ospered. This transgression he afterwards calls the transgression wch maketh desolate. [& what he means by that expression he explains a little after by saying that the little horn shall king of fierce countenance shall destroy wonderfully & shall prosper & practise & destroy the mighty & the holy people. When the heathen Roman Empire began to persecute the Christians |& their teachers began to fall by the sword & by spoil flame by spoil & by captivity| then the|is| his horn of the Goat rose waxed great unto the host of heaven & began to cast down some of the stars to the grownd & {th} And when the Monkish Roman Empire began to \mg|a|gnify himself a{r}|b|ove Every God & to/ set up the worship of dead men then the|is| horn \began to/ magnifi|y|ed himself to ye Prince of ye Host & \to/ placed the transgression of desolation.



– And its further observable that Daniel describes a threefold \the/ end of \the abomination & of/ all these things by three steps \or periods events/: the first \step/ is the fall of the little \last/ horn of the fourth beast in the end of a time times & half a time, the second \first step is step/ is the fall of the last horn of the Goat in the end of ye ind{e}|i|gnation when God shall \haved {sic}/ accomplish|ed| to scatter the power of the holy people & the third is at the resurrection of Daniel for this horn lasts till the indignation be accomplished Dan. VIII. 19 & XI.36. And the third period \step/ is at the resurrection of Daniel in the \& by consequence at the/ day of judgment. But of that day & hour knoweth no man. When Daniel was told the two first periods \of these periods wth the number \{times}{time} to it/ & the second {illeg} wh {illeg} the time to it/, he asked what was on when should be the last of them. And the Angel |{[wth} ye time in \Wn Daniel was told/ the time \in ye/ wn the first of these period events should happen arise \come to pass/ & the second event without the time, he asked what or when should be ye second event last of these things that is the second Event. And the Angel – – – –| answered that ye words were closed up & sealed till the time of the end. And from the time that the daily s|w|orship should be taken away to set up \&/ the abomination set up {w}|t|here should be [to the last of them] there should be 1290 days. This is the time of \to/ the second period \event/ & the time to the third is 1335 days. But yet the words are closed up & sealed till the event shall discover the epoches of these th{ree} periods <b> For Prophesy was \not/ designed to enable vainglorious men to foretell things but to convince men by ye event that there is providence & a revealed religion & what is that religion.

When Daniel had named the second event

<30r>

As Daniels three first Beasts were alive after their d|D|ominions were taken away so Iohns Beast was alive before he or during th{e} before he rose {a}|o|ut of the sea \& received the Dragons throne/ but he was not crowned before \he rose out of the sea & received the Dragons throne/ & then was croned {sic} only upon his horns, & the Dragon was not crowned upon his horns before he rose out of the Sea |because ye horns| they |the nations| did not receive power as kings till they were separated from him.

<30v>

Daniel had in this prophesy \mentioned the Romans/ twice before & therefore by these arms may well be conceived The Dragon \has crowns upon his heads & gives the Beast his throne & therefore he is a kingdom. He is/ that old serpent called the Devil & Satan hath his throne who hath his throne in Pergamus Apoc. II       & Pergamus is the imperial city of the He Goat.

Sr



Since I had yor letter I had some thoughts of coming by Windsor to Stoak but I {illeg} held {I}{b} but ab & talking with you about what relates to the R. S. but now haw|v|ing no no prospect of such a journey I beg leave to inform you can only return my thanks to you by Letter for your advice to \care of/ my Neice \& your interceding with the Prince in favour of the R. S./ & ac{t}|q|uaint you that it being the long vaction {sic} in wch the \R./ Society do not meet \& several of their principal members are in the country/ I know not how to lay the l matter of yor letter before them \at prsent at present/, & therefore beg the favour that you would be pleased to let it rest till A{illeg} November they begin to meet again

Out of him that is out of the people of his kingdom

But

These arms are the king of fierce countance & \both are/ the little horn of the Goat. Arms out of him shall stand up, that is, the little horn \growing growing/ out of the substance or people of the northern \horn or kingdom of the north/ shall wax exceeding great by conques towards the \the south & towards/ the east & toward the pleasant land by conquest. These arms grew out of the people of the king of the north \by conquest/ till they became a little horn & shall shall grow this horn shall \still/ grow out this|e| peoples {illeg} & \of th&|at| king/ by conqueri|st|ng them & thereby \their neighbours become exceeding great/ become great & by carrying on his conquests become & thereby become \wax/ great & by carrying on his conquests \further/ become exceeding great.

And they shall pollute the sanctuary of stren\g/th & take away the daily sacrifice & place the abomination wch maketh desolate, that is t|T|he kingdom of Pergamus acting by the \under power of ye Romans or the {illeg}/ Romans reigning over the kingdom of Pergamus wch nations of the Greeks shall make war upon the Iews burnt their Temple destroyed their city set up the heathen Gods in all their land, & dispersed the peo

A Not long After the kingdom of Pergamus by conquering the power of the Romans had extended its dominion over Syria Iudea & Egypt & they made \a new/ war upon the Iews, burnt their temple destroyed their city, set up the heathen Gods in all their land & dispersed ye people into all nations. And this is thus described by Daniel. And they shall – – – desolate. For thus Christ himself understands this prophesy – – –– – – Matt. XXIV.15. Antiochus Epiphanes such abomination Antiochus attempted to set up but wthout success – – – – – at this day.

But before this abom. — —

Herod reigned was declared king by the Romans in the end of ye 4th year of ye 184 Olympiad & reigned 17 years. And \& three years after/ Ierusalem was taken by \Herod &/ Sosia in An Iuly an 3 Olymp. 185 \in the sabbatical year/ in the consulship of M. Agrippa & Canidius Gallus, 27 years after it had been taken by Pompey in the 3d month of ye first year of the 186t Olympiad, upon the day of the fast

Herod died \two years & two months before the vulgar/ on the 7th day of ye 8th Iewish month (according to the Iewish calendar) when he had reigned 34 years & a month from \after/ ye taking of the Temple by himself & Sosia & 37 years from his bein & three of four months after he was made king by the |Roman| senate, there being an Eclips of the moon {p}|a| few days before the preceding passover |wch| precedin|ed|g his death. And by these characters he died two years & two months before the vulgar Æra, & Christ might be born in the summer preceding.

The Dragon has|d| crowns upon heads & gave the Beast his Throne & therefore he is a kingdom, [{H}|&| reigned at Rome before the Beast rose out of the sea]. He is that old serpent called the Devil & Satan who|se| ha throne was in Pergamus & Apoc 2.   ) & Pergamus is the imperial city of the He-Goat.

When the Beast arises out of the Sea & the Dragon gives his throne & power & great authority

<29v>

But \but/ ye Dra ho Goat in ye reign that horn has a more especial relation to ye Greeks & the fourth Beast to ye Latines, And so in Iohn & when the Greeks & Latins separate the Goat relates only to ye Greeks & the fourth Beast only to ye Latines. And so in Iohn. The Dragon at his first appearance \in heaven/ signifies the whole Roman Empire but chiefly wth respect to ye Greeks, & the Beast is latent in him: but when the Empire become|s| divided, the Dragon is restrained to signify only {sic} Gr. Emp. \of the Greeks/ & the Beast rises as it were out of the Sea \inhabitants of ye Sea in a distinct & separate form/ to signify the Latines, & the Dragon gives him his western throne & power & great authority.

& from thenceforward reigns only in the East.

The Dragon had crowns upon his head, & gave his throne & power to the Beast \& the Beast had crowns upon his horns & his head & horns are \called kings// & therefore signifies a kingdom. He is called the|at| old serpent {t}|c|alled the Devil & Satan who deceiveth the whole world & therefore is a very large kingdom \of very large extent/. He is that old serpent Satan who dwelt in Pergamus & had his throne in that City & (Apoc. 2.13) & \we shewed above that/ the kingdom of R|Pe|rganus {sic} is the Hee-Goat in the reign of his last his last He-Goat in the reign of his last horn. |As the Goat cast down the stars of heaven \{to the ground}/ wth his {throne|horns|} so the Dragon cast them down with his horn tail{s} There| This Dragon \therefore/ at his first appearance in heaven signifies the whole Roman Empire but chiefly with respect to the Greeks, & the Beast is latent in him – – – great authority, & thenceforward

that is Sardes Babylon & Memphis the three imperial fenced cities of the conquered kingdoms of Lydia Babylonia & Egypt

reigns only in the east. For the retained only his eastern power to himself. {illeg}|F|or the Dragon did not cease at ye rise of – – – – western, or Greek & Latine Empires.

The Dragon has crowns upon his heads & the Beast upon his horns & the heads & horns are called kings & the Dragon gave his throne & power & great authority to the Beast & therefore the{se} Beast |& by all these characters the Dragon & Beast| are kingdoms. The Dragon is called that old Serpent called the Devil & Satan who deceiveth the whole world, & all the world wondered after the Beast & worshipped him & therefore they are very lark|g|e {illeg} kingdoms, reigning at The {f}r prevailing at least over of the Christian world. The Dragon is that Satan who dwelt \had his throne/ in Pergamus & had his throne in that city \dwelt there/ (Apoc. 2.13) & we shewed \above/ that the kingdom of Pergamus is the He-Goat in the reign of his last horn of the He-Goat & this horn waxing exceeding great comprehended the whole Greek Empire & in a general sense the whole Roman Empire |untill that Empire became divided{sic}|. As the Goat wth this horn \of the Goat/ cast down the stars of heaven to the grownd & stamped upon them so the Dragons \tail/ drew the stars of heaven with his tail & stamped upon them cast them to ye Earth. These actions are of the same signification: for the horn of the Goat & tail of the Dragon are their fighting members & signify their military powers or armies commanded by their kings. By the agreement of the|ir| actions you may know that they are one & the same kingdom. The Dragon therefore at his first appearance in heaven \when he stands before the Woman to devour her child/ signifies the whole Roman empire but chiefly with respect to ye Greeks & the Beast is latent in him. But when the Empire be For the Dragon & Beast have common heads & \common/ horns:|.| but|And| when the Roman Empire becomes divided, the Dragon retires from the west\ern nations/ to signify only the Greek Empire, & the Beast rises out of the inhabitants of the \isles of the/ sea in a distinct form & & separate form \to signify the Latine Empire/ & the Dragon gives him his throne throne \|the Beast| him his a{l} there his western throne his throne/ & power & great authority, \over the Latines/ in the West \ern Empire/, & retires from thence & into the Eastern Empire. & For the Dragon did not cease at the rise & from thenceforward {sic} |from thence forward| reigns only in the over the Greeks. For the Dragon did not cease at the rise of – – – – – western or Greek & Latine Empires

The Dragon has crowns upon his heads & not upon his horns to signify th & the Beast has crowns upon his horns & not upon his heads to signify that the Dragon reigns in the heads & not in the horns & that the Beast reigns in the horns & not in the heads. While the Dragon reigns in the th heads the Beast is he comprehends the nations \or Isles of the Sea {sic}/ of the Sea out of wch the Beast \afterwards/ arose & therefore the Beast has the Dragons heads, \of the Dragon/ but without crowns |same| heads of \with/ the Dragon & the Dragon has the \same/ horns of \wth/ the Beast. But because these \western/ nations {ho} while they are comprehended in the body of the Dragon have no distinct \distinct & separate/ reign of their own the heads of the Beast & horns of the Dragon are without crowns.. |distinct & separate from that of the Dragon The b|B|east is not crowned till he rises out of the Sea & receives the Dragons thron{e} & therefore is then crowned only upon his horns & the {sic}| Conceive therefore that the Dragon reigns in th|h|is heads over the whole \Roman/ Empire untill \by the division of the Empire/ the Beast rises out of the Sea & receives the Dragons throne, that the seventh head \of the Dragon/ commences with that division & that the Beast is the eighth & of the seven, & soon after his rise breakes into ten kingdoms by a further division of the Empire & from thence forward reigns in his \in these \ten/ kingdoms./ \wch are his/ horns. For we shewed above that the first six heads of the Beast fell before he ascended out of the abyss or Sea. The Dragon therefore is \was/ the whole Roman Empire till the Beast rose out of ye sea & the Beast rose out of the sea not earlier than the division of the Emp by the division of the Empire into the Greek & Latine Empires a little before the end of the fourth Century & brake in ten kingdoms A.C. 408 409 & 410, & wch And these things h And that the|se| Emp divisions of the Empire into the Greek & Latin Empires & of the Latin Empire into ten kingdoms were those wch happened a little before the end of the 4th Century & a little after the beginning of the fift. For there were no other divisions of ye Empire to wch these things can be applied.

<31r>

In the reign of \the Emperor/ Iulian, Athanasius & some \about 14 or 16/ other bishops \most of them of/ of Egypt {&} returning from banishment, composed the A Council of Alexandria above mentioned, in wch for recovering their affairs avoiding the imputation of Sabellianism they |relinquished the language of one hypostasis &| allowed the language of three, hypostases & took three hypostases f & one usia for three substances in number & one in species & nature. And the Latines soon after invented the new were subst|i|stentia wch might answer to the g{illeg} word hypostasis & so used the language of {una} usia & t una sub one substance & three subsit|s|tences in the same sence wth the one usia & three hypostases of the \homoarians/ Greeks And {wher} whereas the ba{m} baptism of hereticks was allowed in the churches of the Latines the said Council of Alexandria for f bringing over the|o||se| Greeks in common with t|{C}|hurches of Asia \more easily/ \humouring the Latines & bringing men over more {e}asily/ to their party allowed their baptism |of the Arians meaning the bapt. of ye Church Catholick.| {sic} But then Emperor {Iulian}{Iovian} In the reig sending to apprehend Ath \But the Emperor Iulian upon the murder of George Bp of Alexandria/ commanding that Athanasius should be put to death, he fled, & his party remained quiet for a time

In the Ie reign of Iovian the Emperor Iovian Athanasius presented

When Iovian came to the throne he favoured Athanasius as Gregory Nazianzen \thus/ relates. Quin etiam [Iovianus] fidei nostræ \Also/ Iovian, saith he, desired \that/ the truth of our faith, wch had been rent by many & disturbed & torn in six hundred parts, should be delivered to him. — And here especially Athanasius gave a specimen of his purity & firm \& constant/ faith in Christ. For when all others who professed our doctrine were dive|i|ded into three parts, & many erred about the son, & many more had an er{r} unsound faith about the holy ghost, (where a lighter impiety had {illeg} a repute of piety) & but for a \but/ few were sound in both points: he first of any man & alone or with a very few doubted not to publish the truth openly & in plain words, confessing in writing that there was one divint|i|ty & essence of {illeg} three persons: & that \the grace/ wch had been formerly granted to the many fathers {(sacrif}ice) concerning the son, he afterwards \obteined/ by divine inspiration concerning {illeg} the divinity of \concerning/ the holy ghost; And he offered to the Emperor a g{illeg}{b}{l}y royal \& magnificent/ namely a written confession of his faith against a|n| new opinio{n now}here written in scripture \unwr{itten obser}vation/; that so he might one Emperor might one do{ctrine} & one profession of faith might or present overcome & oppose \antiquate & succeed/ another. By the authority of this profession, as it seems to me, the western churches & what ever is vital in the eastern being moved \induced/, do party cultivate piety in their mind (if we may beleive their words) but do not proceed {spe}ak out, & partly do a little kindle it as a small fire, that is, so far as {to} satisfy the time & the hotter more fervent & pious part of the orthodox people, & partly do preach the truth with all liberty of speech. This was written by Gregory in an Oration upon the death of Athanasius A.C. 373, & imports that in the reign o Greek empire during the reign of Valens they were silent about the Deity of the holy Ghost, in the Western Empire they prea Egypt only muttered \whispered it/, but in the west \under Valentinian/ they preached it with all freedom of speech.

For Iovian after a short reign of seven months was succeeded by Valentinian & Valens A.C. 364, & in the beginning of their reign the bishop of Rome for gaining the universal bishopric, separated from the communion of the Church Catholick |pretending it was an heretical Church|. For he had no other way to recover his claim to it by but |gain this b dominion them supremacy then| by damning the Councils {illeg} of \Biters/ Millain & Aquileia which had damned his pretences to it \supremacy/ \this universal dominion/. By the permission of Valentinian therefore he made a defection in the west \/ & in the space of 8 or 10 years drew of almost all the west after him, while the Greek Emperor Valens opposed the like defection in the East. [And after the death of Valens wch happened A.C. 378 the eastern Empire coming into the hands of the western Emperor Gratian he made the bishop {of} Rome universal bishop & began to deliver the] For the bishops who fell away were diligent to make proselytes, while the & for that end met in several small councils in Italy France & Spain. And at length when they were grown the major part, the bishop of Rome

<31v>

When the evil of the hereticks began first to g prevail {sic} \b{eco}/ \flourish/ \be in vigour/, as it \as {sic} the blasphemy of ye Ari{ans}/ doth \is/ now especially wch God remove, the 318 \{selev}/ fathers discussing the matter at Nice, erected this wall against the arms of the Devil & with this antidote repelled the deadly poison ,with this antidote that the father & son should be beleived of one Godhead one vertue & one form. And we ought to belive {sic} that the holy Ghost is of the same hypostasis. And he that beleives otherwise we have decreed alien from our communion. And a little after they add: And But we beleive that it will shortly come to pass that they who think otherwise will be removed from \those of/ our communion as to their by depriving them of the name of bishops: that the|ir| people being freed from their error, may \freely/ breath. For the error of the people cannot any wise be corrected while they people are under erring bishops. By these {t}{h}o words you may see that the designe of the Bishop of Rome in making this revolt was to make warr upon the churches wch opposed him, mak \& to/ show \turn/ out all their bishops \wch opposed him/ & get their bishopricks for those of his own party that \by their assistance means/ he might thereby make himself universal bishop: & th{e}{is}|is| he hoped to compas in a short time, namely so soon as they \there/ should get \arise/ an Emperor of their his party in the east.

– And this counsel sent a letter to \a/ Council convened at the same time in Illyricā in wch the letter they thus describe their faith

The By this Let

The bishops of Illyricum receiving this letter \by Elpidius/, after a long disputation agreed to ye Roman faith & wrote a letter to the Churches of Asia Phrygia Carophrygia & Palatiana, blaming them for separating the holy Ghost from ye father & the son, & anathematizing those who do not beleive in the consubstantial Trinity, & recommending teaching that the holy Trinity wch is consubstantial to God the father wth the Son & holy Ghost is so with halow hallowed glorified & manifested a|A|nd \saying/ that they had written these things to the glory of the father & son & holy ghost. And the \western/ Emperors Valentinian & Gratian at ye same time sent an epistle to the same churches ba{t}|c|kt the letter of ye Council with an edict directed to the same Churches. Cum in Illyrico say they . . . . . . . præcepit.

Sozomen tells us that in the reign of Valentinian & Valens the question was moved {the|whether|}{t|w|hether} the holy Ghost was const|u|bstantial to the father & Son, & that many disputations were had made wth great contention about it no less then had been made before about the Word of God. And when this {t}{t|T|}hat the consubstantiality of |ye| holy Ghost was defended in Syria by Apollinaris Lardicenus, in Egypt by Athanasius, in|&| in Cappadocia & Pontus by Basil & Gregory. And when the question was agitated & the contention increased, the bishop of Rome wrote to the eastern churches \(he means |to| those of the {illeg}|homousian in these| homousian) faith)/ that they should confess with the western churches the consubstantial Trinity equal in honour & glory. And that t \saith Sozomen/ the controversy being thus determined by the judgment of the bishop of Rome |Roman Church|, they all acquiesced & that question had an end, \( that is, all the homousians agreed amongst themselves )./

This was in the year 373 for when the Council of Rome under D wrote to the Council of Illyricum, they wrote also a c{in}|ir|culatory letter to the Churc\h/es of the the eas dire ad Epis directed to the catholick bishops in the east, & those bishops convening at Antioch established \agreed to/ the Roman faith. Thus the homousians who had hitherto differed in their opinions about the son holy Ghost, a{r} \were/ reconciled \& united/ by submitting to the authority \& doctrine/ of the Church of Rome. But the number of the eastern homousians in the eastern empire wer|as|e at this time but small except the Moncks, the Emperor Valens opposing the progress of this D opinion of the Deity of the holy Ghost till the end of his reign, & ejecting \or banishing/ the bishops as polytheists who preached it openly |Apud Basil Epist 69.| for the Council of Antioch in their Epistle wch they sent back to the bishops of Italy & Gallia, \represents/ that it was not two or thr|e|e Churches but which had fallen into this griv{u}|o|us tempest but the evil of the heresy was nourished \depopulates/ almost from the border of Illyricum to Thebais, & pray the western bishops that they would not neglect one half of the world swallowed up <42r> with errors, nor suffer the faith to be extinguished amongst them where \to whom/ it was first preached. They represent also that besides the open war of ye hereticks, they were consumed with intestine sedition, their church|es| being reduced to extream weakness by the dissentions of those who seemed to be orthodox. I suppose they meane that some of those who allowed the consubstantiality of the father & son \some/ allowed also the consubstantiality of the holy Ghost, & others (afterwards called Macedonians) denyed \it/ & some still used the language of one hypostasis, others used that of three. And Basil in another Epistle written at the same time or soon after to the Churches Italy & Gallia, writes thus. [19] We are seized with a persecution, most honour brethren. the most grievous of persecutions. For the Pastors are driven away that the flocks may be scattered; & wch is the most griewous, neither those who are afflicted d|t|o bear their sufferings with the hope of martyrdome, neither do the people look upon the sufferers as martyrs because the persecutors are covered wth the name of Christians. — Our festivals are changed into mourning. The houses of prayer are shut, the altars are void of spiritual worship — We may now say that at this time there is neither prince, nor prophet, nor president, nor oblation nor incense, nor place where a sacrifie|c|e may be offered before ye Lord & mercy obteined. — The pillars of truth are in banishment. — — Do ye lament for our sakes: for the only begotten is blasphemed & there is none to contradict. The holy Ghost is dishonoured & there is none to he that should reprehend is persecuted & driven away. The error of many Gods has obteined They have a great God & a little one — Baptisms are performed by the hereticks. They conduct travellors, visit the sick, confort the sad, help the opprest, give all sorts of assistance, administer the the {sic} Lords supper. And by \their/ dispensing & performing all things is an obligation upon the people whereby they are united to them in concord, so that in a short time th altho some liberty should be restored yet there \will be/ no future hope left of reducing them again to the knowledge of the truth who have been bound \joyned/ to the hereticks by the bond of lasting fallacy. And in another letter [20] \sent/ to ye Western bishops written in ye 13th year of Valens, that is A. C. 377|6|, he thus \Basil/ writes thus, It is now the 13th year since the beginning of this heretical war, in wch we suffer the churches are afflicted with suffer more afflictions then can be remembred since the first preaching of ye gospel — And the summ of the evil is this, that the people leaving the houses of prayer assemble in ye {illeg} deserts. A miserable spectacle to see {t}|w|eomen & children & old men & men otherwise infirm enduring the trouble of great rains & snow & winds & winter frosts & the Summer Sun in the open air. And these things they suffer; least they should be compelled to receive the evil ferment of Arius. And in another Epistle [21] he saith, They traduce us as if we taught {illeg} something new & in innovated concerning the holy ghost. Ask them therefore what is ye innovation. For \what/ we teach that wch we have received, namely that the holy Ghost is to be numbred not wth the creatures but with joyned to the father & Son & not numbred with the creatures. For we believe in the father \&/ son & holy ghost & are baptized in the name of the father & of the son & of the holy ghost. And in another epistle [22] he saith: We are accused for preaching three Gods, & with this accusation they fill the ears of many & cease not till they make this calumny credible. But the truth fights for us both in general against all men & in particular against those who attack us privately whilst we shew that every man who saith that there are three Gods is an anathema to us & adjudged to be no Christian. So Gregory Nazianzen <42v> [23] also tells us that Basil forbore to call the holy Ghost God in en least he should be banished his city Cæsarea & that to the objection that they worshipped three Gods he answers that they have but one God because but one Godhead & to this one those things are refer wch come from it are referred tho three be believed. [24] But perhaps, saith he, they \will/ say: Is there not one Goh|d|hed|a|d among the heathens, as they teach who philosophise more perfectly among them? And amongst in me|a|n|kind| is there not one humanity, the common genuss & universal genus? And yet there are many \heathen/ Gods & not only one, as also there are many men. To which oj|b|jection Gregory replies that the God|s| & men are many because they differ in their qualities & affections & powers. And by these things you may understand what was the state of the Greek Church during the reign of Valens.

Valens was slain 9 Aug. A. C. 378 & then Gratian commanded by an Edict that the bishops whom Valens had banished should be restored to their seats & that the Churches . . . . . . . . . made a very great commotion wch is thus mentioned by Gregory Nazianzen [25]

Nam talis orbis motio

Nunquam, reor, fuit,

Quam sanctus est cum spiritus

Dictus Deus palam.

Obo id me liquit favor

Cha{ri} m{si}|ih|i gregis.

For the people looking upon the

For as the Church in the days of Tertullian looked upon the \consubstantial/ Trinity of the Montanists as {a} polytheistical, so now they tho those of the Greek Chuch {sic} haveing the same opinion of consubstantial & coequal Trinity of the S{Saint}-worshippers, \Roman Church,/ were ready to stone them who began now to preach it openly as Gregory Nazianzen in speaking of his preaching it this year at Constantinople thus describes. [26]

Exarsit in me tota primum civitas,

Multos perinde ac si Deos inducerem.

Mirum nec est hoc, instituti sic erant,

Ignota prorsus ut quibus fides pia esset

Esset, modo trina quonam est unitas

At rursum trinitas —

Imbres tacebo saxeos epulas meas &c

Near the beginning of ye year 379 ........ sine dilatatione contendat. And by vertue of this edict the Illyricum became amongst other countries became subject to the Pope. For in the collections of Holstenius there \is/ an account of a Council of Rome convended under Boniface II, in wch wa|e|re produced letters of Damasus, Syricius, Innocent I, Boniface I, & Cælestine bishops of Rome to Ascholius Anicius Anycius, |&| Rufus bishops of Thessalonica \the metropolis of Illyricum/ in wch they commend to them the hearing of causes in Illyricum granted by the Lord & the holy Canons to the Apostolic Sea thoughout {sic} the|a|t province of Illyricum. And Pope Leo I in his 55t Epistle written to Anastasius bishop of Thessalonica th \& extant in the collections of {H}olstenius/ bishop of Thessalonica to be the b vicar of the Roman sea from ancient times, & in in {sic} his 22th Epistle that the bishops of Rome Thessalonica were first made Vicars of the Roman Sea over Illyricum by Pope Syricius the successor of Damascus. By vertue of the same edict [27] Pope Innocent I wrote to Victricius bishop of Rouen in France in this manner. Siquæ autem cæusæ vel contentiones ....... post judicium Episcopale refer{a}|o|ntur.

Within seven years a|A|fter the grant of Gratian the Bishop of Rome by vertue of his new authority took upon him \also/ to give laws to the Churches by decretal epistles, were a de \& lets/ deriving this authority from the general decrees made by Pope Liberius in the beginning of his defection. |For Himerius| <43r> |bishop of Tarraco . . . . . . nemo audeat ordinare. But I do not find that the| [Editorial Note 23] The Churches of Afric submitted a {to}{illeg} to the Roman jurisdiction.

The bishops of Rome endeavoured also several times to exalt his authority over the Churches of the Greek Empire, but it succeeded not before the reign of Phocas. Vpon the death of Meletius bishop of Antioch A. C. 381 the Council of Constantinople called the second general council . . . . . . . . . . brethren & fellow ministers. After seven years more vizt A. C. 389 a c|C|ouncil of western bishops met at Capua & Flavian bishop of Antioch was summoned to appear . . . . . . . . as he should appoint.

<32r>

✝ joyned in communion wth the Athanasius & \the/ |o|the|r| excommunicated bishops of the & revived the old controversy about & wrote letters to the western bishops to draw them over to his communion, offering to receive them by imposition of hands without depriving them of their bishopricks & in eight or ten years d three years gained the bigger half of the city of Rome, so that Damasus in contending with Vrsicinus for tha|e|t bishopric of that city prevailed \obteined it by force/ & in six \or seven/ years more the party of the bishop of the Bishop of Rome prevailed \prevailed/ in all the west. For the Bishops who fell away to the bishop of Rome were diligent & to make proselytes & for that end met frequently in smal councils in Italy Gallia & Spain & in the \year/ 373 when they were Pope Damasus called a Council of 93 bishops at Rome against Auxentius bishop of Millain who had hitherto opposed him, & this Council sent \their faith in/ a letter to the bishops of Illyricum \a Council wch/ convened the same year in Illyricum. This council . . . . . . . ubi prædicari præcepit

Yet the Greek Emperor Valens opposed the preaching of this faith so to eject the bishops who preached the Deity & worship of the Holy Ghost as idolaters. For Basil for b was silent in this matter for fear of being thrown out of his bishopri{c} And when \some of/ the Moncks who were all of traduced Basil for his silence in this matter, Athanasius approved of the conduct of Basil & repre chect the Moncks for their imprudent zeal. I do not therefore find that the Deity \& worship/ of the H. G. was preached publickly in the Greek empire during the reign of this Emperor: but after his death the preaching of it \openly/ made a \very/ great commotion, as Gregory Nazianzen thus represents in his Iambia . . . . . . . . made the great commotion mentioned by Gregory Nazianzen. For . . . . . . . . . Carm. de vita sua.

At the same time that the Deity of the consubstantial Trinity began to be preached openly in the Eastern Empire: the Bishop of Rome obteined from the Emperor Gratian a grant of appeals from the Churches of Italy Gallia &|c| other

<32v>

Aft When Athanasius was condemned &

When ye condemnation of Athanasius was approved by the Council of Tyre was appr ratified & subscribed by the councils of Millain Aquileia Al|r|les & Biters & the bishops of the whole Empire: for keeping up his credit wth the Moncks he

When ye Emperor Constantius had conquered Magnentius & was calling \called/ the A Council of Millain to ratify the sentence suppress the pretended \usurped/ authority of the Pope & western counsils over the Councils of the Greeks & particularly to establish the sentence \judgment authority/ of the Council of Tyre [against Athanasius] Athanasius wrote his |second second| Apology [ against the Arians ] & therein \to blast the ye {sic} event of that Council he/ represented that \will /which\/ his accusers at Tyre caried about the hand of Arsenius \as/ cut off {wth} that from his dead body, this \to shew that he was dead/ his friends \confused them by/ produced|ing| Arsenius alive before the Council & & The But |But is it likely that the Council would have condemned Athanasius from killing Arsenius if Arsenius had been produced alive before them. Is| t|T|he truth of the story was this, Athanasius being accused of killing Arsenius, wrote to ye Emperor Constantine the great that Arsenius was found alive in Thebais. But his accusers persisted in the accusation & & his & Arsenius not appearing, the Emperor directed the Council of Tyre to hear ye cause. There Athanasius produced at t|l|etter as written by Arsenius to shew that he was alive. The letter is extant in ye \second/ Apology of Athanasius against the Arians & has ye air of a spuri{u}|o|us letter. Five years after the \meeting of the/ Coucnil of Tyre |when all thing when things were \still/ fresh in memory| Athanasius & almost an hundred bishops of Egypt met \in a council/ at Alexandria & wrote a very large letter to all the bishops of the church catholick in dee|f|ense of Athanasius & say indeed that Arsenius was alive but discover that they had no other arg proof of his being alive then the letter wch he wrote to Athanasius As Their words are: But Arsenius is alive & in wch \he/ desired to be joyned wth them in communion. Their words are: But Arsenius is al{il}|iv|e & was wishes to be joyned with us in {commu}nion, & expects no other testimony of his that he is alive but he hims{elf} {c}onfesses that he in his own Letter wch he has written to {our fellow bis}hop Athanasius, confesses that he is alive. And a little after B{y divine} providence — has produced Arsenius alive before the eyes of all {here} [meaning by his letter ] & produced in ye Council] & manifestly reprehended that conspiracy & sycophancy. For his|e| is not averse from us as his murderers nor hates us as in injus|r|ious to him. For he hath suffered not no harm at all: but he desires to be in communion with us & wishes to be of our number, as his letters testify|i|es. He|re| you see they confess that he had not been \in communion/ amongst them since he was said to be killed, but only desid|r|ed to \be/ joyn|ed| wth them in communion, & desired this by a letter only & that they had \that allude they had/ no other evidence of his being alive then that letter. And two years after (vizt A.C. 342) Iu Pope Iulius in ye name of ye|{s}|a \the/ Council of Rome wrote another large circulatory letter in defense of Athathna{i}{s}|s|ius & represented that th Athanasius & the bishops of Egypt & the west A. C at Serdica A. C. 347 wrote a third. And all of them say \all they can for Athanasius &/ that Arsenius was alive but they do not say that any of them had seen him \alive/ nor do they name any witnesses t|w|ho had seen him, nor that he had mention they story of his hand in a bag or|&| of his appearing alive at Tyre, as they would certainly have done had it been true. But the |For they say all they can for Athanasius &| instead of the story of the hand in a bag the Council of Serdica say that the accusers of Athanasius desired that the body of Arsenius {l} might be laid before the Council of Tyre to shew that he was dead. It is certain therefore that the story of the dead \mans/ hand & of Arsenius appering alive at Tyre was not known to Athanasius & his friends till after the times of the Council of Serdica. {Th} It is first mentioned in the Council of \second/ Apology of Athanasius \against the Arians/ written about 20|1| \or 22/ years after the Council of Tyre & thence th it came into the ecclesiastical histories. [And now \now/ if you think it imprd{i}|o|\ba/ble that {illeg} a Bishop should be guilty of murder I think it more improbable that a Council of bishops should condemn a bishop for killing a bishop who at the time of the sentence stood alive in ye Council before and the bishops |& yt| an innocent bishop should defend himself by pir|o|us frauds, |be guilty of killing a|n| \older/ bishop: I think it think it {sic} as improbable that Arsenius Athanasius shou & all his friends should know that Arsenius was alive till the times of the Council of Serdica & yet never be able to shew him alive before to any body. that a bishop o| & much more improbable that a Council of {many} bishops should condemn an innocent bishop for killing another bishop who stood alive before the|m| Council at ye time of the condemnation, [& that Constantine the great should banish an innocent bishop – upon such a scandalous sentence.] & {m}|th|at a bishop can be innocent who defended himself from pious frauds]

A year or two after the writing of this apology, Constantine the

<32r>

In After \After the subscription of the western Bps to the condemnation of/ Athanasius, \he/ was expelled Alexandria A. C. 356. This was his second expulsion, & presently after it & present the subsumption of Liberius & Hosius A. C. 357 \& the subsumption of/ Athanasius wrote his second Apology. And therein, to blast the credit of the Council of Tyre & keep up his credit wth the M the Monks aga party he represented that his accusers at Tyre . . . .

After the western bishops had subscribed to the condemnation of the Council of condemnation of Athanasius he was expelled Alexandria A. C. 356. This was his second expulsion, & presently after it he wrote his second Apology. And therein to blast the discredit of the Council of Tyre & keep he represented that his accusers at Tyre carried about the hand of Arsenius to shew that he was dead, but his friends confuted them \at Tyre/ by producing Arsenius alive before the Council. But is it likely that the Council would have condemned Athanasius for killing Arsenius if Arsenius had been produced alive before the|m| Council at the time of trial? Or that Constantine the great would have banished \him/ upon such a sentence \if he had known that Arsenius was alive/ ? Certainly Arsenius was not produced alive. Where Athanasius was first accused of killing Arsenius, he wrote to the Emperor Constantine the great that Arsenius was found alive in the upper parts of Egypt. But &c.

About the same time that Athanasius wrote this Apology he wrote his Epistles to the bishops of Egypt & Ly|i|bya in wch he relates the story of the death of Arius & presently after |he sent the same story to t in an Epistle to the Moncks &| at the request of Serapion he wrote an \the same/ account of ye death of Arius to him, & tells Serapion that he had the story from Macarius a Presbyter who was at Constantinople when Arius died there.|.| And cautioned him as he had done the Moncks before not to g make \give/ a copy of his narrative nor to transcribe it for himself but presently to send it back to him. And in his epistle to ye Moncks he cautioned them after the same manner that they should not to copy \it/ but when they had read it to send it back to him for, saith he, it is not safe that our babling & unlearned letters should come to posterity. This story therefore was broached by Athanasius about 22 years after the death of Arius, For for Macarius from \whom/ Athanasius pretends that he had it, was dead

<33r>

throne

The people of the first & second Monarchies \beyond Armenia & the river Tigris/ were never yet converted to Christianity. Th{is the} The Christian religion has been seated in the nations of the third & fourth Monarchies & there we are to look f {illeg} |– – – This was the principal seat of the Christian religion in the primitive times & is represented by a| & is represented in Daniel first by the brazen belly & thighs of Nebuchadnezzars Image & then more particularly by the Leopard & still more particularly by the Hee Goat & still more particularly in Iohn by the Great red Dragon. The fourth Monarchy being founded by the Latines, conquered the Greeks, then separated from them & breaking into ten kingdoms has ever since continued in a divided form. This received the Christian religion from the Greeks in the primitive times & is represented in Daniel first by the iron leggs of & toes of Nebuchadnezzars Image ,|&| then by the dreadfull Beast \more particularly by the 4th Beast wch/ with ten {sic} |was dreadful & had| |ten| horns & \still more particularly/ in Iohn by the tenhorned \blasphemous/ Beast wch rises out of the seas wth ten horns. And as is Daniels the third & fourth Beasts are sometimes united & sometimes divided, so it is in IohnThe Dragon \Leopard/ Goat & Dragon signify properly the nations over wch the Greeks reigned on this side Babylonia Media & Persia; And but when ye Greek & Latin Empires are united the Goat in the reign of l & Dragon comprehend the whole but chiefly wth respect to ye Greeks. For t but in the reign of ye last horn of ye Goat when the Greeks & Latines were \became/ united the Gr horn beco|a|mes \the whole is signified by them all/ |& the fourth Beast signifies properly the nations of the Latine Empire, but when ye Greeks & Latines were united in one Empire the whol{e} is represented by them all. For \in Danil {sic}/ the last horn of the Goat became greater then| greater then any of the former horns, & therefore represented the whole \Roman/ Empire of consisting of both Greeks & Latines but cheifly wth respect to the Greeks, & the fourth Beast is said to be \was/ dreadfull & ter{r}ible & strong exceedingly & said to devour{ed}{d} the whole earth & therefore comprehends \also/ the whole Rom{ā }{a{n}}Empire but chiefly wth respect to ye Latines. When the Greek & Latine Empires are united, the whole is the Goat & the whole is also the fourth Beast, but in different respects, & when they are divided And in like manner \so in Iohn/ when ye Greek & Latine Empires are united the Dragon & Beast are united & the whole is both Dragon & Beast [Editorial Note 24] but when they are divided the Greek Empire is the Dragon & the Latin is the Beast. At first the Dragon signifies the whole Roman Empire \& the Beast is latent in him, but when – – – [Editorial Note 25] Latine./ – – – – – & succeeds ye Dragon in the his th\r/one in the sea, & the Dragon reigns o retires & reigns over the nations of ye earth. By the earth & inhabitants of the earth & Seas I understand the nations whome the ancient Iews called the earth & Isles of the Sea., meaning a m meaning by the earth the nations to which they travelled by land as Egypt Syria & Asia & by the Isles of the Sea the nations to whom they went by sea & particularly the Europeans. According to this distinction the Empires of the Earth & Sea are the Empires of the Greeks & Latines. For tho the Empire of the Greeks conteined some part of the Isles yet it may be named the Empire of ye earth from the principal part of its inhabitants

|In this Prophesy the scene of the visions is the Temple & the – – – – – kingdoms in one & ye same throne.| Many of the ancient heathens & espeic|ci|ally the Mendesians in Egypt represented their Gods in the shap of Goats, as Pan, Fauns Silvanus Silenus, the Satyrs & Ægipans. So selden: Qui solennia Sagarum Conciliabula aperiunt, ij Dæmonem principem qui præsidet hirei figuram præ se ferre tradunt. And Diodorus tells us; that ye Egyptians attributed divinity to ye Goat & initiated their Priests to this God in the first place. And Maimonides: E Zabijs quidam fuerunt qua|i| Dæmones colebant & eos existimabant habere formam hir corum. Vnde etiam Dæmones Seirim, hoc est, hircos ap\ap/pellabant. Hæc opinio Mosis ævo jam longe late diffusa fuit, sicut ait Levit. 17.7, Et non sacrificabunt ultra sacrificia sua hircis, id est Dæmonibus ita appellatis. They had sacrificed in Ægypt to Goats & Moses forbids them doing it any more. So by Goats or Satyrs in Isa 13.21 & 34.14 interpreters understand Devils. And hence it is that we still paint Devils in the form of Satyrs. So then as the Dragon is the old Serpent called the Devil & Satan, so the He Goat in Daniel is a type of the same signification & therefore fitly applied to signify the same Empire with the Dragon. This Empire was to place the abomination & there|f.| is represented by the \same/ types of \wth/ ye Devil.

<33v>

In the armies of the Roman Empire both before & after the Empire becam{e} Christian – – – – – – deceives the whole world you ma{t}{k}|y| know also by that Character that he reigns in Europe & is the western Empire.

Charles ye great king of France a little before the year 8 having conquered Germany was crowned Emperor of the Romans \by the Pope/ A.C. 800 & from that time time Germany may be recconed a & propagated the Roman \Catholic/ reg|l|igion into all his Empire & from that time we may reccon Germany a part of the body of the Wholes {sic} Beast.

Every kingdom has its Church – – – – – – to be built with two Candlesticks in it to represent the saints within {s|t|} among the western nations b{i}|o|th within the western nations Empire & in Germany. For all the nations which are the subject of this Prophesy being divided into three parts – – – – – – with whom the Beast makes war. For the seven – – – – – as by his own.

When this woman fled into the wildernes she fled there to her place of hon where she was fed & nourished by the Merchants of the Earth & fared deliciously with the kings of the earth. This Her place in the wildernes was a place of honour. jo \There{s} she/ set upon the back of the Beast \& reign over him/. & in the seven hilled & upon \There she reigns in in {sic}/ the seven hills|ed| of the great city. B There she becomes Babylon the great the mother of fornications & abominations of the earth. For she is the great city \Babylon/ wch reigneth the ten kings ca kings of the earth. And all this is as much as to call her the Church of Rome.

Every kingdom has its established religion Church \Church {sic} or body of Priests professing & ministers of the established religion/. If the & the Churches of the Dragon & ten horned Beast or easter Greek & Latine Empires are the two horned Beast & Whore of Babylon. For the Whore of Babylon sits upon the Beast & comit|m|its fornication with his horns the kings of the earth represented by his horns. She is the Church of Rome & the Church of Rome is the Church of the Latin Empire. And the two horned Beast rises out of the earth or nations of the eastern Empire beyond Europe, & hath two horns like – – – – – – – by consequence the \Greek Church or/ Church of the Greek Empire.

[Editorial Note 26] Every kingdom has its Church religion & every religion has its Church or body of Priests & ministers, & the Churches of the Dragon & ten horned Beast are the two horned Beast & woman in the Wilderness. When she fled into ye Wilderness she fled from the Dragon & therefore ceased to be his Church. She was afterwards found in the wilderness sitting upon the tenhorned Beast & therefore that is reigning over him & therefore & \became/ his {na} Church. She is the great City which reigns over the kings of the ea\r/th represented by the ten horns |represented by the or horns of the Beast|, the grea \She is/ Babylon the great, \the western Babylon the great {illeg} City/ sitting \seated/ upō seven hills {& she is} & by consequence the Church of Rome & this Church is the Church of the Empire of the Latins |western & kingdoms & nations into wch the western \naton {sic}/ Empire is now divided.| And the two horned Beast rose out of the earth or nations of – – – Empire.

Trajan was a Sp a Spaniard \the first Emperor who was not Ian Itilian {sic} he was/ born at Italica in Spain & the other four were of his family.

Severus was an African of Leptis in Tripoli ye province of Tripoli; & the Caracalla Heliogabalus & Alexander were of his family. Amost|ng|st them reigned Macrinus a Moor of another southern family. He was a Moor of Cæsarea Stifensis. To him I add the three Gordians who were Africa & Philip as Emperors of the same kind & neglect Maximinus as \a Tyrant/ contemporary to the Gordians. Philip was an Arabian & the Gordians were Africans.

{T}& ended with victory of Constantine the Great over Licinius whereby the Empire was again reduced to a monarchical form. In this Dynasti|y| [sometimes four or five Emperors reigned together in several parts of the Empire but some of them were only Cæsars {illeg}. There were] the Emp eastern provinces part of the Empire was under Dioclesian, Max      & Licinius the western under Herculius, Constantius & Constantine the great & these Emperors had for the most part 2 or t|3| Cæsars under them. This Dnasty {sic} the Romans –

The sixt Dynasty began with the victory of Constantine the great over Licinius whereby the Empire was again reduced to a monarchical form. It \& This Dynasty/ continued in the family of Constantine till the death of Iovian Iulian the Apostate.|,| After Iulian \after whom/ reigned Iovian seven months & then the Empire became divided again \by degrees into the Greek & Latin Empires/ between Valentinian & Valens. [In the fift Dynasty [In the time o reign of the fift Dynasty was the great persecution wch under lasted ten years in the eastern par] \wch was/ the seventh Dynasty.

In the four first Dynasties the Roman Emperors represented by four hormen|sme|n wth their armies under four standards had various wars all wch are represented \in the beginning of the second part \repetition/ of the Prophesy/ at the opening of the Temple \in heaven/ by <34r> by voices thundrings l lightnings voices thundrings an earthquake & great hail. T In the fift dynasty The chief character of the fift Dynasty was Dioclesians persecution & this is represented at ye opening of ye fift seal by ye souls of ye martyrs under the altar & in the repetition of the prophesy by the pains of a woman in child-birth & by the d|D|ragons dra tail drawing the third part of the stars of heaven \(or stars of the Greek Empire under Dioclesian, Galerius & Licinius)/ & casting them to ye earth. [In this Dynasty the Empire was divided in|b|etween the eastern & western Emperors & therefore the saints in the eastern part of the Empire where the the third the saints under servants of God and \with respect to this division the servants/ people of God under the eastern Emperors are called the third part of the stars.] The chief character of the f sixt Dynasty was the dethroning of heathenism & this is represented at the opening of the sixt seal by the a description of the end of the heathen world, & in the repetition \of the Prophesy,/ by the casting of the Dragō |that old serp.| out of heaven \& exalting the Manchild up to the throne. The Dragon/ He reigned in heaven till the end of the fift dynasty & then came down \& began a new reign or Dynasty/ amongst the inhabitants of the earth & sea |wch \reign/ is the sixt Dynasty, & lasted till the Beast rose out of the sea & received the Dragons throne.| {sic} In the time of this reign {or} wch was the sixt the Empire became divided between ye sons of Constantine the great but the into the Greek & eastern & Western empires but after a few years the Western Empire was slain by the sword of the eastern & ceased untill the reign of Valentinian & Valens & in respect of this time it is said That |ye| Beast was had a moral wound in one of his s|h|eads \wch was healed before r he rose out of the sea,/ & that ye Beast was & is not & shall ascend out of the abyss & go into perdition & that five kings are fallen & one is & the other is not \yet/ come, & that the Beast had \a mortal wound o/ in one of his heads {on} wch \& the wound/ was healed before he rose out of ye sea. His wound was \therefore/ made & healed in the time of his sixt reign & reign of his sixt head. It was healed by the \new/ division of the Empire between Valentinian & Valens. At that time the Beast revived & being alive he ascended \afterwards/ out of the sea or abyss or sea at the next division of the Empire wch was between {&} Theodosius & Grati|a|n & at the last division wch was between the sons of Theodosius he received the Dragon's Thone {sic} & power & was \became/ the eighth & of the seven. At his rise o From the time of his ascending out of the abyss he was to continue a short space & this is \his/ seventh reign or Dyni|a|sty [& begins wth the opening of the seventh seal,] & after he was risen \ascended/ the Dragon gave him his thron{e} & power & great authority & this \act/ beginn|s| a new reign wch is the latter part of ye seventh & is therefore called the eighth & of the seven. The seventh reign begins wth the opening of the s As the first six reigns begin with the opening of the first six seales so ye seventh begins wth the opening of the seventh seale & the eighth with the sounding of ye Trumpets. & then the Western Empire breaks into ten kingdoms wch are the r \And thus by the \successive/ opening of the seven seales the Roman Empire is divided into seven successive Dynasties wch are the heads of the Dragon & Beast/

In the time of the sixt reign \or head when the Beast \had been &/ was not & was to ascend out & out of the abys/ the ten kings had not received power as kings \their/no\ kingdom/ but were to receive power as kings \as it were/ at one & the same ho{n|u|}r wth the Beast, that is wth the Beast wch was called the eighth & of the seven. This Beast {illeg} received the Dragons throne |at ye death of Theod. th 13 Ian| A. C. 395 & within \12/ or 15 years after the o{s} vizt A. C. 408 & 409 the western Empire \(as has been explained above)/ became divided \at once/ into ten kingdoms, rep wch were o \wch were these./ o|O|ne of the Britains, three of the Franks Burgundians & Alans in Gallia, three of the Vandals Sueves & Alans in Spain, one of the Visigoths \first/ in Italy & soon after in Gallia & Spain, one of the Hunns in Pannonia & one of Latine Romans at Ravenna , as has been at large explained above. \reigning over Italy & Afric/ As the Leopard \wch rose out of the sea/ wth four heads & four wings represents the Greek Empire wch was first monarchical & then brak into four great kingdom so the Beast which rose out of ye abyss \sea wth ten horns/ represents the Western Empire first in a monarchial {sic} form & soon after divided into ten kingdoms. And th as the four heads & wings of the Leopard & four horns of the He-goat represent the kingdoms into wch the Greek Empire was divided whether / more or fewer then four & the number four respecting only the first division so the ten horns represent the kingdoms into wch the Latin Empire is from time to time divided be they more or fewer then ten, the number ten re|s|pre|ec|ting only the first division, & the kingdoms being ever after called \either/ the ten horns from their \first/ number, or the seven hills from the number wch remained after three of the first horns had been rooted up by three of the little horn wch ca in Daniel visions came up after the ten. And since the Woman sits upon the seven hills, it implies that she did not begin her reig sit upon the Beast begin her famous reign over the Beast till \the/ three horns were rooted up.

Imported by Tale Weight Price
crowns. lw. sous lib.. oz. dwt. lib. s. d.
Iohn Anderson {illeg} Sep 27 127. 07 3. {2}|3|. 7 9. 12. 6
Iames Pitcairn Sep 28 245. 02 6. 7|4|. 13 18. 4. 4
<34v>

– – – – – – to signify the Latin & succeeds the Dragon in his throne in the sea.

For the nations of the Roman Empie|r|e are distinguished in|to| to|wo| parts by the names of earth & sea: as where the first plague – – – – – – & is the western Empire.

Many of ye ancient heathens &c.

The seven headed Be

Iohns Beas The seven headed Beast by the number of his horns & other characters is manifested to be the same wth Daniels fourth Beast. Both had ten horns Daniels had an eleventh horn wch as we shewed above signifies ye Church of Rome & so answers to ye Woman on ye back riding upon Iohn's beast. Iohns Beast is like a Leopard – – – – understood that city.

The Dragon has crowns upon his heads & the Beast has crowns upon his horns

As Daniels three first Beasts were \continued/ alive after this|eir| dominion was taken away so Iohns Beast was alive before he rose out of ye sea. For

While the Dragon reigns in the heads he comprehends ye nations of {illeg} t

– that the Dragon reigned in the head only in the heads & the Beast only in the horns & that that {sic} ye Dragon reigned \in the heads/ over the whole \Roman/ Empire comphrehending the inhabitants of ye sea in h untill the Beast \with his horns/ r|a|rose out of that part of his \the/ Empire called the sea or Isles of ye sea & received \from the Dragon/ the throne & of that part of the Dragons kingdom & then brake into the ten kingdoms represented by the horns. \Empire./ {illeg} As the th Daniels three first Beasts remain|d| alive after their dominions were taken away, so Iohn's was alive before he rose out of ye sea but & being \till then that time/ a part of the Dragons kingdom \untill he rose out of the sea/ he has the same heads with the Dragon & the h Dragon has his horns |& the Dragon partakes| but wthout crowns because he reigned not apart \apart/ before he rose out of the sea & received the Dragon throne , And for the & the And while the Dragon & Beast were united \in one kingdom/ as they had common heads so they had common horns \the Dragon comprehending in his body politi the nations out of wch ye ten K. arose/, but the Dragons horns were wthout crowns because the ten kings received no kingdom while he reigned over the whole, [but wh upon the rising of the Beast out of ye sea they received the power as kings at the same time with the Beast] When ye Beast rose out of the sea & received the Dragons throne they receive received their kingdom with power as kings at the same time with him \but \afterwards when the Beast arose they/ received power as kings at the same time with the Beast./ Conceive therefore that the Dragon reigned in his heads over the whole r|R|oman Empire till untill that divis the Empire became divided into the Greek & Latin Empires \w wch was/ a little before ye end of ye fourth century, & \&/ that the Dragon was thenceforward the Greek Empire & the Beast the Latine, \Conceive also/ that the Latine Empire brake into ten kingdoms in the beginning of the fift century, & vizt A.C. 408, 409, 410 & that these kingdoms are the ten horns. For there are no other divisions of the Roman Empire wch can answer to these things. vizt ye kingdoms of Ravenna, \the Britains/ the Franks, Alans B Burgundians, \&/ Alans in Gaule Alans in Spain, \the/ Vandals, Sueves \& Alans in Spain, the/, Visigoths, |ye| Brittains, & \the/ Huns, & the {illeg} reigning \Italians/ at Ravenna.

Sect II.
Of the Woman & two horned Beast.

In this prophesy the scene of the visions is the Temple & – – – – – – & therefore she is the Church. At first she is the true sincere Church of Christ diffused through the whole {D}|R|oman Empire represented by the Dragon, but upon the division of the Empire the Church also becomes divided & the woman flyes from the Dragon into the wilderness Western Empire called the \a/ Wilderness that is \for its spiritual barreness & {delsolation}/ & leaves \behind her/ in the Eastern Empire a remnant of her seed wch keep the command{s|m|}ents of God & have the testimony of Iesus & the Woma Dragon goes from the Woman to make war upon that remnant. Apoc. XII. & the Woman flee & the woman flyes in the Wilderness to her place where of honour Every Christian {kin} where s upon the back where she rides upon the ten horned Beast, that is reigns over him & is fed & nourished by the merchants of the earth a time times & half a time & fairs deliciously wth the \ten kings o called the/ kings of the earth & commits \spiritual/ fornication with them & becomes drunken wth the \blood of the/ martyrs of Iesus. And by these circumstances is manifested to Every \Christian/ kingdom hath its national Church, & the & W be the nati it is manifest that she is the {o}f national when she flies into the wilderness to her place she becomes the national Church of the Beast

Every k Christian kim|n|gdom has its \national/ established Church, & therefore when the Empire became divided into the Greek & Latin Empires represented by the Dra & the woman fled into the wildernes \{on}/ of ye western Empire & became the national church of the Latine Empire, there arose a two horned Beast out of the earth & has to be to represent the <34r> national Church of the Greek Empire. For this Beast \is called the fals Prophet &/ had two horns like the Lamb that is like the seven hof|r|ns of ye Lamb wch represent the seven Churches of Asia, & therefore it is an Ecclesiastical body \or Church/. It spake as the Dragon & therefore was of the Dragons religion. & And it rose out of the earth or nations of the Eastern Empire in Asia & Afric {B} with t beyond Europe. We may conceive therefore that whe upon the division of the Empire when the ten horned Beast rose out of the sea to succeed ye Dragon in the west, the two horned Beast rose out of the Earth to succeed the woman in the east.

<35r>

dum admirationum opera cernuntur elevari sine laqueis corpora & dispensis pede fæminis vestes non defluere in faciem uri sine ignibus spiritus, confiteri sine interrogantis incremento fidei. Gregory Nazianzen in his first Oration against ye Emperor Iulian then reigning, has these wo writes thus. Martyres non extimuisti quibus præclari honores [28] et festa constituta; a quibus Dæmones propelluntur & morbi curantur, quorum sunt apparitiones & prædictiones; quorum vel sola corpora idem possunt quod animæ sanctæ, sive manibus contrectentur sive honorentur: quorum vel solæ sanguinis guttæ vel ex at exigua passionis signa [i. e. signa Crucis] idem possunt quod corpora, Hæc non colis sed contemnis & aspernaris \ ||[Editorial Note 27] Ruffin, Sozomen &c Ruffin &c/ < insertion from lower down f 35r > |1| \Sozomon &/ Ruffin tell{sic} us that the Emperor Iulian applying himself to ye Apollo Daphnæus heare \in ye suburbs of/ Antioch & pressing the Oracle by many sacrifices for an answer ye Oracle at length told him that that the bones of ye martyr Babylas hindred him from speaking & twenty Chrisostom twe in his \2d/ Oration [29] had \on S. Babylas/ \made/ at Antioch on S. Babylas \20 years after A|v|izt A. C. 382/; \ (A. C. 382.)/ saith, Nullas est nostri \saith of the/ miracles done \in the east/ by \the/ saints & their reliques: \/ < insertion from above the line > |2| saith: Nulla est nostri hujus orbis seu regio seu gens seu urbs ubi nova at inopinata miracula hæc non decantentur: quæ quidem si figmenta fuissent prorsus in tantam hominum admirationem non vens|i|ssent. And a little after: Abunde Orationi nostræ fidem faciunt quæ quotidiana a martyribus miracula eduntur, magna affatim \ad illa/ hominū multitudine affluente. < text from lower down f 35r resumes > Nulla est nostri hujus orbis seu regio seu gens seu urbs ubi nova &c – – – affluente. And in his 66 Homily – – – < insertion from higher up the page > his 66t Homily describing how ye Devils were tormented & cast out by ye bones of ye Martyrs he adds Ob{e} eam{} causam multi plerun Reges peregre profecti sunt ut hoc spectacul{o}{a} fruerentur. Siquidem sanctorum Martyrum templa futuri judicij vestigia & signa exhibent, dum nimirum dæmones flagris cæduntur, homines torquentur & liberantur \Vide quæ sanctorum vita functorum vis sit?/. And Ierome in his Epitaph [30] of \on/ Paula {: Th} thus makes this mentions of these mu \thus/ mentions the same things. Paula vidit Samariam: ibi siti sunt Elisæus & Abdias prophetæ & Ioannes Baptista ubi multis intremuit conster nata miraculis, nam cernebat varijs dæmones rugire cruciatibus & ante sepulchra sanctorum ululare homines more luporum, vocibus latrare canum, fremere Leonum, sibilare serpentum, mugire taurorum, alios rotare caput, & post tergum terram vertice tangere, suspensis pede fæminis vestes non defluere in faciem. This was about ye year 384. < text from lower down f 35r resumes > i in faciem. This was about ye year 384. Eunapius a \bigotted/ heathen but yet a fit witness of what was done in his own times relating how the soldiers {b} threw down the Gods of Egypt & brought the Monks took ye Temples of Egypt from ye Heath {illeg} \delivered/ the Heathen temples of Egypt into ye hands of ye Monks |(wch was done in ye year 389)| rails thus both at ye Monks & at ye Martyrs whom they worshipped \succeeded in ye room of the old Gods of Egypt/. Illi ipsi [milites] monachos Canobi quo collocarunt ut pro Dijs qui animo cernuntur, servos et quidem flagitiosos divinis honoribus percolerent hominum mentibus ad cultum ceremonias obligatis. {Ic}{Ii} nam condita et salita eorum capita qui ob scele{ri}|ru|m multitudinem a Iudicibus extremo supplicio fuerant affecti pro divis ostentabant; ijs genua sub mittebat eos in De\or/um numerum receptabant ad illorum sepulchra <36r> pulvere sordibus conspurcati. μαρτυρ m|M|artyres igitur vocabantur et Diaconi quidam et Legati arbitri precum apud Deos, cùm fuerint servitia infida & flagris pessime subacta quæ citatrices scelerum ac nequitiæ vestigia corporibus circumferrent: Ejusmodi tamen Deos fert tellus. In ye year 388 Palladius went into Egypt [31] to visit the Monasteries & telling how he visited the sepulchre of Apollonius & other Martyrs \of Thebais/ who had suffered under Maximinus, ad. saith Iijs {sic} omnibus Christiani fecerunt ædem unam ubi nunc mult{i}|æ| virtutes peraguntur. Tanta autem fuit viri gratia ut de ijs quæ esset præcatus statim exaudiretur, eum sic honorante Servatore. Quem etiam nos in Martyrio precati, vidimus, cum ijs qui cum ipso fuerunt martyrio affecti: et Deum adorantes eorum corpora salutavimus. By these passages it should seem that ye invocation of Saints was now established in Egypt. And |therefore| the{illeg} miracles were of this sort were of as as early there as in other places. For Atha\na/nas|sius| who died in ye year 371 or 372 in his book De Incarnatione Domini et salutari ejus adventu, saith \ascribes the like miracles to ye signe of the cross, saying/ Signo Crucis omnia Magica compescuntur. And — Vemiat qui istorum dictorum experimentum capere velit & in ipsis præstigijs dæmonum & imposturis vaticiniorum & in miraculis magiæ utatur signo crucis ab ipsis deriso numen Christi invocet, et videbit quomodo ejus rei metu Dæmones fugiant, vaticinia conquiescant, magiæ et veneficia jaceant. And to ye same purpose there \are/ several passages in the life of Antony writ by Ier Athanasius & now extant \in his works/ in {illeg} Gr. & Latine, [& also in the lives of Paul & Hilarion writ by Ierome.] And Chri|y|sostom in his Oration on the e|E|gyptian martyrs se seems to make Egypt the ringleader in these matters [32] saying: Benedictus Deus quandoquidem ex Ægypto prodeunt Martyres ex Ægypto illa cum Deo pugnante ac insanissima: et unde impia ora unde linguæ blasphemæ ex Ægypto m|M|artyres habentur non in Ægypto tantum sed nec in finitima vicina regin|o|ne sed ubi terrarū. Et quemadmodum in annonæ summa ubertate cum viderunt urbi um incolæ majorem quam usus habitatorum postuet esse proventum ad peregrinas etiam urbes transmittunt: cum et suam comitatem ac liberalitatem ostendant tum ut præter horum abundantiam cum falil|cil|itate res quibus indigent rursis ab illis sibi comparent; sic et Ægyptij, quod attinet at|d| religionis athletas fecerunt: Cum apud se multam eorum Dei benignitate \copiam/ cernerent nequaquam ingens Dei munus sua civitate concluserunt sed in omnes terræ partes bonorum thesauros effuderunt: cum ut suam in fratres amorem ostenderent tum ut communem omnium dominum honore afficerent ac civitati suæ gloriam apud omnes compararent totius terrarum orbis esse Metropolin declararent. — Santorum enim illorum corpora quovis adamantino et inexpugnabili muro tutius nobis urbem communiunt ac|et| tanquam excelsi quidam scopuli undi prominentes non horum qui sub sensus cadunt & oculis cernuntur hostium {illeg} impetus propulsant tantum sed etiam invisibilium dæmonum insidias omnes diaboli <36v> fraudes subvertunt ac dissipant. — Ne verò tantum adversus hominum insidias, aut adversus fallacias Dæmonum utilis nobis est hæc possessio, sed si nobis communis Dominus ob peccatorum multitudinem irascatur, his objectis corporibus continuò poterimus eum propitium reddere civitati. This Oration was written at Antioch while Alexandria p was yet the Metropolis of the east, that is before ye year 381. And while \since/ Alexandria was then eminent above all other cities \(even above Antioch it self)/ for dispersing reli the mir the reliques of ye wo the miracle-working-reliques of ye ther {sic} Martyrs we may so as on this account to acquire glory with all men & manifest her self to be ye Metropolis of ye world, we may reccon that these miracles & the consequent invocation of saints had their rise in Egypt & Syria & were thence propagated w|o|ver all ye world /Empire\ for they came later into {illeg} Asia minor & still later into Europe. Monkery began in Egypt & Syria & under the Archbishopricks of Alexandria & Antioch & the Monks were they that prin laboured most in propagating these superstitions. S. Paul tells us that the Spirit speaketh expresly that in ye latter times When S. Paul tells us that ye coming of the man of Sin is after the working of Satan with all power of|&| Signes & lying wonders & wth all deceivableness of unrighteousnes & a strong delusion: I know not what this can be applied unto besides \this looks very like a description of these miracles {sic}/ these miracles. And again when he tells us that in the last times the spirit speaks expresly that in ye latter times [or times of the last seale \King/] some shall depart from ye faith giving heed to seducing spirits & doctrines of Dæ|ev|ils (or Dæmons, ,|)| speaking lies in \through the/ hyprocry|i|sy, having \of liars who have/ their conscience seared with an hot iron, |who| forbidding to marry & commanding to abstain from meats: I can apply this to nothing but the Monks who this /these last words look {sic}\ looks very like a description of ye Monks. But be it as it will, since the worshin|p|ping of St|a|ints was \was set up in those days & is still/ in use among the Greek & Latin Churches begin was set up in those days & \since/ the miracles by wch it was set up began presently after ye year 360 \in the so|h|ort reignwit|s|hin a {year two} of Iulian & Iovian/, this is an argument for beginning the last times or times of the last seale or last king or head of ye Dragon & Beast with the division of ye Empire |not before the reign of Iulian & Iovian when these miracles began & heathenism was restored nor & \& Iovian who restored the h/ who restored the Heathen religion, nor of & in whose reign the miracles for setting the up sain the worship of dead men among the Christians began; nor after the reign of Arcadius & Honorius when the heathen religion was fully overcome & saint worship set up in its room: but about the time that Gratian by rejecting the High-priesthood of the \the/ Heathens|n| religion put an end to the fall of the kingdom of the heathens p|&| by consequence to the times of ye sixt seal,| at the|at the| death of Iovian \(A. C. 364)/ as above. < text from higher up f 35r resumes > Chrysostom {sic} who died in ye year 378, in his book \2d Oration made at Antioch 3|A|nno 382/ concerning the Martyr Babylas \{}/ \/ describing the power of ye Martyrs, adds Orationi nostræ fidem faciunt quæ quotidiana a Martyribus miracula eduntur. And in

<36v>

Some time after the adoration of Saints was brought into ye {illeg} use & Pictures & Images \Statues Images/ were set up in Churches, there arose a controversy in the Greek church about

<37r>

Now whilst heaven & earth are put for ye superior & inferior people \of in a world politi/ it {is} obvious that ye different heights of heaven & depths of ye earth should signif be put for different degrees of highness or lowness in ye world politi. And hence {illeg} שאול which ye seventy translate Ἁδὴς Hades & ye English {Hel}{Hell} is put for the lowest & most unhappy state of people whether \as well/ in this life or|as| after the resurrection. For שאול Αδης {sic} \the Hebrew name of Hell/ Hell signifies litterally \& most prope{rly}/ any subterraneus cavern or region invisible to us, or all the the regions the subterraneous regions or any part invisible to us \or any part of them/ & very frequently a sepulchre or subterraneous vault in wch they layd thein dead out of sight together out of the sight of the living out of sight, & collective \wth/ a sepul|c|hre or \any/ subterraneous {illeg} receptacle of \Grot or Vault where/ dead bodies are laid or buryn|i|ng place under ground or any {illeg} \of as the the Iews used to bur or any/ subterraneous Grot or Vault for burying where \human/ dead bodies were laid out of sight, as in Iob. 7.9 & 17.13 & 21.13 & 24.19 Psal 30.3 & 49.14, 15 & 141.7 |Isa. 38.10. Ionas 2.3.| & many other places. And sometimes the word is taken collectively for the habitation \grave or/ \subturraneal habitation mansion receptacle/ of all ye Dead as in Prov. 30.16. Isa 5.14. & 28.15, 18 & 38.18 Ezek. 32.21 & then the dead bodies \together/ are sometimes considered as a \subterraneal/ kingdom much after ye manner that ye Egyptians made & a subterraneal kingdom \a subterraneal kingdom/ of their Mummies {now}a subterraneal kingdom whose king was S under the dominion of \feigning/ Serapis (whom ye Greeks & Latins called Aidoneus & Pluto .|)| to be king \Prince/ of the dead |& Charon who ferried the dead bodies over the rivers of Egypt to the Mummies to be the ferry-man of Hell|. For thus you ma Isaiah prophesies to ye king of Babylon. The grave from beneath is moved for thee to meet thee at thy coming, it stirreth up the dead for thee even all the chief ones of the Earth; it hath raised up from their thrones all the kings of the nations. All they shall speak & say unto thee, Art thou become weak as we? Art thou become like unto us? Thy pomp is brought down to ye grave, & ye noise of thy viols: T the worm is spread under thee & the worms cover thee. || All the kings of the nations lie in glory every one in his own house but thou art cast out of thy grave – as a carcas troden under foot – Thou shalt not be joyned wth them in burial. Isa 14.9, 10, 11, 18, 19, 20 So also Ezekiel in describing the slaughter of Pharaoh \Pharaoh wth/ ye armies \armies/ of Egypt & their \their/ confederates \by the king of Babylon/, saith, The strong among ye mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of Hell \שאול [Hell or the Grave]/ \Hades {illeg} or ye grave{illeg} who]/ wth them that helpit him [saying they\ed them/ are gone down, they & lie uncircumcised slain by the sword. And a little after when he had described \other/ great slaughters of divers other nations \then enumerating those other nations who lay slaughtered/ (Persia he concludes, Pharaoh shall see them & shall be comforted over all his multitude, even Pharaoh & all his army slain by the sword saith ye Lord God. Ezek. 32. Now because the dead were laid out of ye sight of ye living in dark sepulchers therefore the Greeks called their \subterraneous/ habitation Hades Ἁδὴς \Hades/ that is ye invisible region or ye region of darknes, & the feig Pluto ye feigned king of ye dead they called Aidoneus, that is, ye king of Hades Ἁδὴς. And by the same liberty that they considered extending the mansion of this kingdom of darkness downwards into ye bowels of \ye earth/ the words שאול \Αδης {sic} Hell/ are sometimes taken for all ye interior region of ye earth downwards to ye bottom or center. \a great depth./ Whence hell is descri \always/ described below as in Psal. 8.6. 13 & 139.8 Prov. 15.24 & Isa. 5.14 & 14.9, & the depth of Hell opposed to ye height of heaven. |& the casting down of the slain to Hell to the nether parts of the earth & to the \graves in/side of the Pit or Vault burying place are used as phrases of the same signification Ezek. 31.14, 15, 16, 17, 18 & ch. 32 8, 22, 23, 24.| Tho they dig into Hell thence shall mine hand take them & tho they climb up into heaven thence will I bring them down Amos 2.9. The presence of God is high as heaven, deeper then Hell longer then ye earth & broader then ye sea Iob. 11.8. Hell therefore in a {lit}teral sense being the general name of all the subter regions below ye {sur}face of the earth, is {illeg} used in a mystical sense to signify the lowest & most <37v> {s}ervile & unhappy cond state of men \& that/ as well {in} {illeg} life as after {illeg}tion. For \thus/ God describing by the mouth of Moses the desolation & captivity of {Isra}el for their I{som}|dol|atry, saith, I will provoke them to jealousy anger with a foolish nation. For a fire is kindled in my wrath & mine anger & shall burn unto the lowest hell & shall consume the earth wth her increase & set on fire the foundations of the mountains. For I will heap mischeifs upon them I will spend mine arrows upon them &c.

Hell. \for ye lower parts of ye earth/ Deut 32.22. Iob. 11.8. Psal {139, 8}{139.8} Psal 86.13. Prov. 15.24. Isa. 5.14. & 14.9. Amos. 9.2

Hell for ye grave & destruction Psal 55.15 Psal 86.13. Prov. 5.5. & 7.27 & 9.18 & 27.20 & 30.16

Hell for ye pains of death Psal 116.3     (Prov. 23.13, 14. Habbac. 2.5

Ascending to Heaven & descending to Hell Isa. 14.15. Matth. 11.23 Luke 10.15 iPet. 2.4 [Editorial Note 28]Isa \5.14 &/ 57.9. Ezek. 31.10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. & 32.18, 19, 21, 24 &c. 1 Sam. 2.8. Psal. 113.7. 1 King.|1|1|6|.2. Isa. 29.4.

Hell for death Isa 28.15, 18

– – – \end of ye world/ is a phrase of the same signification will appear hereafter.

From the comparison

Nothing is more frequent in scripture then to put the world for a great great body of people as in these phrases places. Augustus c|C|esar – – – – Iohn 14.30 & in ye same sense \in ye same sense is/ {illeg} ye end of ye world is frequently used for ye end as we shall se {sic} hereafter. But the Now that this use of the phrase had its rise from ye comparison of the world natural to ye world politi & deigning ye one by the other will appear out of Isa 61.15 – – – – – – – – – hundred years old &c Isa 65.17, 18, 20, 21. In ye same sense is Hell also used for ye lowest & most unhappy part of ye people as being the lowest part of the world For Hell or Hades \properly/ signifies the lowest part of the earth |a place below the surface whether it be |such as is|| & wa \a grave or any other deeper pit or infernal region & therefor it is often opposed to heavè/ as in Iob 11 8 where the phrases, As high as heaven & deeper then שאול Ἁδὴς Hell are opposed to one another, & in Amos 9.2 where Hell is Heaven & Hell are thus | For \שאול Ἁδὴς/ Hades or Hell properly signifies a \dark & deepl {sic}/ place undergrownd [such as is a grave or any other deeper pit or lower \infernal/ region] & therefore /is th {sic}\ the depth of it is usually described below as in Psal 86.13. & \Psal/ 139 8. & Prov 15.24. Isa 5.14. Isa. 14.9 & the depth of Hell is opposed to the height of heaven as in Amos 9. 2 |& taken for the a grave as {{are}|is|} Psal 55.15. Psal 86 Psal 86.13. Prov. 5.5. Prov. 7.27. Prov. 9.18 & Prov 27.20 or for any other deeper pit or infernal region. In wch sense the depth of hell is| Tho they dig into Hell thence shall mine hand take them & tho they climb up into heaven thence will I bring them down. \Amos 2. 9./ & so \again/ in Iob. 11.8 & in where \And/ to describe ye amplitude of Gods presence tis called high as heaven, deeper then hell longer then ye earth & broader then ye Sea. When therefore Hades or Hell & |Iob. 11.8.| This is the litteral signification of ye word. And hence it {may even} signifies figuratively the the lowest condition of any people /living people\. So Moses in de |& as it signifies a grave it is sometimes put figuratively for death either death or|&| destruction as in Isa. 28.15, 18. Psal 11.6 3 or|but| when it signifies in general the regions below it is put figuratively for the lowest condition of a people. So God in descri {sic}|scribing \by Moses ye total desolation/ the {sic} utter ruin & captivity of the {nation} \the nation of/ Israel for their Idolatry saith, I will provoke them to anger wth a foolish nation for a fire is kindled in mine anger \whether in this life or after the resurrection/ & shall burn unto ye lowest Hell & shall consume ye Earth wth her increase & set on fire ye foundations of ye mountains. I will heap mischiefs upon them. I will spend mine arrows upon them &c Deut. 32.22. \Here/ The|is| fire wch here is war \& is as as is ph{ar}/ & ye lowest hell & foundations of ye mountains are the lowest of ye people & |by ye contest{ed} earth wch it consumes is the nation{s}{o} of Israel &| is war as is plain by ye context & the earth wch it consumes down to ye lowest hell & foundations of ye mountains is the Nation \world politick/ of Israel down from ye highest to ye very lowest of the people. And by joyning both these figurative significations it is taken for the unhappy state of ye wicked after this life death.

<38r>

So that wthin the space of 18 or 20 years all the saints began to be \solemly/ invocated & all their images set erected & venerated in the publick worship \churches/ at Rome f & from that time \&/ from w|t|hen|{ce}{ec}| it \this religion soon/ spread over all the Roman Catholick Churches.

NB The days of a king was a phrase for the age of a man as I gather from the Phenician historians who called the time between from Cadmus to the rapture of Helena, the days of a king. Tatian cont. gentes.

From wch time she was eclipsed & darkened losing her senate & Consuls & \almost all her people/ becoming an ignoble dukedom & her buildings falling for want of inhabitants as was explained above & the Patriarch of Constantinople now claiming the universal Bishopric as if Rome were extinct \& forgotten/ & in this obscurity she remained till the end of the war A. C. 603 & further till she recovered the universal Bishopric by the grant of the Emperor Phocas A. C. 606

invoking the Virgin Mary being thus brought into Gregory's Litany, the other Saints were of course inserted by degrees. And this was the original of the Litany now used in the Roman Church, wch is as follows

Kyrie Eleison. Christe Eleison. Sancti Fabiane et Sebastiane, Orate.
Kyrie eleison. Kyrie Eleison. Sancti Ioannes et Paule, Orate.
Christe audi nos Sancti Cosma et Damiane, Orate.
Pater de cælis Deus miserere nobis Sancti Gervasi et Protasi, Orate.
Fili Redemptor mundi Deus, miserere nobis. Omnes, sancti Martyres, Orate
Spiritus sanctus Deus, miserere nobis. Sancte Sylvester, Ora
Sancta Trinitas unus Deus, miserere nobis. Sancte Gregori, Ora
Sancta Maria. Ora pro nobis Sancte Ambrosi, Ora
Sancta Dei genetrix Ora pro nobis Sancte Augustine, Ora
Sancta Virgo Virginum Ora &c Sancte Hieronyme, Ora
Sancte Michael, Ora &c Sancte Martyne, Ora
Sancte Gabriel, Ora Sancte Nicolae, Ora
Sancte Raphael, Ora Omnes sancti Pontifices et Confessores, Orate
Sancti o|O|mnes sancti Angeli et Archangeli, Orate Omnes sancti Doctores, Orate
Omnes sancti beatorum spiritus|u|m ordines, Orate. Sancte Benedicte, Ora
Sancta Ioannes Baptista, Ora Sancte Antoni, Ora
Omnes Sancti Patriarchæ et Prophetæ, Orate Sancte Bernarde, Ora
Sancte Petra, Ora Sancte Dominice, Ora
Sancte Paule, Ora Sancte Francisce, Ora
Sancte Andrea, Ora Omnes sancti Sacert|d|otes et Levitæ, Orate.
Sancte Iacobe, Ora Omnes sancti Monachi et Eremitæ, Orate
Sancte Ioannes, Ora Sancta Maria Magdalena, Ora
Sancte Thoma, Ora Sancta Agatha, Ora
Sancte Iacobe, Ora Sancta Lucia, Ora
Sancte Philippe, Ora Sancta Agnes, Ora
Sancte Bartholom{illeg}|æ|e, Ora Sancta Cæcilia, Ora
Sancte Matthæe, Ora Sancta Catharina, Ora
Sancte Simon, Ora Sancta Anastat|s|ia, Ora
Sancte Thadæe, Ora Omnes sancti Virgines & Viduæ, Orate
Sancte Matthia, Ora Omnes Sancti et Sanctæ Dei, Intercedite pro nobis.
Sancte Barnaba, Ora Propitius esto; parce nobis Domine.
Sancte Luca, Ora Propitius esto; exaudi nos Domine
Sancta Marce, Ora Ab omni malo, Libera nos Domine.
Omnes Sancti Apostali et Evan-gelistæ, Orate
Omnes sancti discipuli Domini, Orate.
Omnes sancti Innocentes, Orate
Sancte Stephane, Ora
Sancte Laurenti, Ora
Sancte Vicenti, Ora

By these And these prayers & Hymm|ns| you may find in the Roman Breviais|ns| And thus by the institution of this \annual/ solemnity you may understand | And hence you may understand, that <38v> after Pope Gregory began to introd recommend \by miracles/ the invocation of saints & use of images by miral|c|les & \to/ introduce them \by miracles/ into ye th publick worship of the Roman Church, this sort of devotion increased so|very| fast \so as/ that wthin the space of 20|18| ye or 20 years the|at| Church Rom Church in their publick worship invoked all the Ange saints & Angels \&/ prostrating|ed| themselves \at ye same time {illeg}/ before ye images of \the Virgin Mary &/ all the Martyrs in the Pantheon wch besides what they did in their other Churches [ The|i|s was done in the Pantheon wch was thence S. called |S.| Mariæ Ecclesia ad Martyres; & no doubt ] And no doubt but that they \& their images/ were worshipped severally in other Churches before they were worshipped all together in this, the superstition getting grownd by degrees.

Men began to invoke the Saints \Martyrs \in their private devotions/ & to paint their Martyries wth their histories of their passions/ Soon after the reign of Iulian the Apostate < insertion from from the end of the line > as I gather from the writers of that age. Basil, Greg. Nyssen, Epiphanius, Paulinus Nolanus, Prudentius & Eudius & St <39r> Austin{s} the earliest writers who mention these things painting of Martyries & Churches: & about 70 years after the reign of Iulian they began to place Images in some < text from f 38v resumes > & about 90 \60 or 70/ years after \his reign/ to place Images in \some/ Churches but at Rome: but before the superstition of erecting \of/ images became common, the superstition was checkt \for a time/ by the wars of the Barbarous nations in Italy who differed in religion from the {C} Roman Catholicks. & reigned over the ci{r|t|}y of Rome. But after the kingdom of the Ostrogoths fell & Rome came into ye hands of the Ex Roman Ca Exarchs \of/ who were Roman Catholicks & the the Lombards by me Agilulphus king of the Lombards by means of his Queen Theodelinda became \also/ a Roman Catholick (wch came to pass in the year 390) the Popes Gregory & his successors returned to advance their superstitions of invoking the saints & setting \honoring/ their images [ not only in private devotions but in the \& & quickly established this religion in Rome & from t/ [solemn worship of the Churches as has been explained] & by degrees spread this worship over all the Roman Empire the Pope kingdom of France being converted to the Roman Catholick religion

[When the Empire became divided into ten kingdoms, the barbarous nations who erected those kingdoms were \not subject to the Bp of Rome those k|n|ations being/ either heathens or such Christians Anthom{illeg}|{on}|sians & so not subject to the Bishop of Rome: wch |such Christians as opposed the bringing in of the word Homousios into the Creed. This| made the Catholicks of the west unite more firmly under the Bishop of Rome \& acknowledge his authority/ for strengthening themselves against their enemit|e|s. And after the In the times of the Council of Sardica \A. C. 3{43}/ the western \& Egyptian/ Bishops contended that appeals ought to be made from all the world to ye Bp of Rome. This was opposed by the eastern Bishop & stifly contended for by the western till Constantius conquered the west & made the western bishops submit sub submit \& unite wth ye Eastern/. But after the death of Constantius the western Bishops revolted returned to the Pope & his adherents made a new separation] in the year 3 reign of Clodovæus A. C. 496, that of Spain in the reign of Reccared d[33] A. C. 590 & those of England the Saxons in England beginning to be converted to it by Augustine the Monck A. C. 596 & the Exarchs in Italy & Churches of ye greek Empire submitting coming under the Popes authority in|by| the concession of the Emperor Phocas A. C. 606. So that in the end of the times of ye 4th Trum |Trumpet| {sic} Trumpet the Pope began to act as universal Bishi|o|p over all the Roman Empire & by means of this authority to \to propagate his religion \e|o|verywh all the Empire & the Church of R every where & the Church of Rome t|h|enceforward began/ & commit fornication with the kings of the earth & to/ deceive all nations & make them drunk with the wine of her fornication, & to enrich the Merchants of the earth with her costliness. Vpon wch account t|s|he is by the Prophet Isaiah compared to the merchandizing city of Tyre wh

Howl ye ships of Tarshish &c – – – – Then she lay wast & was forgotten seventy years that is all the time \during all the wars/ of the fourth Trumpet wch began A. C. 535 & ended A. C. 605. And after seventy years she returned to her hire & sung as an harlot & committed fornication with all the kingdoms of the Roman world upon the face of the earth; filling the Pantheon with Idols & by their authority as \of her/ universal Bishop spreading their worship over all nations. [Editorial Note 29] So yt the whole time of her darknes being was 70 years. Thus Aft At the end of wch time she turned to her hire & began \again/ to sing as a harlot & commit fornication with all the kingdoms of ye [Roman] world upon the face of the earth. by \For she/ beggin|ed|g the Pantheon of ye Emperor Phocas the next year (as I reccon by allowing two or three years for cleansing \& repairing the Pantheon/ & preparing the Images of to be set up in it before it was consecrated) & by erecting|ed| Images in this & other Churches & \she/ propagatin|ed|g this sort o|h|er idolatrous religion \into all kingdoms/ by means of her universal Bishopric & enriching her self \grew very rich/ by this religion.

<39v>

Vpon the death of Constantine the great the Pope began to claim the tha Appeals from all the world, but was stifly opposed by the Greek Churches. & humbled |& was supported in his claim by the western Bps & as stifly opposed by the eastern untill the reign of Th. M. But soon after he was humbled.| by the sacking of Rome & division of ye Western Empire into ten kingdoms \eight or/ nine of wch differed from \the Pope/ in religion. This made the \oppression of the western/ |R.| Catholicks within those kingdoms \mad them/ unite more firmly into one body under the Pope for strengthening themself|v|es so that ye Council of Chalced gave Pope Leo the ti after a few years [ The acknowledgmt of the Popes authority became a part \of the religion/ of the Ro \western Roman/ catholicks religion among the western nations \in the West/ & \by consequence/ the ten kings as fast as t subm upon their conversion to ye Catholick faith submitted to this authority. And first the Franks submitted to it upon their conversion of Clodovœus their king A. C. 496, Remigius bishop of Rhemes being made the Popes deputy Bps over France. Then Spain submitted upon the conversion \in the reign of/ of Reccarede A. C. 596 & Lombardy the same year in the reign of Agilulf \king of the Lombards/ & ye Saxons in Brittain began to submit A. C. 596 by the preaching of Austin the Monk to the Saxons, & the Exarchate of Ravenna wth the Churches of \Afric &/ Greece submitted A. C. 606 by the Grant of Phocas. |Thus the ten kings began to be of one mind & to s|a|gree & give their power & strength & kingdom to the Beast| And henceforward by the Popes universal authority images began to be erected every where in Churches after the example of \what was done in/ the Pantheon. & And because the Church of Rome enticed the kings of the Earth to this \idolatrous/ \|began now to| reigned over the 10 Kings & enticed them to this idolatrous/ religion & enriched herself there by |& thereby became great & rich,| she is \henceforward/ compared in this prophesy to a woman \Queen woman/ \arrayed in purple & scarlet & decked with gems who lives deliciously/ |sits \a Queen/ upon the ten horned Beast in the wilderness & in a spiritually barren wilderness &| commits fornication wth the kings of the Earth & makes the nations drunk wth the wine of her fornication & enriches by h abounds wth \gold & silver & pretious stones & pearls & fine linnen & purple & silk & scarlet &/ all things of price & enriches the merchants of ye Earth wth her costliness, & {by} in the Prophesies of Isaiah she is elegantly represented by the city of Tyre in these words.

I |For| the Pantheon was dedicated A. C. 410 & might \require/ two or three years to cleanse & repair it & to prepare the Idols to Images to be set up before the dedication. |In the interval between the siege of Rome & the grave of the universal Bishopric, the city Bishop or \City of/ Rome was so far f dejected & forgotten| This difference between the eastern & western Churches & great pride of the western This {ambition} \ambition/ of the Western Churches & separation \invasion of the/ /departure\ from the eastern \wth intention of subduing them/ was the first act of the womans flying into ye wilderness. But her fligh pride was brought down & her flight stayed for a time by the reunion of the Empire \for a time & Church/ under Constantius. After a new division of the Empire she returned to her former pretenses \& began to invocate dead men/ but was humbled again |But she was humbled for a time first \first/ by the conquest of the western Empire by the eastern under Co {sic} \in the reign of/ Constantius & then by the sacking of Rome| by the sacking of Rome & division of the &c – – – – – in these words.

And be The|i|se things prophesy cannot be applied to ye old city Tyre in a litteral sense. Foy {sic} Tyre is here compared to a whorish woman & a whore is in sacred prophesy put for their church of God in a state of Idolatr |whose hire is her merchandise & whose merchandise is holines to the Lord & is for them that dwell before \him/ that is for the Priests of the Lord to eat self sufficiently & weare old fashoned cloathing suitable to their profession. A whore is in sacred prophesy {t}|

She Before the times of the fourth Trumpet she began to \began to/ played the harlot worshipping dead men & beginning to set|ting| up their \some/ images. She begaain|an| also to sing as a{n} harlot, \her bishops s living sumptuously &/ claiming appeals from all the world & began beīg called Oecumenical by the Council of Chacedon called the \or/ 3d general Council & heal|d| of all the Churches by the Emperor Iustinian. \Then/ In the times of the fourth Trumpet she was forgotten seventy years, that is during \all/ the wars of yt Trumpet wch began in Sicily &    A. C. 535 & in Italy A. C. 536 & ended A. C. 605, or rather during the afflicti{l}|o|n \& humiliation/ of Rome by those wars wch \humili humiliation/ began with the siege of Rome \& the imprisonment \& depose/ of its Bishop/ A. C. 537 & ended wth the \restaurati /new\/ grant of the universal Bishopric by the Emperor Phocas |A. C. 606 & wth ye grant of the Pantheon by the year of /grant of\ same Emperor the year following for setting \up Idols/ of 70 years|. In all this interval she was dejected & \her honour/ forgotten to that degree that the Patriarch of Constantinople claimed \began to set up for/ the universal Bishopric & was encouraged in his claim by the Greek Emperors till the reign of Phocas. And now by this \at the end of ye 70 years by a/ new grant she turned to her hire & sung as an harlot /of the universal Bpric\ \& by the erecting of Images to the {virgin} & \Virgin &/ Martyrs in ye Pantheon & wch she did \everywhere// {ye} propagating their worship \by means of the universal Bpric;/ she returned to her hire & sang as an harlot & began to commit fornication with all the kingdoms of the \[Roman]/ world upon the face of the earth. spreading her religion claiming a spiritual dominion of over all nations And hen

<40r>

It has been the custome of all nations to appoint \courts of justice/ Iudges in all \all their/ Cities & every bodies politi \Provinces/ for the administration of justice & the Iews te unanimously ascribe this practice to \a/ one of the six precepts given by God to Adam after the fall \& this custome is so ancient yt ye Iews derive |i|this custome from {{illeg} torch} Adam/ These judges are being chosen out of the old men of the cities who by experience had gaine & the course of their lives had gained a reputation for prudence wisdome & justice were generama{illeg}|by| the eastern nations \people of Israel/ called Elders . Such were the Elders of Succoth (Iudg. 8.14) from their age & rulers f & Iudges from their authority & office. Such were the Iudg Elders Moses instituted in Israel when by the advice of \Iethro/ father in law he appointed Such were the Elders of the people of Israel in Egypt, & (Exod. 4.29) & the Rulers whom such were the able men fearing God whom Moses by the advice of Iethro his father in law chose out of all Israel & made heads over the people rulers of thousands, rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, \&/ rulers of tens to judge the people \at all seasons/ & being determin the smaller causes themselves & bring only the harder causes to Moses \Exod. 18.25./ These Rulers \even/ while Israel was in the wilders|n|ess composed counsels of Elders the highest of wch was the great Counsel of seventy Elders set over all Israel Exod 24.1, 14. And after the Conquest of Canaan these rulers became the Elders of cities composing councels wch \usually/ sat in the {illeg} gate of the city, that is, in a large room in the building of the Gate, & \or some other convenient place/ t|w|here they had |an| places of worship \altar/ \a place of worship with proper ministers to perform it/ whether by sacrificing or only by prayer praise & thansgiving {sic}. And such courts of Iudicature are in the old |were the Iudges appointed by Iehosaphat in Ierusalem & all the cities of Iudah. These courts wth their places of worship are in the old Testament| testament before the Babylonian captivity called High Places, & the great court of 70 Elders |with the Tabernacle| was the great high Place. So when the Tabernacle So the S|F|or when the Tabernacle of ye Lord was in the high place that was at Gibeon & Zadoc & \the high Priest & his brethe|r|en/ the Priests were appointed to a by David to attend there & offer burnt offerings \upon the altar/ morning & evening according to ye law of Moses & the Levites also to attend \give thanks there/ with musical instruments (& give thanks 1 Chron 16.39, 40) its said that the great high place was in Solomon went to the high Place at Gibeon to sacrifice there;|,| for that was the great high place (1 King. 3.4. 2 Chron 1.3) that is the place where the hight|e|st court of judicature sat \& the highest \worship/ was paid to god/. In like manner the ancient heathens had their high Places \courts of gro/ /counsels\ & sacrificed where the counsels met, & in imitation of the heathens the Israelites sacrificed in other high places besides the great one: for wch they are blamed tho they sacrifed to the true God, because they were to sacrifice only upon the altar wch was before the Tabernacle

After the Babylonian captivity of the Iews.

When the Government of the Iews had been ruined by the Babylonian Captivity, & \&/ Ezra by the commission of At|r|taxerxes restored it, \&/ the commission ran thus. And thou Ezra after the wisdom of thy God that is in thine hand, set magistrates & judges wch may judge all the people that are beyond the river all such as know the laws of thy God & teach ye them that know them not. & whoever will not do the law of thy god & the law of the king let judgement be speedily executed speedily upon him whether it be und|t|o de\a/th; or to banishment, or or to confiscation of goods or to imprisonment. And by vertue of this commission Ezra restored the great Council of 70 now called the Sanedrian \Elders sitting in the Temple/, & \also/ the lesser councils {&} of the Elders \sitting/ in th all the cities of Iudea wch councils might not be \consist of/ fewer |Elders| then three nor |of| more then 23. And after the Empire of the Greeks \Persians was/ succeeded by that of the Persians \Greeks/, they called the great Council the Sanedrian from ye greek word {στυν}έδριον \consessus/ & the places where the lesser councils met they called Synagogues |that is congregations,| from the greek word συναγ{ο}\ω/γὴ, \conventus/ because the people of the city came together there to worship.

The synagogues of ye Iews resembled their Temple – – – – – – the b|B|ishops Priests & Deacons in the Christian churchs|e|s had their rise \the Christian Iews who first preached the Gospel forming them|ir|selves \disciples/ into Synagogue/. For the first Christians were|being| Iews & had no other \a Iewish/ forms of Goverment|.| then Iewish. The Church of Ierusalem was the first Christian church & the \12/ Apostles were the first Presbyters \ordeined Iames the brother of our:/ of this Church & \ordeined/ Iames the brother of or Lord the first Bishop of this church & \others they ordeined elders of this Church & the seven Deaco/ the seven Deacons the first Deacons thereof. Iames the brother of our Lord was chosen the first Bishop & others the first Elders & \Stephen & six/ others the first Deacons of this \Church/, the Apostles confirming the Elections. And \For/ when there arose a dispute about circumcision, Paul & Barnabas went to Ierusalem unto the Apostles & Elders \of this Church/ about it And the Apostles & Elders met to consider of the matter & Iames & approved the opinion of Iames & sent men with their sentence to the Gentiles in Antioch & Syria & Cilicia. All wch is to be understood as the act of the Council of the first Christian Synagogue. And its to be <40v> conceived that when the Christians of other cities formed themselves into governments they copie imita did it after the manner of \imitated/ the churches of Ierusalem. For the first Christian Presbyters were Rulers & Iudges in cities |The Elders in the Apocalyps have crowns upon their heads| Titus was to ordein Elders in Every City & the Apostle Paul saith [Let the Elders that rule well &c And again] |& Peter cautions the Elders againsthat by they shold not lord it domineer lord it over Gods heritage & calls himse{lf} an Elder by way of honour & so doth Iohn, & the Apostle Paul saith| Dara|e| any of you having a matter against another go to law before the unjust & not before the saints. And again Let the Elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour especially they who labour in the word & doctrine 1 Tim. v. 17. [By the commission of Artaxerxes the Elders were not only to rule & judge the people but also to teach the law] {I} By the commission of Artaxerxes, Ezra & the Elders were authorised not only to judge the people according to the laws of God & ye king but also to teach the Law to them who know it not, & the same is to be understood of Christian Presbyters. For no man can be fitter to ju expound the law then he who is fit to judg according to it, & no man can judge wthout expounding the law in difficult cases. Christ & his Apostles therefore instituted no new form of \Church/ government but continued the ancien{t} form of government wch was in use among the Iews \in their Sy in their Synagogues/ before his coming. And the Christian Churches are nothing else then Synagogues. The Bishop is the Chazan, the lamp & \the Overseer Angel & or/ candle of ye Lord, \the Angel/ the \\or messenger/ of the Church, the Messenger/ Minister {F}or Prophet of ye Synagogue. The Dean is the \Arch Presbyter or/ Chief ruler of the Synagogue: for the word Decanus signifies the first or chief of the ten, that is of the ten men of the synagogue. The Prebends are the rest of the Presbyters \Elders or Rulers/ who compose the Courts of the synagogue, being called Prebends from the share of maintenance afforded them out the revenues of the Church \for their attendance/. The Chancellour is a Lawyer called in to assist the Court in dei|c|iding controversies according to the laws of the Roman Empire. The And t|T|he rest of the Presbyters are Elders sent from the City \Synagogue/ to instru govern & instruct the villages thereof. of the City. And the Deacons are overseers of the poor. Among the Iews I meet with no other courts of Iudicature besides those of the Temple & Synagogues. The Christian nations converted to ye Christian religion have other forms of government & other courts of judicature for civil causes, & the Chancellours of the courts of the synagogues have incroached into their own hands the judiciall power of the board of the board of Presbyters in causes spiritual, so that P the Presbyters have long since lost all their authority. & |The Deacons have left their duty to the overseer of the poor & the| remain nothing more then bishops Chaplains [the name of Presbyter is now given to Bishops Chaplains.] & \Vniversities are ere/ in the room of the school of the \Christian/ Synagogues are erected Vniversities \changed into/ fallen & supplied by Vniversities. The duty \Office/ of the Deacons \is also gone from them, being/ performed by the Overseers of the poor & Vniversities are instituted instead of the Schools of the \Christian/ Synagogues .|a||re fallen & Vniversities are erected in their stead.|

<41r>

There was also a Doctor ot or Master of a School for instructing young men For evey {sic} Synagogue had a school annexed it|o| it, & the Elders by the laying o{illeg} ceremony of laying their hands upon them \Master/ gave him authority to teach. \Such a Doctor was Gamaleel the Master of the Apostle Paul./ \[Editorial Note 30] [And the Iews conceive that these Doctors Teachers &/ These Doctors were in great reputation, being sometimes Prophets & the Paul, These Doctors \or teachers/ & their disciples seem to have been \were/ anciently called Prophets & Sons of the Prophets{.|,| F}{,|.| } as where mention is made of the sons of the Prophets at Bethel (2 King. 2.2) \&/ at Iericho (v. 5) & at Ie of the wives of the sons of ye Prophets (2 King. 4.1) & of the sons of the prophets who dwelt with Elisha (2 King. 6.1 & 9.1.) For expounding & teaching was anciently & of the Prophets slain by Iezabel & the 100 prophets hid by Obadiah in a cave.] And [Editorial Note 31] 3 s|S|uch d|D|octors were the Princes & Priests & Levity of Iudah whom Iehosophat sent to teach the law \to the people/ in all the cities of Iudah. 2 Such Doctors Ezra appointed \appointed/ to teach the law of G by the commission of Artaxerxes to teach the law of God to them that knew it not. And 1 Such a Doctor was Gamaleel the Master of the Apostle Paul. 4 And the Iews reccon that such Doctors were anciently called Prophets & their se disciples the sons of the Prophets, So when \as in/ the 2. King. 2.2, 5 & 4.1 as where mention is made of the \100 Prophets hidden by Obadiah :|1| & of ye|King 18| 13 & of ye/ sons of ye Prophets at Bethel & at Iericho \fifty of wch being strong men went to seek Elijah/ (2 King. 2.2, 5, ) |6)| & of the wives of the sons of the Prophets (2 King 4.1) |& of the Prophets {out}{cut} slain by Iezebel & the 100 Prophets hidden by Obadiah| And so the sons of the Prophets who dwell at wth Elisha th (2 King. 6.1) the Iews conceive to be the disciples of Elisha, & the building where they dwelt together to be the school in which he taught them. 2. King. 6.1. {t} wch And \by/ the prophets who over whom Samuel was appointed at Naioth in Ramah the Iews understand the disciples of Samuel in the school \belonging to {of} {Ra}|th|e high Place/ at Ramah, taking Naioth for the school {in} |belonging to| the high Place at Ramah taking the word Naioth for a publick school. 1 Sam. 19.18, 19, 20, 23.

<41v>

Chap.
Of the Temple & Synagogues of the Iews.

This sealing alludes to a tradition of the Iews that upon the day of Expiation all the people of Israel are written in the book annually sealed up \yearly/ in the books of life & death. And so when ye Apostle Paul tells speaks of the saints being sealed he alludes means that they are sealed up in the book of life.

The inner Court or Court of the Priests were two equal squares

And therefore the Iews to this day in going home from the sȳagogues on the 10th day of the seventh month, say to one another, God the creator seal you to a good new year. [34] For The Iews in their Talmud [35] tell us that in the beginning of the new year \beginning of every new year or first day of the seventh month/ three books are opened \in judgment/, the book of life in wch the names of those are written who are perfectly just, the book of death in wch the names \of those/ are written of those who are Atheists or very wicked, & a third book of {in} those who|se| are partly just & partly unjust, {illeg} & \wh them who who/ are not \sins may be expiated/ \judgment is in suspense & who \therefore/ are not/ written in the books of life & death till the day of Expiation. {T} And The first ten days of this month they call the penitential days & all these days they fast & pray much & are very devout that |on the tenth day their sins may be remitted & they on the \10th/ day of Expiation & these which \day/ is therefore called the day of Expiation & that| they may be |yn| written in the book of life. And upon the|is| tenth day |of ye month| in returning home from their synagogues they say to one another, God the creator seale you to a good year. For they conceive that the three books are now sealed up fo & \that {illeg}/ the sentence of God remains unchanged all the|at| \henceforward to the end of the/ year. {illeg} \And in the same sense/ And to this sealing in the day of Expiation Iohn seems to allude in this prophesy. And the same thing is signified by the two goats [one of wch called the lot of Azazel is sent into the wilderness loaden wth the sins of the people & the other called Gods lot is sacrificed.] upon whose foreheads the High Priest days \yearly/ in the day of Expiation lays the two lots inscribed For God & For Azazel.|.| |Gods lot signifying the people who are sealed in their forehead wth ye name of God.|

\The servants of God being therefore sealed in the day of Expiation/ Conceive that the four Angels wch {in}|ho|ld the four winds, were the first four of the seven

<42r>

Damasus is said to have decreed in a Roman Council that tiths & tenths should be paid upon pain of an anathema, & that Glory be to the father &c [to ye Son & to ye holy Ghost as it was in the beginning & ever shall be.] |should| be said or sung at the end of the Psalms.

Pope Innocent I in his decretal Epistle written to Decentius claims authority over these Chur represents that none but Peter & his successors insti instituted Churches in Italy Gallia Spain France Spain Afric & Sicily & the Isles between &

Pope Innocent {D} I in \the 3d edicte of chapter/ his decretal Epistle to Victricius bishop of Rouen in France A. C. 404 ordeins thus repeats \in pursuance of/ the sentence of the Council of Rome & the edict of Gratian thereupon, So mak|d|es this deg|c|ree. Siquæ autem causæ {.} . . . . Episcople referatur.

And in his decretal epistle to Decentius bishop of Eugubium in Italy Umbria |A. C. 406| he represents that none but Peter & his successors instituted Churches in Italy France Spain Afric Sicily & the Isles between & therefore all those countries out|g|ht to follow the traditions of them Church of Rome as the head of their insti\tu/tion. Yet I do not find that the Africans \Churches/ submitted at this time. For before And But a few ye in citing the Nicene Council for this authority, one of his successors a little after found himself mistaken was discovered upon consultin by the African Churches upon consulting the Acts of the Council to be mistaken. The Canon wch he cited was not the Nicene a Canot|n| of the Serdican Council not of the Nicene. The Council of Nice gave him the primacy in point honour that of Serdica gave him the supremacy in power|;| \&/ the Councils of Biters, Millain & Aquileia baffled the Serdican decree {illeg}& in respect of the Eastern Churches {: :} the Counc b|B|ut in respect of the western \churches/ the Bishop of Rome either retained so much authority of the authority conferred upon him by tha|e|t Council \of Serdica,/, as by means thereof to make the defection \above mentioned/ from the Church Catholick in the reign of Valentinian & Valens & to reign ever since over the western Churches of Europe. & some The kingdoms of the barbarous nations {re} soon after erected in the west gave him some check to \clouded/ his greatness for a time: but those kingdoms as|t| fast as they became c|l|ength became Roman cahtolick & at their conversion submitted to his power.

The homousion of the Gnosticks.

The Against witches & walking spirits.

Of Moncks & their superstitions

Of mystery of iniquity & man of Sin.

Of some shall depart from ye faith.

Of changing the significations of words

Of metaphysicall interpretations

Of the two Witnesses.

<43v>

And by all this|e|se you things you may understand that during \{al}/ the reign of Valens there was a very sharp contention in all the east about the Deity & worship of the holy Ghost For Sozomen also tells us that the question was moved at this time, whether . . . . . . . the end, that is all the homousians {soon} agreed amongst themselves \in or soon after the year 373 in wch the Pope wrote them as above, \or soon after// For the Emperor Gratian c \For/ after the death of Valens wch happened A. C. 378 the Emperors Gratian & Theodosius established the Roman faith in all the east.

For Valens die was slain A. C. 378 9 Aug. A. C. 378, & then Gratian . . . . Ghosl|t|, it being represented \strongly opposed as/ a polythesitical innovation against the Creed & the opposers being called Arians for opposing it. — seats & that ll men all men except the Eunomians Photimians & Manichees might assemble freely in their Churches, & sent Sapor master of the hors into the east to put this . . . . . . . before mentioned by before. And this now the free preaching of the Deity of the holy made ye|yt| great commotion wch is thus mentioned by Greg

② About a year & six \or seven/ months after the death of Valens the East new eastern Emperor Theodosius put out by the following Edict commanded all to be of the religion of the Church of Rome & that those of this religion \faith/ should be called Catholick Christians & the all{o} the rest hereticks

Imppp. Gratianus, Valentinianus & Theodosius AAA
ad populam Vrbis Constantinop. [36]

Cunctos populos . . . . . Coss.

Thus the name of Catholick Church was trans by Imperial authority translated from the primitive Church to that of the \new/ Church of Rome |&| all those of her communion being by the law henceforward by ta|h|is Roman law of the Roman Empire called catholick Christians, we we {sic} must be allowed by t to make the Roman Catholick Church as old as this law.

And we are confirmed in this opinion by another law of the Roman Empire whereby the bishop of Rome was \at this time/ created universal bishop{,|.|} & by For by his being made \created/ universal bishop o \&/ all thi|o|s{e} under his dominion \jurisdiction/ were \thereby/ created Papists. For \upon a letter of/ \at ye request of/ the Council of Rome:

①At this time pope Damasus called {a|a|} Council at Rome against the Arians & others of wch there is this mention in the \synodicall/ book of Sȳods. Valente defuncto Gratianus – – – – – – omnibus persuasit.

|| \{V} For at the request of/ The Council of Rome last mentioned, the Emperors Gratian & V \Gratian & Valentinian/ put forth this Edict. Volumus . . . . . . integretur. The|i|s edict being made without Gratianus et Valenti{n}. A A, – Aquil{illeg}tio This edict was made by the Emperors Gratian & Valentinian The title of t|T|his Edict wanting the name of both Valens & Theodosius \in the title/ was made in the time between their reigns.

This Letter is recorded by Theodoret & being sent to not to The Antioch & there \being {illeg}/ approved by the Council of Antioch above mentioned, put an end to the disputes abovementi /among the homousians.\

At that time the bishops returning from banis \being {s} being set at liberty to/ returning to their seats, met in a Council |at| at|n|tioch to consult of their affairs & sent Legates to the several Churches Provinces settle their|m| affairs in the several Provinces & create bishops in the cities where they were wanting. Gregory was s went to the Churches of Arabia, Eusebius of Samosat to ye churches of Syria & Mesopotamia, Gregory Nazianzen to Constantinople & Me Sapor delivered the Church of Antioch to Meletius, & Peter

The bishop of claimed authority also over the Churches of Afric. For in the year 386

|And| This was the beginning of decretal Epistles. For this is was t{h} Epistle to Himmerius was the first Pope Liberius \in the reign of Valentinian/ upon making a defection from the Church Catholick, wa pr wro sent general decrees to |ye| Province|s| prohibiting in|&| therein & amongst other things prohibited the rebaptizing of the Arians. What decrees Pope Damasus made I can give no certain account. |Pope Damasus &c| But the first decretal Epistle now extant is this of Damasus to Syricius to Himmerius.

<44r>

the place for ye music of the Temple. For they sung a new song before the throne & before the four b|B|easts & before the Elders \& by consequence in ye middle of the Temple/ & Iohn heard a voice from heaven as of many waters & as of a great thunder & the voice of harpers harping with their harps. An All wch is description of the musick & singing in the Temple. [|I|ohn standing at before ye Temple at ye eastern gate of ye outward Court would see them standing as it were upon the brazen sea \& upon the Altar/ & therefore in another vision they \Iohs/ are said to stand \as it were/ on the sea of glass mingled with fire that is \mingled/ with the fire of the Altar while they \& s|t|o/ sing the song of Moses & the Lamb. \For/ The song of the Lamb is that song wch the Lamb sang with ye 144000 \sang with the Lamb/ on mount Sion; |.| \This song they sang/ for their spiritual victory wch the{y|y|} a {bst} got by not receivin got \the|y| 144000/ \had newly gotten/ over the b|B|east & over his image & over his mark & ye number of his name by refusing to worship the Beast & his Image & to receive his mark & ye \name &/ number of his name at that time when they were sealed. For this is such a victory as in all the Epistles to ye seven churches is called overcoming.

Much after the same manner you are to understand that the Lamb in form of an Angel with the book open in his hand stands with his right foot on ye sea (that is on ye Sea of glass) & his left foot on ye earth. For this Angel represents ye High Priest standing upon a Pulpe|i|t \in ye day of E{xpia}tion upon/ an elevated place be without the East Gate of the Priests Court while & reading the law to the people while \the Heifer &/ the Goat wch was the Lords lot were burnt|i|ng without the Temple.|e| as was the practise. The H The brazen Sea standin stood between the Temple & ye Altar not in a right line but a little inclining to ye south & so would \might/ appear \behind &/ as it were under the right foot of the Lamb High Priest.

|When an Angel came out of the Temple {&} crying wth a loud voyce to him that sat # {on the} wall of the Abys wch we translate the bottomless pit,| [Editorial Note 32] When the {sic} Ab bottomless pit is opened to let out the Locusts & shut again to keep in ye Dragon you are may understand by it the wide sink \& deep sink or well/ wch went down from ye foot of the Altar into ye grownd & ran out at ye foot \bottom/ of ye mountain \& was by the Iews called {illeg} תהגם an Abyss or deep./. But the pi abyss ous|t| \of/ wch the beast rose rose seems \to/ be rather the sea then this pit \well/ because no mention is made of its opening & shutting, & the Beast rose out of ye Sea & abyss it when this \bottomless/ \it when the bottomless/ pit was shut, & is said to rise \not out of a well but/ out of the Sea.

When the Iohn was \called up &/ carried in the spirit into ye Wildernes to see ye great Whore you may understand that he was called up into ye Temple & carried thence as it were through the deserts of Arabia to see ye City Babylon in form of a Woman seated on s|t|he streams of Euphrates in form of a woman sitting on a Beast many waters on|r| on a Beast by wch those waters are represented.

And thus by having regard to ye form & customes & situation of the Temple & to the \cusomes {sic} &/ manner of worship used therein you may frame a bed|t|ter idea idea of these visions then you can do with considering this|e| scence of th otherwise do \do/ without considering the scene in wch \where/ they are represented.

Another thing

Another thing

For understanding these things, the allusions to history are also to be considered, & they are chiefly to ye coming of Israel out of Egypt & to the Babylonian captivity. In For ye great city \(the throne wch the Dragon gave to the Beast)/ is spiritually called Egypt |For a Dragon is the type Embleme type of Pharaoh (Ezek. 29. 3 & {illeg} 32: 2) And the Isaiah thus describes the coming of Israel out of Egypt. Art not thou he that hath cut Rahab (that is Egypt) in pieces & wounded the Dragon? Art not thou he that who dried the sea for the ransomed people to passe over (Isa. 51.9). And in the Psalmes the coming of ye Church out of Egypt is thus exprest. Thou didst divide ye sea {illeg} by thy strength thou breakest the heads of ye Dragons in ye waters. Thou breakest the heads of Leviathan in pieces & gavest him to be meat to thy people inhabiting the wilderness. Psal. 74.13, 14. Considering \Comparing/ therefore this many headed Leviathan to ye many headed Dragon, The the woman with a crown of 12 stars will be the church in Egypt & {sic} the|the| child wth the rod of iron is Moses & his rod.| (Apoc 11) & the woman i{n}{s} heaven \wth a crown of 12 stars/ is the Church in Egypt & her child wth ye rod of iron is Moses wth his rod. The child is caught up to {G}|t|he throne of God & the woman flys into ye wildernss that is Moses is exalted to be ruler over Israel & then. The Dragon Pharaoh stood ready to devour ye manchild so soon as it was born, but not with the child was \preserved &/ caught up to the throne of God Israel & Israel fled into ye the Hebrews & they fled into the wilderness |upon Eagles wings| & there Balaam tought Balac to entice them to fornication & idolatry by their weomen. With respect to this allusion the Song of the Lamb is called ye song of Moses, & the great City (the throne wch {the} Dragon gave to ye Beast) <45r> is spiritually called Egypt. Apoc. 11 & 14|5|.

In the other allusion, P the great Whore is compared to Babylon the |idolatrous| city Babylon seated \in the wilderness the/ upon ye many waters of Euphrates. And after the destruction |ye| measuring of ye temple & Altar & them that worship therein & prophesying the two witnesses alludes to the building of the second Temple that is of the \inner/ courts of the Temple & Altar \for the Iews/ while the outward court was left unbuilt for many years & at length became the Gentiles Court. And ye prophesying of the two w|W|itnesses that alludes \seems to allude/ to ye prophesying of Haggai & Zachary at ye building of that Temple{,} |.| & to their being called two Candlesticks & two Olive branches

<44v>

When an Angel came out of the Temple crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sharp sickle & reap; & another Angel came out from the altar who had power over the fire; |,| & cryed wth a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sicke|l|e & gather the clusters of the vine of the earth

<45r>

SYNCHRONISMS.

For understanding these things it is principally \further/ necessary to know in what order of time the several parts of this prophesy are to be read For things wch are contemporary illustrate one another but untill it is known that they are contemporary they make ye Pro confusion render the prophesy mor intricate & confused. No This Prophesy consists of \has/ three principal parts |1| t|T|he i|I|ntroduction , the Proph consisting in Epistles to ye seven churches, The Prophesy of the seales & Trumpets \little book/ & the Interpretation of ye Prophesy. For as Daniel Prophesies have an Interpetation {sic} subjoyned \to them/ so hath Iohns. And in what order of time all these are to be read will appear by the following scheme of ye Prophesy.



In this

The Prophesy of the seales & Trumpets \little book/ consists of three contemporary parts, The first part is of open & each part hath its interpretation. The first part is of the seales opening \opening/ the first six seales & of the sealing \sealing/ ye 144000 & {illeg} sealed & of \saints & seeing/ ye Palmbearing multitude: The second is of ye seventh seal including the Trumpets & Vials \Thunders/ {,|:|} The third is of \measuring or {illeg} building/ the second Temple under the dominion of the Babylonians. |by the inspiration of the little book in Iohns belly.| The interpr first is interpred|t|ed by the vision of the Dragon Woman two Beasts & 144000 on mount sion; The second is interpreted by the vision of the seven Angels with Vials; of w The third is interpreted by the {Wild} \vision of ye/ Whore of Babylon sitting upon \& her/ her Beast. |The first of these interpretations alludes to the| The history of the Hebrews coming out of Egypt, the second to the|at| dedic of the dedication of Solomons Temple, the third to that of the Babylonian captivity, & the rebuilding of the second Temple \& se/.

|ALLVSIONS TO HISTORY|

In the first allusion the Dragon is Egypt, the womain|n|s \crowned wth a crown of 12 stars &/ pained in travail is the Church of ye Hebrews in bod|n|dage |&| the manchild with ye rod of iron is Moses & \wth/ his rod. The Dragon stood before ye woman \Pharaoh/ stood ready to devour the manchild so soon as it was born. The child was preserved & caught up to ye throne of the Hebrews, & they fled into ye wilderness upon eagles wings the Egyptians \magitians & their host of Egypt/ were overcome by Michael, & \&/ the Hebrews \san {sic}g the song of Moses & at the Red Sea/ fled into ye wildernes upon eagles wings & there \& the Hebrews upon the red Sea sang the song of Moses for their Victory over the Egyptians & in the wilderness/ Balaam taught Balac to entice them to fornication & idolatry by weomen. A Dragon \or Crocodile/ was the ancient type of Pharaoh. So Ezekiel [37] calls Pharaoh the great Dragon that lyeth in ye midst of his rivers, & the Dragon yt troubleth the waters with his feet. And Isaiah [38] thus describes the coming of Israel out of Egypt. Art not thou he that hath cut Rahab (that is a[39] Egypt) in pieces & wounded the Dragon? Art not thou he who dried the sea — for the ransomed to pass over And in the Psalms [40] the coming of the Church out of Egypt & making a prey of the drowned Egyptians is thus exprest. Thou didst divide the sea by the strength <28r> Thou breakest the heads of the Dragons in the waters thou breakest ye heads of Leviathan in pieces & gavest him to be meat to thy people inhabiting the wilderness. And that ye seven headed Dragon alludes t|T|o this many headed Leviathan may be g further appear by c the seven headed Dragon alludes; as many further for the great city (the throne wch ye Dragon relinquished to ye Beast) is spiritually called Egypt (Apoc 11) & ye song of ye Lamb is called the song of Moses (Apoc 15)

The second allusion is to the dedication of the first \Solomons/ Temple. For For the Dedication was kept on the seven days of the feast of Tabernacles & in ye beginning of the Dedication |At the feast of the 7th month all i|I|srael assembled to bring ye Ark into ye Temple &c on the morning of th| \& so soon as/ the Priests \had/ brought the Ark into the most holy & so soon as they came out thence & lift up their voice with Trumpets & musical instruments to praise the Lord the Temple was filled wth a cloud (1 King. 8.10, 11, 12) & fire came down from heaven & consumed the burnt sacrifices & the glory of ye Lord filled the house & the Priests could not enter into the house of ye Lord because the glory of ye Lord had filled the house & then they celebrated the De (2 Chron. 7.1, 2.) And then they kept the dedication of ye Altar wth \very/ great sacrifices on ye seven days of the feast of Tabernacles. 2 Chron. 7.8, 9, 10. |And| In allusion to all this Iohn saw the Temple \of ye Tabernacle of the testimony/ opened & seven Angels come out of it in Priests habit & then the Temple was filled with smoak & no man was able to enter into the Temple till the seven plagues of ye seven Angels were fulfilled, & wch & the Angels at \wch plagues were/ ye sacrifices of ye seven days of the feast poured out their Vials or drink offerings at wch ye Angels poured out their Vials or drink offerings.

The third allusion is to ye Babylonian captivity \dominion/ & building of the second Temple In For in ye Prophesy In that captivity Ezekiel was b{e} eat did eat a boo the roll of a book written wthin & without & found it sweet in his mouth & then was sent to prophesy to ye house of Israel |dominion {of|&|} idolatry of Babylon. \& building of ye second Temples/ For the great whore has the name Babylon in her forehead In the Babylonian & sits upon many waters as Babylon did upon the waters of Euphrates, & as the Iews went through the deserts of Arabia to Babylon so Iohn was carried into the wilderness to see the whore. This is And in the prophesy of wch this is the interpretation, In the Prophesy| in captivity & the & Iohns eating the little book alludes to ye like action [41] of Ezekiel in Babylonia & his measuring the Temple & Altar & leaving ye outward Court unmeasured for the Gentiles alludes to the {illeg} building of the \second/ Temple & Altar with their courts & leaving the peoples \outward/ court unbuilt for many years \unbuilt/ & in ye hands of ye gentiles \for many years/ so yt after it was built it was \still/ called ye Gentiles court, & ye two witnesses \in the streets of the great city & where or Lord was crucified./ allude to Haggai & Zechary in th under the dominion of Babylon. And \in/ the interpretation of this Prophesy the stat who prophesied at ye building of that Temple, & the streets of |Beast wch ascends out of the abyss & killeth them is ye whore of Babylons Beast &| ye great city where they l{i}|y|e dead are {illeg} is Babylon.

\KINGDOMS AND CHVRCHES TYPIFIED/

These things being understood \observed/ we are in the next place to know what nations, kingdoms & Churches are \spoken of in this Prophesy/ to be understood by their several types in this Prophesy. A that since the four Beasts are all of of Daniel are all of \them/ still alive, the two last of them within whose countries the Christian religion was propagated are ye subject of Iohns Prophesy & are in that Prophesy represented by the Dragon & ten horned Beast. And the Churches of these kingdoms true & false are represented by the seven candlesticks, the two Candlesticks, the two horned Beast & the Whore of Babylon Woman [wch first appeared in heaven & afterward became ye whor fled into ye Wilderness & became the Whore of Babylon.] For every kingdom has its c|C|hurch & when the national Church is a false one the Kingdom may have two churches a true one & a false one.

<46r>

And as the heathens when they were initiated into the service or worship \religio/ \religion/ of a heathen God were marked wth or into the military service of a king were marked in the forehead or neck or breast or wrest of the hand with the mark of that God or king \(Sedulius in cap, ad Romanos & Salvianus {in} idem cap. ad Rom/, so these Christians \when they/ were initiated by baptism into ye \Roman Catholick/ religion of Christ were ma{k}|r|ked \wth/ the sign of the cross |as the symbol of the Christian religion or banner of Christ (A. {sic}| |Quid est &c| wch sign, saith Chrysostom [42], if it be not made either in the forehead of the beleivers or in the water wth wch they are regenerated or in the oyle or Chrism wth wch they are annointed or in the {wi} sacrifice wth wch they are fe{e}|d|, none of these things are rightly performed. And therefore |So general was the use of this sign & so much religion was placed in it that| they that used |i|this signe opposed it to the ma\r/k of Antichrist. Potest fieri ut sicut nos habemus Characterem Christi, id est Crucem qua signamur, ita habeat Antichristus proprium characterem quo signentur ij qui in eum credideriut Ambros.   Suis dabit [Antichristus] Characterem in dextera manu et fronte nequis dextra sua pretiosam illam crucem pingat in fronte. Author lib. de consumnatione mundi & Antichr. qui falso inscribitur Hippolito martyri. In det|x|teram manum ac frontem insculpturus est [Antichristus] homini characterem hunc suum impium, ne scilicet facultas sit homini dextera se signandi signio Christi Salvatoris nostri, ne rursus in fronte |ullatenus| tremendum sacutissim{u}m s|u|llatenus tremendum sanctum Domini nomen imprimere queat, ne etiam gloriosam at formidabibem {sic} Salvatoris crucem insculpere. Novit enim infelix ill{e} per impressionem crucis Domini potestatem sibi omnem ad emptam iri. Quamobrem signat hominis dexteram quod ea scilicet cuncta nostra membra signemus. Similiter frontem quod illa, candelabri in modum, lucernam lucis, hoc est signum salvatoris nostri in altum præfereat. And a little after: Draco signaculum suum loco signi crucis Salvatoris nostri modis omnibus conabitur imprimere. Ephrem Syrus de Antichristo. See therefore whether this \superstitio/ sign be the mark of Christ or the mark of Antichrist.

Besides the {illeg} veneration of dead men &

At the same time wth the wors veneration of dead men & the supertitious {sic} use of ye signe of the cross, there crept into the Churches consecrating of water & oyle & other things, placing a virtue in things consecrated, praying by & beads, \the cebacy {sic} of the clergy, the placing of religion in abstinence from lawful meats & from marriage/ & many other superstitious ceremonies, or of all wch Austin bishop of Hippo makes this mention. Hoc nimis doleo quia multa quæ in divinis libris saluberrima præcepta sunt minus curantur, et tam multis præsumptionibus sic plena sunt omnia, ut gravius corripiatur qui per {E}\o/ctavas suas terram nudo pede tetigerit quàm qui mentem vinolentia sepelierit — Ipsam religionem sacramentis misericordia Dei quam paucissimis et manifestissimis celebrationum Sacramentis me|i|sericordia Dei esse liberam volut|i|t, servilibus oneribus premunt, ut tolerabilior sit conditio Iudæorum, qui etiamsi tempus libertatis non agnoverint, legalibus tamen sarcinis, non humanis præsumptionibus subjiciuntur. Augustin. Epist. 119 ad Ianuarium.

And least you should think all this to be excusable seing the people still remained Christians: heare what de opinion the ancienter Christians had of these times before they came to pass. For Cyprian bishop of Carthage thus describes the Antichrist wch|h|ose coming was then expected. Cavenda sunt autem . . . . . . . . . . . frustrentur. Cyprian. de unitate Ecclesia.

tanquam ipse sit templum Dei, quod est Ecclesia: sicut dominus sedet in amicū id est velut amicus. Augustin. de civit. Dei l. 2. c. 19.

<46v>

Quid est quod omnes noverunt signum Christi nisi c|C|rux Christi? Quod signum misé froutibus adhibeatur sive frontibus credentium, {illeg}|sivé| ipsi aqu{æ}|{a}| qua regenerantur sive oleo quo Chrismata|e| unguntur, sive sacrificia|o| quo aluntur, nihil eorum vite perfi{c}itur. Augustin Tract 118 in Evang. Ioan. Crucifixus noster Crucifixus noster a morte surrexit et cœlos ascendit; crucem nobis in memoriam suæ passionis reliquit, crucem reliquit ad sanitatem. Hoc signum præsidium est amicis, obstaculum est inimicis. Hujus crucis mysterio rudes cati|e|chizantur eodem mysterio fons regenerationis consecratur. Ejusdem crucis signo per manus impositionem baptizati dona gratiarum accipiunt. Cum ejusdem crucis charactere basilic{æ} dedicantur, altaria consecrantur, altaris sacramenta cum interpositione dominicorum verborum conficiuntur, sacerdotes & Levitæ per hoc idem ad sacros ordines promovetur, et universaliter omnia ecclesiastica sacramenta in hujus virtute perficiuntur. Augustin. {in} De Sanctis Serm. 19. [sen de Annunciatione serm. {c 1} 3.]

And as this {illeg} mark was \sign or mark/ wch at first was used innocently only to degenerated into superstition{illeg} & became the badge & mask of ye Roman Catholick religion & succeeded in the room of the marks of the heathen {religion religious} Gods \a charm & in the room of the Marks of the heathen Gods was readily received by the/ heathens who set up the worthi deified the Martyrs so some of these Chri new Christians tell us that this mark was to be succeeded by the mark of Antichrist. Suis dabit [Antichristus] charactem . . . . imprimere. Ephræm Syrus de Antichristo. This mark is therefore amongst the Roman Catholicks, what the marks of the heathen Gods were amongst the heathens & what the mark of Antichrist was to be amongst the Antichristians.

At the same time wth the veneration \invocation/ of dead men & the superstitious use of the sign of the cross & & the consecrating of all things with it & placing a vertue in things so consecrated came in the [Editorial Note 33] 3 celibacy of the clergy, the 2 consecration of virgins the 4 praying by beads, the 2 1 absteining from lawfull mea placing religion in abstinence from lawful meats & from marriage & great number of other superstitions of wch Austin bishop of Hippo gives us \makes/ this accoun general account mention. Hoc nimis doleo – – – – ad Ianuorium.

– by ye saint-worshippers & succeeded in ye room of the marks of the heathen Gods: so some tell us that this mark was to be succeeded – – – Antichrs|i|stians.

Pope Damasus tells us

<47v>

Vpon this inscription Baronius makes this observation. Reperitus in antiquis inscriptionibus Damasus pro unione sanctæ Ecclesiæ nuncupasse vola Martyribus quæ et persolvit ubi Romanus Clerus relicto schismatico Vrsicino, Damaso conjunctus est. [43] Whence it should seem that Damasus made this vow to the Martyrs The schism therefore upon wch Damasus made this vow to the Martyrs was made at the Election of Damasus in ye Bishopric of Rome A. C. 367.

Ambrose who was made Bishop of Millain A. C. 374 & died A. C. 397, in the his end of his Preface \conclude his/ second prayer with this invocation. Et ut efficax sit \hæc/ mea sit deprecatio, beatæ Mariæ virginis suffragia peto – – – – Apostolorum intercessionem imploro – – – – Matyrum preces deposco – – – – Confessorum orationes expostulo – – – – Talium domine Deus preces nunquam spernis si ut pro me exorent ipse inspiraveris. And in his serv|m|on [44] on the Martyrs Nazarius & Celsus – Suet his|c| [Martyr Nazarius] Mediolanen suim peculiaris putetur privilegio sepulchri sed omnium est commune suffragij. Ne enim instius urbis charitas proflua et fides avara tantum hæc martyri derogaverit dum sibi arrogat ut solum ega mæenia sua, patrocinij illius beneficia affutura esse crediderit. |representing that the merits patronage of the Martyr was not restrained to the city Millain he adds| Non clauditur loci{æ}|s| quod diffunditur meritis. Invocasti ubi martyrem ubi te exaudit ille qui honoratur in Martyre. – – – – Quæ cum ita sint honoremus beatos martyres, principes fidei, intercessores mundi, præcones regni, cohæredes Dei.

Emphæm Syrus who died in the year 378 has many invocations in See his works. And

These were the practises of the Roman Catholicks in ye last 30 or 40 years of the 4th Century. And by these beg practises the invocas|t|ion & worship was so far established that Theodoreth the Eccle bishop of Cyrus, the Ecclesiastical historian wrote soon neare the beginning of the fift Century |neare the beginning of the fift century| gave this account of the state of things The souls of the triumphing martyrs live in heaven among ye Quires of Al|n|gels; but \and/ the bodies are non|t| every one buried in his own mon severally \singly/ buried in several \single/ monuments, but the citis|e|s towns & villages have divided them amongst them & cease not to confess them salutiferous to infirm minds & sick bodies. And yet |no less do| the governors of Cities & Present|ide|nts of Provinces venerate them; by whos & by using their means of their prayers & intercession with God obtein divine gifts. Therefore in their divided bodies the force & grace | virtue remains intire & their slender & minute reliques have the same virtue | power with the whole, the virtue of the martyrdome remaining undivided. For the grace wch remains vigorous & potent, distributes gifts to them that ask, measuring its b|l|iberality by the faith of them that ask \petitioners/. Theodoret. l. 8 de Martyr. And again: The Lord our God has brought his dead into the Temples instead of your Gods & has made them destitute of glory & inf imp vain \void/ & given their honour to the Martyrs. For instead of the festivals of Iupiter & Bacchus solemnities are perfermed wth a popular festival to Peter, Paul, Thomas, Sergius, Marcellus, Leontius, Antonius, Mauritius, & other holy Martyrs; & instead of that ancient pomp & b filthy obscenity & impudence, there are celebrated festivals modest chast & full of temperance are celebrated [ not smeared wth wine not n made light & dissolute wth wine & feasting & songs laughter, but wasounding wth divine songs & spent in \devoted to dedicated to/ hearing sermons & sending up prayers to God with holy tears & great sighs. ] Theod. ib.

– – nob. puero et Evodio Coss.

And after this they pretended they filled all places with altars wch they pretended to \the fields & high ways with altars/ erected to Martyrs wch they \wch they/ pretended to \be/ discoverd by {b} dreams & revelations: wch \And this/ occasioned the following making of the following Canon by t the |5t| Council of Carthage A. C. 398. Placuit ut altaria – – – – reprobentur Tom. 1. Concil. p. 594

However t|T|he invocations of Saints did not yet in use in the publick worship in Churches was hitherto exercised only in the private at the shrines \& altars/ of the saints & in private devotions & did not yea|t|t make a part of the publick worship: But yet before ye end of the for|u|\r/th Century occasioned the invocation of Christ instead of the father by some of ye Clergy in ye ye publick worship by some of the <47r> Clergy as I gather by this |a| Check given to this prac sort of prayers in the beginning by ye |23d canō of ye| 3d Council of Carthage A.C. 397. {t}|V|t nemo in precibus vel patrem pro filio vel filium pro patre nominet [i.e. ut nemo ad patrem filium preces dirigat, nemo precetur in nomine patris] Et cum altari assistit{us}, semper ad patrem dirigatur oratio. Et quicun si{illeg}|b|i preces aliunde de [quam ex probatis formalis] describit[|]| non eis utatur quam nisi prius eas cum instructionibus fratribus contulerit. Origen describes at large in his booke περί ἐνχῆς how all prayers were to be directed to ye father in ye name of ye Son. [The Co first Council of Constantinople decreed that Glory should be given to ye Holy ghost & from thence forward the Doxology g|G|lory be to ye father & to ye Son & to ye Holy Ghost was used in ye publick worship. The But \And after this/ the invocation of Christ & ye Martyrs being not yet decreed by any General Counce \others besides the father creeping into/ creeping into the Churches without the authority of any Council, this Council of Afric thought fit to put so] The Doxology was changed began to be changed in ye reign of Valentinian & Valens & {sic} the C change was co estab as confirmed by the

With the invocation of Saints came in ye invocation of the Son & Holy Ghost in opposition to all wch [& to prevent these invocations coming into the prayers at the altar] & when these invocations \got into private devotions &/ were creeping into the prayers public prayers the {illeg}|t|hird Coucil {sic} of Carthage \A. C. 397/ opposed the innovation by this Canon [45] Vt nemo in precibus vel patrem pro filio vel filium pro patre nominet. Et cum altari assistitur, semper ad patrem dirigatur oratio. Et quicun si preces aliunde describit, non eis utatur, nisi prius eas cum instructioribus fratribus contur|l|erit. The doxoligy of the Holy Ghost was decreed by ye Council of Constantinople A. C. 381 but no Council had yet decreed the invocation of any other then the father.

And as the miracles attributed to ye reliques of ye Martyrs introduced the invation {sic} of the saints so the miracles attributed to ye reliques of Christ & signe of ye Cross, introduced ye promiscuous use of the names of the father & Son in prayer |as if it were indifferent whether they prayed to the father of to the son, for God's sake or for Christs sake or for Gods sake| & therefore ye 3d Council of Carthage for preserving the characters & properties of the persons decreed in {y}|th|eir 23 canon Vt nemo in precibus vel patrem pro filio – – – contulerit. It seems there was not yet any common form of prayer injoyned, but every Presbyter used such forms as he liked & therefore the Council by this Canon \for preventing the corruptions wch were creeping in the public prayers/ restrained them /single Presbyters\ from using new forms without good the approbation of \their/ able brethren.

And To And to ye same purpose

And in like manner the Apostle Paul tells us that \so soon as that wch hindred should be taken out of ye way (namely ye heathen Roman Empire) should be taken out of ye way/ there should come an a|A|postasy wch he call|s| the Man of Sin & the son of perdition ,|&| which \that this Apostasy/ should be reveled & appear with all by a strong delusion with all power & signes & lying wonders & with all deceivablness of unrighteousness so soon as that wch hindred \(namely the heathen Roman Empire)/ should be removed taken out of the way. And what it was that hindred & should sit in εις τον ναον for the temple or Church of God in them that perish because they received not the love of ye truth,|.| & should sit εις τον ναον for ye Temple |or Churh {sic}| of God, or in place of ye Church in th in manner of the Temple or Church of God. And this revolution of a Christian Empire succeeding the heathen & presently degenerating & becoming |idolatrus &| Antichristian being one of the greatest revolutions \revolution/ wch ever happened in the Roman Empire deserved here to be explain described.

This change of the \Roman/ heathen Empire to |The Apostle Paul was no sooner fled into the wilderness then And in ye woman {i}|A|s soon as the woman had brought forth a manchild |&| her child was caught up to the throne of God & she fled into the wilderness & became the Whore of Babylon.|

This conversi{on} of the heathen Roman Empire to ye Christian religion & of & of {sic} the Christian \Roman/ Empire {illeg} ye in the same age to the Antichristian religion \& the division of the Western {sic}art of it soon after into ten kingdoms/ being the of the greatest revolutions wch ever happened, \in this Empire/ deserved to be here described. By antichristian I mean only {a gath} \only/ heretical: for the first Christians called all hereticks Antichristians, In this & meant nothing more by the great Antichrist who great Antichrist then that first heresy wch should \first/ prevail above the rest & grow general. In this sense Iohn tells t|u|s that Antichrist should come & that there were already many Antichrists in the world, that is many forerunners of the great Antichrist \general heresy/. And Cyprian |speaking of the baptism of hereticks in general saith|: hæreticos secundum Evangelicam et Apostolicam contestationem adversarios Christi et Antichristos appellatos, quando ad Ecclesiam venerint unico Ecclesiæ baptimate baptisandos esse, ut possint fieri de adversarijs amici, de Antichristis Christiani. Cypr. in Concil. Carthag. sub finem. So then if the invocation of dead men be hæresy & before the end of the 4th Century grew general, the whole Empire before ye end of that century became what the Apostles & first Christians meant by the great Antichrist. if placing supernatural virtue in [the signe of the cross & \words \figuers/ & ceremonies & reliques & things consecrated {sic}/ things consecrated by {th} & in ye bones & other reliques \or pretended reliques/ of dead men & in prayers & invocations directed to \their/ ghosts or dæons] be sorcery & if the invocation of dead men be idolatry & sorcery & idolatry be heresy if Christian sorcerers or Christian Idolaters be hereticks –

<46v>

Here Cyprian tells you that when the Devil should use his gospel should prevail against the heathen religion & the Devil should see his idols thrown down & temples deserted he \{th}/ should insinuate himself {an} into the Christian churches with & deceive them wth false & specious pretences of religion, & make them \& make them become antichristians under the name of Christians/ < insertion from the right margin of f 47r > &|m|ake them err \& fall away/ & under the name of Christians become hereticks & antichristians < text from f 46v resumes > [when he should be cast do|ut| of th heaven he should \by Michael/ & the manchild be \born &/ caught up to ye throne \he should come down amongst the inh. of ye E & S/ the woman should fly into ye Wilderness & become the whore of Babylon, when the heathen Roman Empire wch letted should be taken out of ye way, there should come an Apostal|c|y called {s} the man of sin & the son of perdition should come with by a strong delusion with signes & all power & signes & lying wonders & with all deceivablenss of unrighteousness in them that perish |& should continue till Christ should destroy him with the breath of his mouth & brightness of his second coming|] When the heathen Empire should become Christian, the Christian Empire should become antichristian. All hereticks are Antichrists & \For/ In ye language of the first Christians all hereticks were Antichrists & the great Antichrist was |nothing else then the great heresy that he {sic}| the great heresy. For Cyprian speaking of ye baptism of hereticks tells us that saith hæreticos secundum e|E|vangelicam & Apostolicam contestationem adversarios Christi et Antichristos {esse} appellatos, quando ad Ecclesiam venerint, unico Ecclesiæ baptismate baptisandos esse ut possint fieri de adversarijs amici de Antichristis Christiani. While the Empire continued heathen there were many Antichrists, that is many he teachers sorts of hereticks \but the Catholick but the \Christian/ Church prevailed against them/; when the Empire became Christian a heresy |{illeg} grew popular| prevailed over the Church & under the name of Christian became the great \catholick/ Antichrist. For if the worship \invocation/ of dead men be \idolatry & idolatry be/ heresy the Roman Empire before the end of the fourth century became herec|t|ic{c}l|{c}{a}a|l, that is, in the language of Cyprian & the primitive Christians, it became Antichristian; & \therefore/ since there was to be but one great Antichrist, this it|s| he. For if the invocatiots|n| of placing supernatural vertue in words & figures & ceremonies & things consecrated & reliques & images & invocations of dead men, be \abominabl{e}{l} actions,/ actions of the same king|d| with the heathen charms & magic & sorcery; |&| if the invocation of dead men be idolatry, & if Christian sorcerers & Christian idolaters be the worst of hereticks, then the Roman Empire before ye end of the fourth century became \very/ heretical, that is in the language of Cyprian & the primitive Christians it became \very/ Antichristian, & the Romans under the names of Catholick Christians became catholick Antichristians. Which change of religion from heathen to Christian & from Christian to {sic} Antichristan being one of the greatest revolutions wch ever happened in the Roman Empire, deserved here to be explained.

<48r>

This Church was \first/ spewed out |o|fr Christs mouth b partly by the separations made by the Woman flying in & two horned beast {{in}{w}|a|}t the flight of the first into ye wilderness & rise of the last out of the earth \by degrees/ First the Woman separated \from the seven Churches/ & left only a fled into the wilderness leaving only a remnant of her seed. The{n} the two horned beast separated from the remnant in rising out of the earth. Then the Dragon \by the instigation of the two/ made war upon the remnant & |by instigation of the two horned Beast| caused all to separate & worship him & the Beast & the|is| Image & receive his mark or name or number except the 144000. The Church from wch these separations were made was that The Churche wch in the latter end of the reign of Constantine [The seven Churches from wch thi|e|s|e| separation|s| was|er||e| made was|er||e| till the end of the reign of Iov Constantius \Iulian & Valentinian/ the Church Catholick.] These In the reign of Constantine the great & latter end \{first} part/ of the reign of Constantius there been \were/ great disputes between several parties of the Church but without a separation The first separation & then [The first separation made from the seven Churches was by the reign of made by the Church of Rome in the reign of Valentinian,. & therefore the Seven Churches continued the Church Catholick till the|is| reign|.| of Valentinian] |T Some parties endeavoured to impose new form articles of faith in new forms of words. The seven Churches labo\u/red against all new forms according to the Apostles rule. Hold fast the form of sound words (2 Tim. 1.13.) that form of doctrin wch was delivered you (Rom. 6.17) wholesome words the words of our Lord Iesus Christ (1 Tim. 6.3) avoiding profane & vain bablings \the words of truth/| The Church Catholick continued entire & undivided untill \& undivided from the days of the Apostles/ untill the reign of Iovian, & all this time was illuminated by the lamps of the seven Churches & then The first separation was made from it by the Church of Rome in the reign of Valentinian as is represented by the flight of the Woman into the woman into the {sic} Wilderness & the next was made from it by the Churches of Egypt & Syria as represented by the rise of the two horned Beast, & then the Dragon \by the/ made war upon the remnant of the Womans seed & caused all to by the influence of the two cause by the influence of the two caused all \the rest/ to separate \& worship the Beast & his Image/ & receive the|is| mark or name or number except the 144000. And by all these separations Christ spewed the Church of Laodicea of \out/ of his mouth|.| & the Saint worshippers set up Thus was the daily worship \of the seven Churches/ taken away & the abominat religion of the saintworshippers w \abomination of/ worship|ing| of dead men set up in the room of it in all the Roman Empire. And this was done at the opening of the seventh Seale. For then it was that the seven{t} 144000 were sealed out all Israel. t|T|hen it was there silence in heaven for half an hour while the t on the day of the great fast while the high Priest offe \offered/ incense with the prayers of the saints afflicted saints in affliction \afflicted saints and the time of there sealing./ Then was the Temple & Altar & they that worship therein measured to signify the demolishing of the a separation of ye people of God from from ye multitude & thereby a the \a/ demolishing of the first Temple &{c} building of a second whose seven lamps \candlesticks/ were the seven Churches of Asia & a building of a second Temple whose outward court wis|a|s given to the Gentiles.

[& vain bablings & oppositions of science falsly so called ( /the words of faith (1 Tim. 4.6)\
[that \wch/ was committed to th{t}r \their/ trust, avoiding profane & vain bablings & oppositions of science falsly so called (1 Tim 6. 20) & not giving heed to commandments of men (1 Tit. 1.14 .|)|

[the words of faith ] (1 Tim 4.6) B And these disputes continued without a separation till the reign of Valentinian.

[the words of faith (1 Tim. 4.6) But notwithstanding these disputes the \these disputes made no separation. The/ visible Church Catholick continued e|i|ntire & undivided from the days of the Apostles to the untill the reign of Iovian. & Some few separ{a}ted even in the days of the Apostles as Iohn represents. They There are many Antichrists by wch we know that it is the last time. They went out from us but they were not of us: for if they had been of us they would no doubt have continued with us but they went out that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us (|1| Iohn. 2.19.) And Iude: These be they who separate themselves (Iude. 19) But these separatists were small bodies of men in comparison of the Christians \Church/ from who|i|ch they separated. And such small separations continued to be made in all times from ye days of the Apostles till the end of the heathen Roman Empire. without endagering the Church till ch|a|tholick till the Church \Bishop/ of Rome separated from her. with his adherents separated from her. Th This \great/ separation was made in the reign of Valentinian & Valens & is represented by the flight of ye woman into ye Wilderness & leaving behind her a \& herein parting   from the/ remant {sic} remnant of her seed wch keep the commandments of God & have the testimony of Iesus. At the same time or soon after the adherents of this Bishop in the Greek Empire \adherents of this Bishops in the Greek Empire, namely ye/ Bishops of Egypt & Syria separate made a separation wch is represented by the rise of the two horned Beast out of the earth. & so And then ye Dragon by the instigation of ye two horned Beast made war upon the remnant of ye Womans seed.

<49r>

When Cæcilian was c{h} created bishop of Carthage by a party & the Church of Afric opposed him in favour of Damatus as a traditor \(whether justly or injustly is not the present question)/: Cæcilian sided with the Pope against the doctrine of the ancient Church of Afric for rejecting the Baptism of hereticks & the Pope mutually sided wth Cæcilian against the Church of Afric who held that doctrice & bein in hearing ye cause would admit no heare no living evidence against Cæcilian: And by this trafi{n}c between the Pope & Cæcilian they set up a set up \promoted/ {illeg} & so one anothers \interest &/ authority in Afric & ruined that Church which of wch {illeg} rejected the Baptism of hereticks & brought in there the doctrine of the Church of Rome.

When Athanasius was |accused of killing Arsenius & breaking a communion cup Chu & was condemned for it| condemnes|d| by the Council of Tyre & by Constantine the great of killing Arsenius & breaking the Communion cup of Ischyrus, & \(whether justly or injustly is not the present question) & when he & his party friends/ appealed to the Churches Pope, so thereby asserting to the Pope appeales from all the world, wch is the universal Bishopric: the Pope in gratitude absolved Athanasius with|out| hearing the cause between him & his accusers, summo or having authority to heare it, & summo hoping by this trafic with Athanasius supported by the \joynt interest of the/ bishops of Egypt & the West to c{o} pro overcome the Bishops of the East & set up his authority over them, he summoned them to a Council at Rome to give an account of their proceedings, wch summons was a claiming the Vniversal Bishopric: & the|o| the Eastern Bishops supported themselves for a time against this innovation, yet the Egyptians & West Italians \Romanists/ ceased not to trade with one another till they {illeg} ruined the seven |seven| Churches of & & made merchandise of their Bishopricks, pretending for a colour that they were Arians \or Semiarrians/ tho in all their Creeds wch are many & large there was & are still extant there is not one word of Arianism to be met with. What t|a|ny of them were in their harts God only knows. In their outward profession We are are to judge of them by their outward profession & if they did not profess Arianism, its malice \& railing/ to call 'em Arians.

& Charles c{on}quering much introd introduced the Roman Liturgy into his kingdom by force & give tiths & Charles compelled his subjects to receive {their} Roman Liturgy & gave tiths to the Roman Clergy, & |throughout his kingdom| & upon a c{o}mmotion raised in Italy at Rome against the Pope went to Rome \to compose it in favour of the Pope/ & w things were when the Popes advers{a}ries expected to have been heard the Pope was in t declared above all humane judicature & in recom{p}ense made Charles Emperor of the West & Charles made the Popes new subjects in Peters p|P|atrimony |& took this oath to the Pope: In nomine Christi spondeo – –| sweare allegiance to him as their Lord. Such was the {T} trafick \trade & commerce/ by wch the Merchants of the e{a}rth grew were made rich & the Woman was nourished, & the Kings of the earth lived deliciously with the Whore.

make {s}way many [. And he shall plant his tabernacle between the seas [the medit{e}rranean & the dead sea, in a place called Harmageddon] yet he shall come to his end [in the battel of God|g|] & none shall help him. For the waters of Euphrates were dried up that the way of the kings of the East might be prepared to the battel of the great day of God Almighty. And the Beast & Kings of the earth or east \& their armies/, were gathered together \the battel together/ by the three Froggs wch came out of the mouths of the Dragon Beast & Fals Prophet, & the Beast & fals Prophet being of one religion was|er|e taken & \for their great wickness/ cast into the lake of fire & the rest being of another religion were \only/ slain with the two edged sword. And the \old Serpent the/ spirit of error wch \reigned in the Dragon & deceived them {sic}/ deceived them was cast into the bottomless pit.|,| the same bottomless pit out of wch it arose with the Locusts, & the {t} pit wch was then \unlocked &/ opened to let out the Locusts. |which the sam pit wch had been unlockt & stood opened to let out this \errors {illeg}/ spirit with \of/ the Locusts the spirit of error of with this \darness with/ the Locusts Locusts| & stood open till this battel, \but/ was now shut again & the Dragon locked up in it. for the same Spirit \of error/ \old Serpent/ /same spirit {of} error & darkness\ to be cast into it & shut up & locked up \again/ as before again for a thousand years.

<50r>

Of the two Monarchies.

1. In the language of Prophesy Beasts are put for nations & kingdoms & their several parts for the analogous parts of the kingdoms, as their heads for the governing parts, their horns for the military powers, their wings for their armies & people wherewith wch th governments where wherewith they move themselves & on wch they stretch over nations, their bodies for the common people, their flesh for the riches their bones for the fortified cities & strong holds, their teeth nails & hoofs for bands of soldiers such as are Legions squadrons regiments & companies, & the number of head horns or wings of any Beast for the number of governments dominions & particular kingdoms in that beast. /& sometimes for the number of nations or Provinces reigning successively.\ |& the life for the of the Beast for the continuance of the nation even after its dot dominion is taken away.| And because shortlived Beasts are put for long-lived kingdoms the days of |ye| Beasts are put for the years of \the/ kingdoms.

In \The prophesy of the scripture of truth is a commentary upon/ the vision of the Ram & He-Goat \& in thi|e|s/e\ Visions/ Danil comprehends o the {illeg} times of all the great Empires from his own days to ours \& distinguishes them into the reigns of two general Empire represented by the two Beasts./. The Ram comprehends the reign of |ye| Medes & Persians & the Goat the reign & affairs of the Greeks ever since. their con{o} the reign of the Persians. For Daniel tells us that the Goat Ram had two horns & the two horns were high but one was higher then the other & the higher came up last & that the Ram having two horns are the kings [that is the kingdoms] of Medea & Persia. The first horn therefore is the kingdom of the Medes & the second is the kingdom of the Persians. And therefore the reign of the Ram began at the fall of Nineveh, & rise of the \contemporary/ kingdoms of the Medes & Babylonians out of the ruins of the Assyrian Empire. \6./ Daniel tells us further that the rough goat is the king of Greece (that is the kingdom,) & the great had a notable horn between his eyes & smote the Ram & brake his two horns & cast him to the grownd & stamped on him & grew waxed very great, & {illeg} when he was {w} strong the great horn was broken & for it came up four notable ones towards the four winds of heaven & that th{et}|at| first horn being broken whereas four stood up for it four kingdoms shall stand up out of the nation but not in his power. The first \horn/ is therefore ( not the person of Alexander the great (for his person was not succeeded by four kingdoms) but the kingdom of the Greeks during the reign of Alexander while it continued in a monarchical form, that is during the reign of Alexander the great & \& his brother/ Philip Aridæus & young \sons/ Alexander & Hercules, & the four conspicuous horns are the four \great/ monarchies into wch the whole monarchy brake at the death of young Alexander & Hercules that is the southern monarchy of Egypt Libya & Ethiopia under Ptolomæus Lagi the northern eastern monarchy of Babylonia \Mesopotamia/ Assyria Media & all Persia as far as India under Seleucus, the northern Monarchy of Syria \Cilicia Cappadocia/ & the lesser Asia under Antigonus & the western monarchy of Me|a|cedon Greece & Epire under Cassander. These kingdoms {Dan}iel describes again in his prophesy of the scripture of truth, saying that a mighty {king} shall stand up [Alexander the great] that shall rule wth great dominion & do acco{rd}ing to his will & when he shall stand up his kingdom shall be broken & shall be divided towards the four winds of heaven, but not to his posterity. The great horn between the eyes of the Goat was therefore not the person of Alexander but his kingdom & it was broken not at his death but after but after the reign of his posterity \sons/ \young/ Alexander & Hercules, & by consequence into the kingdoms abovementioned. And Daniel adds that his kingdom should His captains were at first only governor{s} of Provinces \under Philip & Alexander young Alexander/ & did not put crowns on their heads till after the death of those kings. A{nd} Daniel adds that his kingdom should be pluckt up for others be{si}des those, that {is} for some others of less note, such as were the kingdom of Thrace under Lysimachus s|i|n Thr{ace} {illeg} {illeg} Sandrocattus in India.

7. Now as the Goats \Rams/ {illeg} hor{ns} continued both together upon his head after one had conquered the other, & with both standing upon his head till the R Goat brake them <51r> notwithstanding that the Ram brake them was always mona under a single monarch so we are to conceive that the four horns of the Goat continue after they are once risen, continue standing upon his head notwithstanding any changes that the nations signifyed by them may \afterwards/ undergo by conquering one another or breaking into new kingdoms. By the four horns therefore we are to understand the Empire of the Greeks in a divided state from the time that it brake into four great kindgoms. For & when Daniel tells us that the four horns in the latter time of their kingdom when \the/ transgressors are come to the full, a king of fierce countenance & understanding dark sens|t|ences shall stand up, \& his power shall be mighty/ & these words imply that this king is a the kingdom of the four horns is to continue a considerable time but not perpetually for the king of fir|e|rce countenance stands up when in the latter t{i}me of their kingdom & therefore when he stands up their kingdom comes to an end. Which is as much as to say that in the latter end of the divided state of the kingdom |of the Greeks| reigning in several collateral kingdoms, a new kingdom \of fierce countenance/ shall up which shall put an end to that divided state. For Daniel adds that this king of or kn |some considerable time but at length to have an end, & that it is to end when the king of fir|e|rce countenance stands up, & \grows mighty./ Which is as much as to say that the Greeks were to reign in sevall {sic} contemporary kingdoms untill the king of fierce countenance \should/ ro|i|se up & subdued them & thereby become mighty And by consequence this king is the Roman Empire.| of fierce countenance shall be mighty, but no & a king cann or kingdom cannot grow mighty with|out| conquering his neighbours. So the|n| this king of fierce countenance was an Empi \a/ mighty Empire wch rose up \over the Greeks/ in the latter end of the divided reign of their several k contemporary kingdoms represented by the four horns & by conquering them grew mighty & put an end to that divided reign. And such an Empire w was the Roman & none other but the Roman.

W In the Prophesy of ye scripture of truth, wch is a commentary upon this of the Ram & He-Goat, when Daniel had prosecuted|s| the history of the divided reign of the Greeks fr down to ye year of Antiochus from the breaking of the|ir| Empire into four kingdoms unto the year \reign/ of Antiochus Epiphanes [in wch the Romans conquered the kingdom of Macedon & thereby began to stand up over the kingdoms of the Greeks, he adds And after him arms shall stand up. These arms are the king of fierce countenance. & there breaks off {a} in that very year in which the Romans conquered the kingdom of Macedon, & subjoyns And after him Arms shall stand up. And this explains what Daniel means in his prophesy of ye Ram & He-Goat by saying, And in the latter time of their kingdom when the transgressors are come to the full a king of fierce countenance shall stand up. The latter time of their kingdom was when the Romans began to conquer them. Transgressors were come to the full when the High-Priesthood was sold to him that w|{h}|ad most money for it, th & the \sub the/ High Priest set up built a place of exercise in Ierusalem to instruct youth in the h\e/athen customes, & conspired \another his successor/ |& being deposed invaded Ierusalem with an armed force to recover the H. Priesthood & his successor| imployed his brother to sell ye holy vessels, & ma{t}ny forsook ye law & went after ye heathen fashions & one that had been High Priest invaded Ierusalem wth an armed force to recover the highpriesthood & \great/ multitudes forsook ye laws & hear did the followed ye heathen fashions, & conspired with the heathens to set up the heathe take away the s|d|aily sacrifice & set up the heathen abominations in all Iudea. At that time the Romans began to stand up over the Greeks & put by degrees successive conquests put an end to the reign of the four horns & therefore they are the king of fierce countenance.

The arms wch stood up after Antiochus, took away the daily sacrifice & placed the abomination of desolation. And the king of f

Daniel tells us that out of one of the four horns shoul came forth a little horn wch waxed exceeding great toward the south & toward the east & toward the pleasant land.

<52r>

They also created Flavian bishop of Antioch in the room of Meletius |then dead,| & put by F|P|aulinus a friend to the Roman Church for \because of/ \blaming him for/ his discord with Meletius

At these things the bishop of Rome & Alexandria were much offended [ having communicated with Paulinus ] & deriving the authority of their seats from the Apostles by succession. And to subject the authority of the Greek Councils to the Church of Rome — referred to the bishop of Rome. But the eastern Churches stood their g{ro}und till the reign of Iustinian Phocas.

For the Bishop of Constantinople was no sooner made \the second/ Primate next \next/ after the bishop of B|R|ome but he began to {imi}tate \rival/ the Bishop of Rome in dominion, For arrogated to him arrogating to himself the ordination of the Metropolitans of Thrace Asia & Pontus & of \of/ the barbarous northern nations & thereby gaining a \Patriarchal/ power over them. And being got into possession he was established Patriarch o{b}|v|er those Diocesses by this Canon of the Council of Chalcedon – – – – – – grandure of the cities. And Because those Cities were the \two soveraign/ Imperial Cities of the two Empires the bishop Emperors & their general Councils set them|ir| \bishops/ above the rest gave the first place to their bishops. \for the dignity & peace of their Empires/ \gave/ a suitable honour & power to the bishops of those cities And for understanding the extent of the power of the bishop of Constantinople you are to know the extent of {t} barbarous nations over whom he presided. For Nilus

For Nilus Doxapatrius in his book – . . . Gothia [in {in}sula Scandia \mari baltico/ [in the Baltic sea] & Abasgia & Chazaria Iberia & Alania [a large country upon the river Tanais] & great Russia & sent them metropoltains; & Balsamon – – – – that of Thrace

W In the times of the heathen persecutions, & chiefly in those of Decius Dioclesian & Maximinus, the Christians \fled/ in great numbers into the |fled {sic}| out of the Empire {, \&/ |,| \&/} propagated the christian religion among the barbarous nations & & they & |wth| their disciples continuing in subjection \obedience/ to the churches from whence they fled receivd |their| bishops from them. Alania & th The nations between the Eu Euxine & Caspian Seas & upon the river Tanais as far as Alania \inclusively/ received bishops from the Dioc Metropolio|t|an of Pontus & the nations upon the Euxine westward & northard as far as great Russia inclusively received bishops from the Metropolitan of Thrace. For Balsamon in his commentary upon the 18th Canon of the Canon of Council of Chalcedon saith that Alania was under the diocess of Pontus & Russia under that of Thrace. When therefore these Diocesses became subject to ye sea of Constantinople, \the Churches of/ these northern nations became subject to ye same Sea: And in this state the Churches of the Greek Empire continued till first Iustinian & then Phocas t|s|ubmitted them to the bishop of Rome. They continued under the bishop of Rome But this submission continued not long: & |& afterwards in the times of the controversy about image worship the Greek Chuch {sic}| {& whence \after/} the Greek Church separated she |But this submission was but of short contiance {sic} & in the times of the controversy about the worship of images the Greek Church| drew of with her \from Rome first/ Illyricum orientale, so th \& |yn| Sicily \& Corcira {&}/ & Calabria in Italy./ & from that time the Patriarch/ate\ of Constantinople {illeg} equalled that of Rome. |For Doxapatrius &c in {illeg} who lived in the \middl of the/ 11 century| in his book a part of wch was published by Leo Allatius gives us this account of the extent of that Patriarchate in his days

as this law especially since the article of beleiving the \{illeg} Church was {illeg} {first}year/ next year {illeg} er year was in Cried by the second general Council. T|F|or this was the first time that the article \w{or}d of Cath. {illeg}/ was & Herod d

Coynage duty from Scotland — li s d
351. 9. 12
<52v>

And that it was now s|f|ully established is further manifest by the Lette|r| of all the bishops of the diocess o province of Atles to Pope Leo A. C. 450, whe|o| in petitioning

1360 890 1520 136 75 70 628 46 674

And from that time till the invasion of Pontus & Asia by the Turks

After this, th|D|oxapatrius goes t|o|n to give an account of above 700 bishops sub unde{r} the Patriarch of Constantinople. Thus the Bishops of the two imperial cities rivall|e|d one another & grew up at once from being bishops of single cities to be the universal bishops of two great Empires. And if the Christian Churches of all Moscovy be added to the Greek Church the Patriarch/ate\ of Constantinople was the more uni greater then that of Rome. For the Russes continue to this day in the doctrine \faith/ & practise of the Greek Church, & the metropolitan of Moscow who was their primate, was ordeined by the Arch Partriarch of Constantinople till \about/ the year 1588: At wch /that\ time th Hieronymus Patriarch of Constantinople coming to Moscow solemnly resigned his patriarch dignity to the metropolitan of Moscow \that city, & he/ who remains to this day \Patriarch or/ supreme head of Church of Moscovy. And thus the Impe |Imperial seat of| Greek Church is des translated into Moscovy as that of the Latines \Church/ is into Germany. A And \thus/ the northern barbarous nations of Moscovy are become the imperial seat of the Greek Church, as those of Germany are of the Latine.

And it is observable that as the bishop of Rome \in order to gain the universal Bp/ claimed his descent from Peter & called his bishopric the Apostolic sea so the bishop of Constantinople made th |{con}tended for ye un. Bric & recconed his Church founded by| Andrew the apostle. to fe In the \who \was/ firstly called,/ The fathers of the three first centuries often cited the text Thou art Peter & upon this rock will I build my Church, but they did not apply it to the Church of Rome. The prophe Pope Iuluis when he began to claim appeals from all the world began first of any man to apply this text to \support/ the authority of that ch city the Roman Church .|]| The prophesy was fulfilled in Peter when by his preaching the Churches of both Iews & Gentiles were founded, the Churches of the circumcision by his at the first pren Pentecost after the resurrection & ascention of Christ, & the churches of the uncircumcision at the conversion of Cornelius. And Pope Iulius    when he began to claim appeals from all the world began the first of any \man/ to apply it to the any of \authority of the/ Church of Rome. found the universal authority of the sea of Rome upon his text.

The{se} Churches of Rome & Constantinople were rivals also {in} claiming the universal bishopric & in colouring over their ambition by pretenses of religion. If ye Church of Rome claimed under Peter who is named the first among the 12 & called her self the Apostolic sea, the Church of Rome Constantinople claimed under pretended her self to be founded by Andrew the Apostle \who/ was first called converted & called to be an Apostle.

332389,90000 13295596000 44318651300 633123,620 31656∟1800 3,62... 124 744

63123.10. 01300.00. 61823.18. 77,31747. 3865870. 17∟31740. 6350. 38090.

3.017.040)32264.19.200,0000s 367.00000,0000s. 31898.00000,0000s. 33)637960s00000,0000.. 212653,333.00,0000s. 240)19332∟121200,0000s.. 3222,020200,0000s.. 402,752525,0000s.. 19286,5875s.. 1012Gild=20s. 4412=4.4.917.

19333∟12: 490: 18842,12: 3140,35: 3,92,54: 3.18.50: clear of all charges except the interest & duty \of 3/ per cent.

31467.14.10 31656.14.10 63123.18.10 +1300.18.00 0042.18.10 0066.19.12 0109.18.10 64314.10.10

63123.18.00 0109.18.00 63014.10.00 78∟76.15.00pr T 78s0 7675 1535 9210000

1933225000 45.10.0000 19286.11.9000 3214,431250 80∟3607810 721562 4329370

1012=20s. 4412=4li. 4s.9d17= 84s.917 178 00917 102717 =102717

33,143 28532 4,611

21.40s212.10021

10000 108.105 36.35

112.10318717.

187,1428570(172∟1045 56142857(172∟1045 19275,71427(172∟1045 8070,00000(172∟1045 7840,00000(172∟1045 2350,0000(172∟1045 1170,000(172∟1045 5140,0(172∟1045 6620,(172∟1045

36)1027,14300 171,19050 28,53175

1027,143 028532 998∟611

112.103102717.

100,00(944.7 102714,30(944.7 309143(944.7 105805,73(944.7 00800,00(944.7 5000,00(944.7 525,00(944.7 7770(944.7

78.8,7

3.18.9

4.2.412

3757

<53r>

Daniel in his {illeg} of the king of the south & the {illeg} of Egypt & Syria down to ye [reign of Anton{illeg} a vile person Dan. 11.21. {&} And after he had des{cr}{illeg} ag over the king of Egypt \& his return into Syria/ wch happ came to pass A. {C. } {illeg} {b} that th both those kings hearts shall be to do misch{ief} {illeg} at one table but it shall not prosper: for ye|ye|t the {illeg} {illeg} appointed. Then he shall return into his land wth {gre}at riches {illeg} shall be against ye holy covenant. This was fulfilled when Antioch{us} {illeg} return out of Egypt spoiled the Temple as is described in the beginning of ye first book of Maccabees. At ye time appointed he return & come towards ye south but it shall not be as the former or as the latter; For the ships of Chittim shall come against him: therefore he shall be grieved & return & have indignation against the holy covenant: so he shall do he shall even return & have intelligence wth them that forsake the holy covenant. This is that famous profanation of ye sanctuary All this came to pass Anno Iul. Per. 4546 when Antiochus going a second again into Egypt the Roman] pron|f|hanation of ye Temple by Antiochus Epiphanes [For when Antiochus made his last expedition into Egypt & the Roman Legates caused him to return back; upon his return he \spoiled Ierusalem &/ commanded that all should be of one religion & I that ye Iews should Iews I wo{r} & by the assistance used the wo ye Iews should forsake their law & be of the heathen religion caused the Temple to be profaned by the worship of idols set many Iews apostatising & assisting him in these matters.] which he describes in these words. The For the ships of Chittim shall come against him (the se|a|t his last return out of Egypt des wch the Pro Daniel describes in these words. Therefore he shall be grieved & return & have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do he shall return & have intelligence wth them that forsake the holy covenant. Here the \prophetic/ history of ye kings of ye north & south breaks off. For Which is an argument that this For Romans \& the King of Pergamus/ this very {sam} year conquered Perseus king of Macedon Which shes|w|s this to be an extraordinary period. And I take it to be extraordinary upon a double account. First because it was ye {illeg} the abomination of desolation was now set up, For & then because Daniels fourth Beast by ye conquest of the kingdome of Macedon (wch was one of ye four heads of ye Leopard be third beast) began now to rise out of ye sea. T|D|aniel in describing the invasion of Egypt by Antiochus two years before, saith \of the kings of Syria & Egypt/ Both these kings hearts (|(in| the hearts of ye kings of Egypt & Syria) shall be to do mischief (that is against the holy covenant) b & they shall speak lies at one table but it shall not prosper: for yet the end shall be at ye \is still to a/ time appointed. Accordingly Antiochus in his return out of Egypt went up against Ierusalem & spoiled the Temple & now set up the endeavoured to extirpate their religion & set up the abomination but it did not prosper because the time the end was not yet. There was to be another setting up of ye abomination in the time of ye end in wch wth better success in the time of the end. And this is mentioned in ye next words. And after him arms shall stand up & they shall pollute the sanctu{r}ary of strength & take away the daily sacrifice & place the abomination which maketh de of desolation wch maketh desolate This is the abomination of desolation wch Christ speaks of as to come after his days This is ye abomination of desolation wch Christ speaks of as to come after his days. The word מקנן some translate on his part others out of him {;}{:} I render it after him, this \sense/ being justified by a like expression a little f|b|efore Ch. 11. 8 and ye he shall continue some years \where & he shall continue (some) years/ {illeg}המל{ך}{כ} \signifies/ after the king. of ye north.

The Prophet having given a particular description of the Kings & affairs <53v> {illeg} profanation of ye Temple {illeg}{e}{n}s off there & passes from ye {illeg}to the affairs of the Romans wch then rose out {illeg}he passes to the affairs of ye kingdom of Pergamus {illeg}Roman Empire. For the affair the & presently after {illeg} {t}he king {inh}eriting the kingdom of Pergamus bea|c|ame the last {horn} of the He {Goa}t. Eumenes king of Pergamus having great enmity with Perseus king of Macedon went to Rome & sollicited the Senate to enter into war with Perseus & at his sollicitation the Romans undertook ye war & joyntly w|th| Eumenes, {illeg} & upon ye overthrow of Perseus took Macedon to themselves having granted Asia to Eumenes the t Eumenes about 20 years before. But however the kingdom of Eumenes And about 36 years The Kingdom of Pergamus w{e} & \But/ about 36 years after, they succeeded in the throne \of Pergamus/ by right of inheritance D D became lords also of the kingdom of Pergamus by right of succeeding in that throne by right of inheritance. When therefore Daniel saith yt a|A|fter him arms shall stand up, {sic} he means that After \the days of/ Antiochus Epiphanes, {c} the {illeg} {armies} of Pergam Pergamus shou or after the kingdom of Pergamus shoul|all|d stand up in the power of ye Romans, & they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength. The The place is s|b|est interprete The prophesy is the same wth that of \concerning/ ye little horn of ye He Goat. The rough Goat is the {k|K|}ing of Greece & ye great horn between his eyes is the first king. Now that being broken of whereas four kingdoms stood up for it four kingdoms shall stand up but not not in his power & in the latter time of their kingdom when the transgressors are come to ye full (that is when they shall {p} \take away the daily sacrifice &/ set up the abomination of desolation) a King of fir|e|rce countenance & understanding dark sentences shall stand up & his power shall be mighty but not by his own power, & he shall destroy wonderfully & shall posper {sic} {illeg} & destroy ye holy people. This King took away the da{i}{y}ly sacrifice & cast down ye \place of ye/ sanctuary to ye grownd {w} (Dan 8.11) wch came not to pass befor in ye wars of Vespasian against the Romans against the Iews. This And when again when the Greeks in the room of the true worship set up \set worship of/ images in their churches, I do not see but that this \act/ may be as truly called setting up the abomination of desolation as any oth that of Antiochus or \any other of act of the {illeg}/ the heathen|s| Romans fr In setting it up there was a great & lasting d contention in ye Greek Churches. The Emperors Leo Isaurus & Constantius Copronymus opposed the worship of Images \for above 50 years together/. Ie|r|ene \the Empress/ set them up for a while, then \the Emperors/ Michael Curopalata Michael Balbus & Theophilus threw |ym| down Images \& again & forbad their worship/ for 28 years together. But in the year 842 in spring the {illeg}|E|mpress Theodora set them up again with great solemnity & rejoycing & in memory of this act the Greeks kept an annual festival. And this is the last act of setting up the abomination as that of Antiochus Epiphanes was the first.

If we ra reccon the 2300 days from ye first Act (for Daniel tells us that the transgressors were then come to ye full |& calls these days the length of the time of the transgression of desolation to give ye sanctuary & ye host to be troden under foot &|) the days will end in the year of Christ 2132.

And if we count the {2}|1|290 days from the last Act (for Daniel dates these days from the time that ye daily w sacrifice or worship shall be taken away & ye abomination that maketh desolate <54r> set up) the days {illeg} to assert any thing of {tim}{illeg} are other periods earlier periods {illeg} preter.] or in the year before recconing th{illeg} And if we add 45 days more to complete the num{ber} {illeg} blessedness of them that expect will will arive {illeg} 2177 wch is the year of Iubile counting every 50th year {illeg} the year after every seventh sabbatical year to be a y{illeg} Iubile, & beginning the count at ye after ye division of {illeg} of Canaan by Ioshua. And if Daniel is now to stand in his lot {illeg} those who awake out of the dust, & the sanctuary is to be cleansed at the end of {illeg} the |2300| days. the commandment to restore & restore & to build Ierusalem may in order to the cleansing of the sanctuary may go forth in ye year of Iubile |2128.| For the Abomination times & laws must be changed by the littles horn & the Abomination placed \during/ a time times & an half & when God shall or till the year |2102| & when God shall have w|a|ccomplished \[or finished)/ to scatter the power of the holy people then all these things shall be finished.

These numbers I put not as certain (for who can know the times wch God has put into his own breast) but to abate the heat of those men who are upon less probable grounds are constantly dayly predicting ye fall of these times as {sur} m|a|t hand.

<55r>

countenance & understanding dark sentences shall stand up {illeg} shall be mighty but not by his own power & he shall destroy {illeg} & shall prosper & pactise {sic} & shall destroy the mighty & the holy {illeg} &|he| shall \also/ stand up against the Prince of Princes. And in the scriptur{e} {of} prophesy of the Scripture of truth wch is a commentary upon the {illeg} of the Ram & Hee-Goat, after Daniel had described the division of t{he} Monarchy to into four to w towards the four winds of heaven, he describe{s} {the} reign & actions of the kings of the south & north wch are two of the four {kings} & prosecutes the|ir| history down to the reign of Antiochus Epiphanes & there {illeg} |in whose days the transgressors against the holy covenant were come to the full & there{illeg}| off in that very year in wch the Romans \& the kingdom of Pergamus/ conquered the kingdom of Mac{edon} & passes from at that period of time passes from the history of the kin passes to {R} kings |that is the very beginning of the latter time of the four horns or time in wch they {illeg} & leaving the history of the kingdoms of the north & south he passes to| desr|c|ribe the rise of a new kin the kingdom wch should take away the daily sacr{ifice} {illeg} in these words, And after him arms shall stand up & they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength & take away the daily sacrifice & place the abomina{tion} wch maketh desolate. Now by comparing these three prophesies (two of wch are interpretations of the third) its manifest that the little horn, the king of fierce countenance & the arms which stand up after Antiochus \are one & the same dominion/: [that the four horns come to an end & when t |the kings since this horn rose up| this horn rises \rose up/ in the latter end of the kingdom of the four horns & \therefore/ they come to an end upon its rise that by growing \in waxing/ exceeding great it {s} its it is described great above all the former horns, even exceeding great \great eastwar/, evenet great \even/ to ye host of heaven, \& to the Princ/ & the & it could not grow so \very/ great wthout conquering the other horns, it w] that it waxed great above all the other \former/ horns exceeding great eastward & southward & toward Iudea, \&/ great upwards even to ye host of heaven & it could not grow to very great without conquering the other horns, that] are one & the same dominion |& therefore can be no other then the Roman Empire reigning over the Greeks| All three rise up after the four horns, the first Da & third take awa \all three are described mighty/ & grow mighty. The first & third take away the daily sacrifice The first has an host given him in transgression & t wch tran\sgre/ssion is called the transgression of \wch maketh/ desolati|e|on, & the third places the o abomination wch maketh desolate & the second destroys wonderfully the holy people, & the third places the abomination wch maketh desolate |& therefore all three are the same|. The second ri|o|ses \king of fierce countenance rose up/ in the latter time of the kingdom of the four horns & thefore {sic} the four horns when transgressors were come to the full & therefore the four horns came to their end & this end is when transgressors are come to the full & \was/ when the little horn gro|e|ws great, the third r & when transgressors of \against/ the holy covenant a|we|re come to the full: , that is & the third rose after that is in or soon after the reign of Antiochus Epiphanes when \the Romans began to conquer the four horns &/ transgressors against the holy covenant were grown very numerous & conspired wth Antiochus to set up the against it & the Romans began to conquer the four horns. The \to set up the religion of the heathens in Iudea/ The little horn waxed \is described/ {illeg}|gre|at above all the former horns & so were the Romans & they alone. The little horn waxed gr exceeding great, great up to the host of heaven & it could not grow so very great without conquering the other horns It waxed exceeding great towards the south & toward the east & toward the pleasant land, that is it extended its conquests exceedingly <56r> soutward & eastward & towards Iudea, & so did the Rom{ans} {illeg} are one & the same dominion, & that this dominion rose up in {th}{e} {illeg} end \times/ of the reign \kingdom/ of the four horns & therefore {b} waxed rose up {illeg} great by conquering them, |or time in wch they decreased succeeded them & & fe{illeg} it grew up as they decreased & succeeded their kingdom & grew great| & that it grew great above all the fo{ur} horns \all/ exceeding great, great up \even/ to the host of host of heaven & {illeg}conquered far & wide & became too great to be any other kingdo{m then} |that of| the Roman|s| Empire reigning over the Greeks, or to speak more {illeg}ly, the kingdom of Pergamus under the administration of the {illeg}

For the kingdom of Pergamus came out of the kingdom of Ma{illeg} \the {illeg}/ wch was one of the four horns. It was at first a very little {illeg} \only a castle & {illeg}/ It conquered \conquering/ all Asia on this side the mountain Taurus & became gra \became a little horn. & gr{illeg}/ |It was a| very rich & flourishing kingdom \but very vitious. & It was not conquered & destroy{ed} {illeg}/ was at length left \given/ to the Rom{ans} by the last will & testament of Attalus its last & king \so that they may be accounted his successor in the throne of this kingdom/. {&}|A|nd from thenceforward under their administration it grew \was/ mighty but not by its own power. it Vnder their administration it waxed exceeding great towards the south & towards the east & towards the pleasant land conquering \Armenia Mesopotamia/ Syria Egypt & Iudea & the regions, Vnder their administration it took away the day|ly| sacrifice of the Iews, placed the abomination in all Iudea, rose up persecuted the Christians & casting down \{some}/ of the stars to ye grownd, & \&/ set up the abomination of the Mahuzzims, \had an host \or multitude/ in the transgression of desolation/ & continued to the time of the end or last end of the indignation or time of the end. |All these are characters of ye last horn of the Goat & agree perfectly well to the K. of Pergamus| |And| This is particularly to be noted that the {Ch} power of the little horn was mighty but not by his own power. , & \for/ such was the power of the kingdom of Pergamus untill it separated from the Latins & became the Constantinopolitan Empire, & I do not know – – – – – – the two first.

But f|F|or making this still clearer more evident it is to be conceived that all Daniels Beasts are alive to this day. The golden head, the silver breast, the brazen belly & the iron \leggs of the Image/ continued all in being together till the stone cut out of the mountains without hands smote the Image upon his feet & brake the whole Image to pieces at once & the gold iron the clay the brass the silver & the gold were broken to pieces together & became like chaff of the summer threshing floor, & the wind carried them away \together/ that no place was found for them. And \so/ in the prophesy of the four Beasts the three first of them had [Editorial Note 34] their lives /were\ prolonged for a time & |prolonged| for a season \& time/ after their Dominion that is untill the end of the reign of the fourth Beast \had their dominions taken away but their lives were/ prolonged for a season & time. Their dominion \of every Beast/ was taken away when the next Beast arose & c but the lives of the three first wo|e|re prolonged till the end of the reign of the fourth Beast as is manifest by the vision of the Image. And in like manner it is to be conceived that the Ram & \when the/ He Goat continue both of them al smote the Ram {{illeg}|&|} brake his two horns & cast him to the grownd & stamped upon him, \it is to be conceived that/ the Ram had his dominion taken am|w|ay but his life was prolongued & that the Ram & Goat continue both of them alive \together/ till the end of the reign of the <29r> four Monarchies. , became \For/ the Ram is the kingdoms of Me{dia} & the Goat is the kingdom of Greece & the kingdoms of Persia & {illeg} are two of the four Beasts kingdoms \Empires/ represented by the four {Beasts. } |{The} Goat therefore comprehends all the times of the two last Monarchies.|

In like manner a horn may wa continue after its \it has lost its/ soveraign{ty} {illeg} is taken away & its \is/ reduced into a Province \under anothers dominion/. For the f fa|i|rst horn of {illeg} continued after the Medes were conquered by the Persians. & thoug{h} {illeg} |The| Persian Empire was a singl always under a single monarch the \&/ {illeg} the Ram is represented with t|h|is two horns standing together upon {its} head untill the Goa Hee-Goat brake them both as|t| once. And s{o the} four horns of the Goat \notwithstanding any conquests of one another changes they may unders{tand} {illeg} conquering one another/ must be conceived standing together upon {his} head till the little horn comes out of one of them \& their kingdom comes to an end/, And so also th{e} little horn when grown great may be conceived standing upon the Goats head to the end, of his life notwithstanding the {illeg} various al changes it may undergo by wars|r|s,. especially since its power is said to be mighty but not by its own power. , & not other horn of the Goat reigns it is the Goat's last horn.

For \if/ the|is| \other/ power by wch the \power of the/ little horn is mighty, it were \it/ the power of any horn of the Goat, that horn ought to be |Greek kingdom of the Greeks that kingdom would be a horn of the Goat & that horn wold be| the biggest of all the|is| horns. of the Goat And therefore since the Goat has no such horn, that power must be the power of some other nation & the li power of the little horn must be great by the power of some other nation little horn must be a kingdom of the Greeks w{h}ose power is gre mighty by the power of a people forreign to the Greeks.

The four horns reign|ed| till the transgressors are \were/ come to the full (Dan VIII.23) that is till the transgressors of the holy covenant were grown so numerous & wicked as to conspire to tak against it, & by consequence till the days of Antiochus Epiphanes who held intelligence with them that forsook the holy covenant Dan XI.30. 1 Mac. 1.2 Mac. IV. And in the latter time of their kingdom when transgressors were come to the full, the king of fierce countenance stood up (Dan. VIII.23) And therefore the kingdom of the four horns \at length/ co|a|mes to an end & the Goat reigned in the last horn alone when \the|when| the|ir| reign was ended &/ the little horn was grown exceeding the reign of th the Goat reigned in this horn alone & this horn being mighty but not by his own power reigned under a forreign power wch was mightier then the proper power of the Goat, & such a forreign power could be no other then that of ye Romans

For after the \latter time of the/ kingdom of the four horns is expired are we are to conceive that the For after Goat reigns only in his last horn & {t}

For since the last horn {illeg} str king of fierce countenance \is the last horn of ye Goat &/ stands up in the latter time of the kingdom of the four horns, we are to conceive that the \the kingdom of ye 4 hork|ns|ingdom hath a/ latter time of their kingdom \of his reign & therefore/ expires \soon after & comes to an end/ & that after it is expired the Goat reigns \only/ in the|is| last horn & by consequence that his last horn being \then then/ grown exceeding great represents the kingdom \power & kingdom/ of ye whole Goat. For \it/ grew exceeding great towards the south & towards the east & there|for| was a northwest horn & \grew great by/ conquered|ing| \the kingdoms of/ Egypt in the South & Syria & in the & Cilicia in the east wch were two of ye four horns. And The king of fierce countenance therefore when the reign of the four horns expires is the ten whole Goat & his power which grows \is/ mighty but not by his own power is the power of the whole Goat, & the other power by wch he is mighty is the power of a \another/ people divers from the Goat & mightier then he, & such another of power was that of \a people were/ the Romans <30r> & none but they. If this other power had been a|t|he power of any {illeg} it ought to have been represented by a horn upon the Goats head: but not {illeg} represented it must be a|the| forreign power of \another/ nation forreign to the G{illeg} in dominion & by consequence of the Romans.

Now the four horns reigned till the transgressors [against the ho{rn} {illeg} were come to the full (Dan. VIII.23) & when in the latter that is till th{e} {illeg} Antiochus Epiphanes when the transgressors were grown very numerous & consp{ired with} the heathens against the holy covenant (Dan XI.30. 1 Maccab. 1.2 Maccab. {illeg} in the latter time of their kingdom when the transgressors were come to {illeg} the king of fierce countenance stood up \(Dan. VIII.23)/ And therefore this king & the arm{ies} {illeg} stood up after Antiochus answer to one another in the time of their ris{ing} {illeg}

The little horn he is by some taken for Antiochus Epiphanes {illeg} very injudiciously. A horn \of a Beast/ is never taken for a single person. A new ho{rn} is alway {sic} taken for a new kingdom & the kingdom of Antiochus was an old one{. } |He reigned over one of the four horns, & the little horn was a fift under its proper kings.| This horn waxed exceeding great was at first a little one & waxed exceeding great & so did not Antiochus. It is described great above all the other \former/ horns & so so {sic} was not Antiochus. His kingdom was diminished & made \weak &/ tributary by the Romans & \The horn was a king of fierce countenance but & prospered but Antiochus by/ by the Ambassado a meere message from them /Romans\ he was frighted out of Egypt & afterwards routed & baffled by the Iews. |on the contrary was weak & tributary to the Romans & he did not enlarge it.| T The horn was a king of fierce countenance & destroyed wondefully & practise prospered in his practices against the holy people but Antiochus was fright was frighted out of Egypt by a meer message of ye Romans & ba afterwards routed & baffled by the Iews: he plotted a hi Has The horn was mighty by anothers power, Antiochus acted by his own power \power/ The little horn reign The vision of ye little horn \till the cleansing of the sanctuary/ was unto 2300 days that of |& yn| |the sanctuary was to be cleansed.| Antiochus in the|is| first year \of his reign/ granted a licence to the prevaricators to {set} teach the customes of the heathens in Iudea, in the sixt year spoiled ye Temple in the eighth year placed the Abomination & in the eleventh year the daily sacrifice was restored temple was cleansed The times do not agree. \& None of these periods make up 2300 days./ The Iews kept no record \account/ of time by days longer then a month. They counted the \age of the Moon or/ days in a month \or Moon/ & the |Months or| Moons in a year: but {illeg} their months & years were of no certain length; & for Daniel to tell the Iews of an exact period of 2300 \natural/ days when they had no method in use of counting above 30 days would have been |that number, nor could determin natural the number of day by their years & months the number of days in any period of time \past/, would have been| very improper. And therefore days in this prophesy as well as in all the rest of Daniels prophesies are to be understood of years \types of years./ Which being granted the Goat in the ri|e|ign of his last horn can signify nothing less then ye reign of ye Greek nations \of the Greek Empire/ under the administration of \a/ forreign power till the end of 2,300 years.



As the vision of the Goat relates to the Empire of the Greek so the vision of the fourth Beast relates to the Empire of the Latines. The first Beast \wch was like a Lion &/ had eagles wings to represent the contempory {sic} kingdoms of Media & Babylonia. \|And to signify that| When its dominion was taken away its life was prolonged: for Daniel beheld till/ Its wings were pluckt when its dominion was taken away, & then it was thrown \& it fell & falling to the a/ down from \that/ exalted state in wch its kings were worshipped as Gods, & \it was/ made to stand \below/ on the earth \upon the \hand or/ feet/ like a man & mans heart was given to it.

The second Beast wch was like a Bear, raised it self up on one side \to signify that arose/ by exalting the Persians above the Medes. And it had three ribbs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it, as if it was eating them, that is, |the the {sic} imperial fenced cities of| the strong holds & fenced cities {sic} of three \conquered/ kingdoms Sardes Lydia Babylon & Egypt. And they said unto it, Arise, devour much flesh {& the} \that is devour/ the flesh upon the ribbs wch is the or \the/ riches of the \three/ kingdoms For the Medes & Persians were poor people & fared hardly & \were cloathed in/ ware {sic} leather garments untill they conquered those three very rich & flourishing kingdoms. And

<55v>

{illeg} For the four horns reigned till the transgressors were come to the full {illeg}{D}an. VIII.23 that is the \till/ the transgressors of ye holy covenant were ripe for {illeg} suff numerous & wicked enough to set up the daily \endeavour {illeg} conspire to/ take away the {dail}y sacrifice & set up the abomination, and this was t & by consequence till {the} reign of Antiochus Epiphanes, who held intelligence with them that forsa|o|\o/ke {illeg}g holy cove{ne}nant Dan XI.30. 1 Mac. 1. 2 Mac. IV. W And in the latter time of {t}he kingdom of the four horns when the tran|s|gressors are come to the full the king {of} fir|e|rce countenance stands up (& Dan. VIII.23) & therefore we are to conceive

For the little horn came forth out of one of the four horns that is out of the side {o}f one of the four, & so did the kingdom of Pergamus. It cam came forth \grew/ out of the side of the kingdom of the north wch conqu by conquering all Asia minor on this side the mountain Taurus. It was at fort|irs|t only a Castle & by this conquest became a little horn. It was a very rich & flourishing kingdom but very vitious. It was not conquered \& broken/ by the Romans & destroyed like the four horns, but was given to the Romans by the last will & testament of it's last king Attalus, so that they may be accounted his successor in the throne of this kingdom. By that succession it became a began to stand up, \with power/ |stood up with great power| & became a king of fierce countenance || < insertion from higher up f 56v > It stood up with the Romans by congquer in conquering \its troublesom \& dangerous/ adversary/ the kingdom of Macedon & by the last Will of Attalus being united to the Romans it became more \great & more/ formidable, & from thence forward its power was mighty but not by its own power. Under the administration &c. < text from f 55v resumes > & from thence forward its \power/ was mighty but not by its own power \that is, it grew up & became mighty under anothers power./. Vnder the administration of the Romans it waxed exceeding great towards the east \south/ & towards the east & towards the pleasant land conquering \as/ Syria |&| Egypt & Iudea with the regions adjoyning |& with a wing of abominations make Iudea desolate.| |& in abolishing the religion of the Iews & making Iudea desolate| Vnder their administration it waxed great even to the host of heaven & cast down some of the stars to the grownd & stamped upon them: \(Dan. VIII.10)/ those that kn{o|e|}w their God & instruct|ed| the people \being persecuted by him &/ falling by the sword & by flame & by captivity & by spoile many days. Vnder their administration \Dan. XI.33./ \And at length this horn Vnder their administration/ he magnified himself even to the Prince of the host: ho \and he stood up against the Prince of Princes, that is against the Messiah \Dan. VIII.11, 25)/ being/ the Messiah, exalting himself becoming \being/ the king who doth according to his will & exalts & magnifies himself above every God. \Dan. XI.36./ And by him was the daily [worship] t|w|as taken away & the place of his sanctuary [the sanctuary of the Prince of the host \that is of/ the Messiah] was cast down |(Dan. VIII.11)| |the worship of Mahuzzims being set up & in the room of the daily worship, and for| all plac people being for of all religions were \being/ \being/ forb{i}{a}d to worship in other places then the temples of the Mahuzzims & the \{wh}/ places being \where they met were being/ confiscated & abolished. And an host was \or multitude/ was given him in \the/ transgression \& it cast down the truth to the grownd \& he cast down the truth to the grownd// the whole world conspiring with him to set up the {illeg} transgre in the transgression \abomination/ of desolation called here the transgression & \a little after/ the transgression od|f| desolation. And he cast And \it/ the|has| \been/ cast down the truth to the grownd & he \it/ practised & prospered: the \oppressing &/ {so earing} out the saints \who refused to transgress/ & making the world desolate of Gods people & causing causing all \societies of/ men except a very far scattered \dispersed/ people to transgress. And the vision concerning the transgression of desolation to give both the sanctuary & the host to be troden under foot was to continue unto 2300 days, \(Dan. VIII. {12} 13, 14)/ that is unto so many \Iu Iudaic/ years, and to be at the time of the end \(Dan VIII.17.)/, that is at the time when the king of the south pushes at this horn & the king of the north comes against him with many ships{.|,|} |Dan. XI.40| It was to be in the last end of the indignation. Dan 8 \VIII/.19 & 11. XI.36 & by conseequence & to last \continue/ till the sanctuary \shall/ be cleansed \that is till the end of the Iewish captivity/. Dan. VIII.14. It was to continue to the end of the time times & half a time Dan Dan XII.6 & further till God shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people Dan XII.7 that is till \the end of the reign of the last horn of Daniels fourth B. & even till/ the end of the dispersion of ye Iews & therefore is not yet fully accomplished. For this horn is mighty at this day but not by its own power. It has always reigned under another's power: first under the power of ye Romans & now under the power of the Turks, called by Daniel \whom Daniel calls/ the king of the north. So then the Goat comprehends all the times of the two last Monar \of the four/ E|m|pires as the Ram comprehends all the times of the two first.

But For

<56v>

[Editorial Note 35] The four horns reigned till the transgressors were come to [against the Holy {co}venant] were come to the full (Dan. VIII.23) that is, till the days of the heathens Antiochus Epiphanes when the transgressors were grown numerous & conspired with the Heathens against the holy covenant (Dan XI.30. 1 Maccab. 1. 2 Maccab. IV.) And in the latter time of their kingdom then those horns began to lose their dominion the Romans & king of Pergamus conquering \first/ the kingdom of Macedon in the reign of Antiochus \& afterward the other kingdoms of Syria & Egypt/. And in the latter time of their kingdom [the time when the four kings are falling {]}{t} \&/] when the transgressors are come to the full [or|th|at is in the time when the four kings are falling & the transgressors begin to conspire wth ye heathens against the daily sacrifice] the king of fir|e|rce countenance stands up. He stood up by conquering them. He stood up \wth/ the Romans in conquering the kingdom of Macedon & became a king of firc|er|ce countenance by the las growing into one kingdom with the Romans, & from thence forward his power was mighty but not by his own power. Vnder the administration &c.

And Daniel \[standing as it were at the eastern Gate of the Temple]/ beheld till the thrones were set & the ancient of days did sit whose garment was white as snow & the hair of his head like pure wooll: His throne [above ye Ark between the Cherubims ] was being seen through the flames of the Altar \in the temple th scene of this Vision/] was like the fiery flames & his wheels [the wheels of his throne as in the visions of Ezekiel] as |a| burning fire. A fiery stream [the flame of the Altar] issued & came forth from before him: & thousand thousands \[represented by the Cherubims]/ ministred unto him and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him \& from his face the heaven & earth fled away/. The judgment was set & the books were opened & Daniel beheld till the B fourth Beast was slain & his body given to ye burning flames. And one like the son of man |[Michael the great Prince who standeth up for] the people of Daniel, the son of man who {comes} in ye clouds of heaven \word of God & king of kings with a two edged sword/ word of God wth the two edged sword]| came with the clouds of heaven to ye ancient of days, & [at the sounding of the seventh Trumpet] there was given his|m| a kingdom dominion & glory & a kingdom that all people nations & languages should serve him.

After Daniel had described thi|e|s rise & reign of the fourth kingdo Best|a|st & of his ten horns & of the horn wch rose after them: he proceeds to dscribe {sic} their fall by a vision of of {sic} God sitting in the judgment in the Temple in the most Holy place abo in his throne above the Ark between the Cherubims, Daniel standing before ye Temple & seing this vision through the as it were through the flames of the Altar. I beheld, saith Daniel, till the the|r|ones were set & the ancient of days did sit whose garment was white as snow & ye hair of his head like pure wool His throne was [ s|w|as like the fiery flames [of the Altar] & his wheels [the wheels of his throne as in ye visions of Ezekiel] a burning fire. A fiery stream [the flame of ye Altar] issued & came forth from before him & thousand thousands [represented by the Cherubims] ministred unto him & ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him [& from his face the heaven & earth passed away fled away.] The judgmt was set & the books were opened & Daniel beheld till the 4th Beast was slain & his body given to the burning flames [upon the Altar.] And one like the son of Man [Michael the great Prince wch standeth for the children of Daniel's people, the Word of God with & king of kings wth a two edged sword] came to with in the clouds of heaven to the ancient |of days| & [at the sounding of the seventh Trumpet] there was given him dominion & glory & a kingdom that all nations should people & nations & langug|a|ges should serve him

<57r>

{illeg}of Persia shall be far richer then all t{he} {illeg}k{ch} his riches he shall stir up all against the realm {illeg}at

      {and like the} leopard{s} \{bramble} & fierce &/ had upon the back of it four wing{s} {illeg} {illeg} {&} domi{nion} was given to it. \of {the bishopricks} wch after the reign of Alexander & his sons brake/. These heads & wings are {illeg} {(their} {illeg} became divided when after the death {illeg} {t}hese kingdoms being the kingdom of {illeg} {H}ee-Goat {will} manifest that ye kingdom of the four {illeg} {illeg} represented by the Leopard, & therefore the little \last/ {illeg} \{illeg} of fierce countenance/ {Ti}{g}ris after them \four/ is contemporary to the fourth Empire. [Editorial Note 36]{illeg} wch {illeg} {d}readfull & terrible & strong exceedingly & nails of {illeg} & devoured the whole earth & trode it down & brake {illeg}{de} {illeg} {o}f the Roman Empire wch reigned next after the {illeg} them {illeg} Beast was divers from all the former kingdoms. They {illeg}{i}ngs, this {illeg} a Senate & annual Consuls. And it had ten horns in {illeg}{n} & the ten horns \out of this kingdom are/ are ten kingdoms wch shall arise|.| out of this {illeg} {Be}ast {is the} properly the Empire of the Latines. The kingdoms of {illeg}{fo}ur Beasts are still in being. The three first had their {lives} {illeg}y. by the Beasts wch rose up next after them but their {illeg}{n}d T{illeg} The Lion \had a mans heart given to it &/ is still the nations of Media & Babylonia {illeg}{na}tio{n} of Persia beyond Media & Babylonia, the Leopard {illeg}ce Asia minor & Egypt & Syria the & the fourth Beast {illeg}{&} Roman Empire on this side Greece are \the proper body of/ the fourth {Beast}{illeg}trode down the nations represented by the third Beast & by the {b} He-Goat & reigned {i} stamped up{on} {them} & reigned over them till the building of Constantinople & \the/ erecting of {ye Constantino}politan Empire, & then being separated from them & \reigned above &/ brake {cities &} kingdoms A. C. 408 & 409 as we shewed above, & these ten kingdoms are its ten horns.

And Daniel considered the horns & behold there came up among \&/ them another little horn before whome there were thre{e} of the first horns pluckt up by the roots & behold it was divers in this horn were eyes like the eyes of a man & a mouth speaking great things & its look was more stout then its fellows, & {illeg} |& its thoughts & it spake great word{g|s|} against the most High & thought to change times & laws| /it made war\ {sic} \& made war/ with the saints & prevailed against them. & times & laws were given into its hand for a time times & half a time. Dan. VII. And one th{at} stood by & made Daniel know the interpretation of these things told him that the ten horns were ten kingdoms that shold arise & another [king] should arise after them & be divers from the first [kings] {&} subdue three kings & speak great words against the most High & think to chang{e} times & laws & they should be given into his hand for a time times & half a time. This little horn in being numbred among ye other horns & called a king must be a little kingdom: for Dan by Kings Daniel understands kingdoms. But it was of a different kind from the other \ten/ kingdoms \having a life or soul different from that of the Beast/ & in having eyes & a mouth was a seer & a Prophet as well as a king. {Br}{Da} As a prophet he or law-maker in sacred matters of religion he spake {g}reat words against the most High & thought to change times & laws & they were given into his hand for a time, & \& he ware out the sa/ that is \in a blaspheming manner/ he dictated new \blasphemous/ laws against the laws of God & pro by those laws he \did/ ware out the Saints & prevailed for a time. Now such \a Seer/ a Prophet & |a| king was the Bishop of Rome & there \is no/ other dominion to wch this Prophesy can be applied. He pretends to infallibility \A seer is a Bisho Επίς|σ|κοπος is a Bishop in a litteral sense & th h|H|e claims the Vniversall Bishopric/ \With his mouth he pretends to infallibility/ & that his laws are binding to the whole world \wch is prophesying \to be a Prophet/ in the highest degree./ . . He pretends that he has power the keys of heaven & that his|e| \has/ power reaches over \in/ heaven & {h|H|}ell & as well as on earth & carries /carries\ \in token of his power/ \that he weares/ [Editorial Note 37] the keys of heaven in his hand & the triple crown of \the kingdoms of/ heaven earth & hell on his head: for so his flatterers name them. He pretends to \a power of/ dispense|ing| with Gods positive laws \even/ in particular cases, of forgiving|eness| was \of forgiving or {to} retain|ing| sins of granting indulgencies/, to|of| canonise|i||ng| saints dead men {teacher} to be invoked & we to dis |saints of remitting the {p}ains of purgatory or Hell, of| absolve|i||ng| subjects from their oaths of allegiance {&} of depriving all his opposers of heaven by excommunication, & of disposing of kingdoms by divine right. And This h is his mouth, & he is the only Prince | Potentate in the <58r> {world} {illeg} {uni}versal power & legislative \power/ & speaks with such {illeg}{th}{e} most High. It remains that we shew how the {illeg} king & bec{a}{o}me a temporal king himself.

{illeg} {he}athens till the reign of Clodovæus their king. He {illeg} the Roman Cath Catholic religion A. C. 496 {illeg} the {Pope} & the Pope made Remigius Archbishop {illeg} Bish{op over} France. This was the first considera{tion}{illeg} Pope {illeg} Vniversal Bishopric. Then Clodo{væus} {illeg}{great} victory over the Goths receved from the {illeg} {s}plendid crown adorned with gemms \besides other presents/ & having {illeg}t victory A. C. 4|5|07, sent it ser|v|en year after as a {illeg}{i}s more fit to adorn that august head then his own. {illeg}{r}bere relates, was afterwards called Regnum, the {illeg}nd this was the first instance of the Popes wearing a {crown. }

{illeg}Leo Is{amus} \A. C. {4} 726/ to put a stop to the worship of Images, by ye \which was then \had been long/ overspreading ye east/ {illeg}{run} called a meeting of Counsellours & Bishops in his {illeg}{tw}ice put out an Edict against that worship & wrote to Po{pe} {illeg}ral Council might be called but the Pope thereupon {illeg}{of} Rome confirmed the worship of Images, excommunicat{ed} {illeg}{absolved his} subjects in Italy from their allegiance {illeg}to pay tribute to the him, & thereby got the city {illeg}{awe}d a great part of the city into his own hands {illeg}{kill} Paul the Exarch. And the Lombards also being zealots for {ye worship of} Images & pretending to favour the cause of the Pope inva{ded the} cities of the Exarchate. Hitherto Rome had been a Dukedome in the in the hands of the Emperor & governed by a Duke appointed by the Exarch \or deputy king/ of Ravenna: now the Pope who had hitherto been Bishop it became the temporal Metropolis of the Pope|.| .|,| |& the Pope became king of Rome, but his kingdom was but a very little horn.|

At length Pope Zechary A. C. 752 fearing the power of the Lombards deposed Childeric a sloathfull & useless king of France & the last of the race of Merovæus & absolving his subjects from their obedience oath of allegiance gave the kingdom to Pipin king of Austrasia & Suevia forever, hoping thereby to strengthen himself by make|i|ng a new & potent friend. And t|T|hus by the conjunction of these two kingdoms did one of the ten horns fall before the little horn. And while the temporal power of the Pope in France (in ordine ad Spiritualia) was grown so \very/ great, he deserves \now/ to we\a/re the \temporal/ crown sent his|m| by Clodovæus.

The same year in March this Pope died & Stephen succeeded & before the end of the year the Lombards took Ravenna & put an end to the Exarchate \or kingdom of Ravenna/. And this is the second of the three kingdoms that fell.

Then Pope Stephen knowing better how to deal with the \Greek/ Emperor then with the Lombards went the next year to their king to perswade him to return the Exarchate to ye Emperor, but this not succeeding he went into France & perswaded Pipin to take the Exarchate & Penta{l}|p|olis from the Popes Lombards & give it to St Peter. And accordingly Pipin A. C. 754 came with an army into Italy & made Aistulphus king of the Lombards promise the surrender. But the next year Aistulphus on the contrary to revenge himself on the Pope beseiged the city of Rome. <58v> Whereupon Pope Stephen – – – – – – – – as {illeg}

Afterwards the Lombards – – – – – – – – {illeg} And this is the third kingdom wch fell b{illeg} |of the ten| kingdoms fell before the little horn & by \in its rise/ {illeg} tha|is|{t} \horn/ /has\ gained a temporal kingdom & in memory {illeg} keys of the cities of the two \{lar}/ kingdoms in his {illeg} has|v||ing| added two others, he \now/ weres{illeg} a temp{oral} crown{illeg} \Exarchate & kingdom of {t}{the} {illeg} the crowns of the Exarchate & of the kingdo{m}/ others the crowns of the Exarchate & {illeg} \same {illeg} his ki{ngdom}/ flatterers tell us that his three crowns {illeg} & |yt| his triple crown in taken of his is a sym{bol of} {illeg} hell: but how come they to know yt ye {L}{illeg} the lock of heaven & another for shutting {illeg} king of heaven & hell. These things are {illeg} mo{illeg} intelligeble make this|e| \his/ triple corwn a sym{bol of his} {illeg} the Exarchate & part of Lombardy. {illeg}

<57v>

Thus the Pope conspiring with his friend {illeg} |in|di|d in his |a|ri|o|se by| rooted|in||g| up three kings in his rise \before him/, giving the kingd{om} {illeg} kingdom of Ravenna to himself & dividing the {E}{mpire} {illeg} {him}self & his friend &|. A||nd| in token that he is a King {illeg} crowns of those three kingdoms \{of}/ in form {illeg} the Cities of the E kingdoms of Ravenna {&} {to} {illeg} |exalted above kings & Emperors & de-|clared by a Council above all huma{ne} {p{illeg}tions}{illeg} men, & being exalted above {an} King|s| & {illeg} look more stout then his fellows. Th{illeg} signify this the keys of ye cities were laid {illeg} St Peters key|s| & the territory Sr {sic} Peters po{r}{n}{illeg}{ray} {illeg} an allegory tell us that the keys \represent the {Crown} {illeg}/ are the {kings} {illeg} Popes power in \relate to/ heaven earth & hell as if he w{illeg}

Sometime after the Pope was made Universal B{ishop of the}{illeg} time the worship of Images increasing & overspreading {the Empire}{illeg}

His kingdom they call |St| Peters partrimony b{ecause} {illeg} {I}{illeg}Peter. And for the same reason the keys {of} {illeg} |S| Peters keys, they being offered to St Peter {illeg}

Whereupon Pope Stephen - - - - - - as they had hitherto {d}{illeg}

Afterwards the Lombards - - - - - - in the year 77{3}{illeg} kingdom wch fell before the Pope little horn.

The Pope reigned now over the Exarchate {of}{illeg} Lombards but \many of/ his subjects had {illeg} a while \they/ brought him into gre{at}{illeg} sollicit Charles ye great to {assist him} once more {illeg} made a great commotion against |being de{sirious to shake off} {illeg} ancient liberty some oth of them raised {illeg} \against him/ accuse{d} {illeg} & brought him into great danger upon whereupon Charles the gre{at} {illeg}| him upon wch Charles the {great} {illeg} |‡ armed force to resettle him & upon a day appointed presided in a Council of Italian & Gallican Bishops to heare both parties. But when the Popes adversaries expected to be heard, the Council declared the Pope that he who was the supreme judge of all other men was above being judged by any other then himself. And thereupon the Pope made a solemn declaration of his own innocence & in recompence {se}|fo|r the service & honour done him made Ch. Emperor of the west; & Charles at his coronation took this oath of Fealty to the Pope. - - - - - This was done in December A. C. 800.| to resettle him & |convened some of the western Bishops \of France & {Spain}/ on a Cou{ncil} to be he{ld} {illeg} both parties &| when the Popes adversaries {illeg} expected to be heard the {illeg} was declared above all humane judicature |& being supreme Iudge over all others & that it was {illeg} if pr he declared himself innocent upon his own oath. Which being done the Pope {illeg}| {sic} on recompen{ce | se} made Charles Emp{eror} of the west & Charles made the Popes new subjects swear fidelity \{allegian{c}e}/ to him & {illeg} at his own Coronation took sware fealty to him \himself to the Pope./ [in these words. In nomine {D}{C}{illeg} spondeo at poll{s}|i|ceor Ego Carolus Imperator coram Deo et beato Petro Apostol{illeg} me protectorem fore ac defensorem fore hujus sactæ Romanæ Ecl|c|lesiæ in omnibus utilitatibus quatenus divino fultus fuero adjutorio prout scivero potero. ] Thus the Pope This was done in December A. C. 800 & the Pope having thus acquired a kingdom \& being \now/ exalted \in dignity/ above all kings & even above the Emperor himself/, reigned henceforward amongst the ten horns with a look more stout then his fellows, carr\y/ing two keys in his hand in memory of \his receiving/ the keys of the cities of \or {its}/ the \kingdoms of Ravenna called & those of the cities of the/ Exarchate & |of ye| kingdom of Lombardy, delivered & to him, & adding wearing \upon his head the French crown &/ the crowns of the|o|se two kingdoms upon his head in form of a triple crown. of his hav in testimony of his having \possessing/ the keys of the cities of the kingdoms of Ravenna & Lombardy, & wearing upon his head the French crown & the crowns of those two \conquered/ kingdoms in form of a tripple crown \upon his head/. The keys may be called Peters keys because \they were presented to him|Peter| upon his Altar & thence/ the kingdom is called Peters patrimony: but to tell us \as some do/ that they are the keys of heaven & that the crowns are the crowns of \signify the Popes power in/ heaven Earth & Hell, is to turn history into a|n| fall{a} f allegory. The Pope might be crowned king of Peters Patrimony but to tell us that w|h|e would suffere himself to be crowned king of heaven & hell is a jeast.

<59r>

The Francks \France under Clodovæus/ A. C. 500, the Visigoths \in Spain/ under Reccared A.C. 590.

After the Sepulchres of Ma Saints & Martyrs were converted into places of prayer \like the heathen Temples/ & |ye| Churches into the Sepulchres of Saints & Martyrs & a certain degr sort of sanctity was placed in those \dead/ bodies: the third step towards the invocation of saints was the attributing great virtue to the dead bodies & bones & other reliques of the saīts upon a notion that those miracles are \were/ peformed \at the{ir}\ir/ tombs/ by the power of the separate soules of the saints & martyrs. who know what we do or say & are able to do us good or hurt: wch is the very notion that the heathens had have what we say or had of theeir Gods, that is had of the separate souls of their ancient Kings, & Heros, wch they worshipped under the names of Saturn Iupitere \Vulcan Bacchus Iuno Ceres Apollo Diana Mercury/ Mars Venus Hercules & \the/ other heathen Gods \wch Gods by their being male & female are discovered to be ancient men & weomen/. And as the first step towards the invocation of Saints was set on foot by the persecution of Decius & the second by the persecution of Dioclesian so this third seems to have been set on foot by the persecution of Iulian the Apostate. When he began to restore heathens & to act aga oppose the Christian religion \& mag\nify/ the worship of the heathen Gods & vilify the Saints & Martyrs/, the Christians of Syria & Egypt seem to have made a great cry of the miracles done by the reliques of the Christian Saints & Martyrs in opposition to the powers attributed by \Iulian &/ the heathens to their Gods Idols. & {Miracles} For so far as I can find, this cry of miracles began in the first year of Iulian.

<60v>

acquired {illeg}mory that {t}he given|ft| of \supremacy he/{illeg}{t}wo \{illeg}{v}er two/ kings {illeg} |&| the kingd{om} \& the grant{illeg}/ {illeg}utually given \{re}ign of Constantius./ tell us {illeg}ing \newly/ converted to ye Ro{man Chur}ch {illeg}{rmu}da a ~ golden crown {illeg} with Iewels A. C. 514. This crown seems to {illeg} Episcopal & the Popes might well \continue to/ wear it in memory of what afterwards past {illeg} them & the Kings of France \after the grants of {s}upremacy by Iustinian & I{oh}acas/ & add to it two {crowns in} respect of the Exarchate & Kingdom of ye Lombards by whose ruin they acquired all their temporal dominions. Thus did three of the first kings fall at once before this horn, & by their fall he grew up & became a temporal king \both temporal & spiritual/ & in token thereof still wears a triple crown.

and a triple crown upon his head.

These crowns I take to be in memory some take to be worn in token of his power in heaven earth & hell. \To make him king of heaven \& Hell/ is too gross blasphemy &/ I should rather take them for a signe that he acquired his dominion civil & ecclesiastical in by the gift \& subjection/ of one kingdom & the \conquest &/ ruin of two others. The Franks were heathens till the reign of Clodovæus. He being converted to Christianity \A. C. 496/ subjected his kingdom to the Pope & the P as Bishop of all Fran of France & the Pope made Renigius |A.| Bishop of Rhemes his deputy Bishop \over France/. This was ye first considerable step made by the Pope towards ye Vniversal Bishopric Soon after Clodovæus having th Then the Greek Emperor upon some successe Then Clodovæus having enlarged his kingdom by some considerable victorie received gained a great victory over the Goths received from ye Greek Emperor Anastasius a splendid crown adorned wth gemms wth \besides/ other presents & \having/ wore|n| |it| one day \A. C. 507/ in triumph for that victory, \A. C. 507/ sent \it A. C. 507|{14}|/ as a present to ye Pope as more fit to adorn that august head then his own. And this crown,|(| as Sigebert relates) was afterwards called Regnum, the kingdom Reign, or k|K|ingdom. Thus was the Popes power exerted \exalted/ over France & \in temporals as well as in spirituals. For {illeg}/ by vertue of the|is| {p} /power\ he afterwards dethroned Childeric & gabs & gave the kingdom to Pipin king of Astrasia. T And this was the first of the three temporal crowns And in repect of this power in temporals {illeg} And this was the Popes first temporal crown. The other two \Crowns/ were put on long after & seem the domin territories o the Cities & territories of the \to respect the conse conquered/ e|E|xarchate & kingdom of ye Lombards \whose cites|ie|s & territories were/ given by the king of France to the Pope. Thus did three of the ten kings ,|(| the king of France the Exarchate & the king of the Lombards ,|)| |bow down &| fall at once f|b|efore this little horn, & by their humiliation & fall he grew up & became a king both temporal & spiritual & in memory thereof still wears a triple crown.

{sp} {sic}

[1] a Is. ch.

[2] Epist 1 ad Q. Fratrē. p 403

[3] c c In Platone p. 78

[Editorial Note 1] The following two words (1 deleted) function as a catchword for the text in Newton's had in the left margin.

[4] ✝ The fabulous writings of Ctesias

[5] Like splitting two ✝

[Editorial Note 2] Authorial edit: the following material has been sequentially revised as indicated by numerals 1–12, before deletion. After deletion, numerals 1–6 remain.

[6] Pergamus

[Editorial Note 3] This portion has undergone several changes: 1. "have pluckt" 2. "have been pluckt" 3. "pluckt" or "have pluckt" 4. "have been pluckt".

[Editorial Note 4] This portion has undergone several changes: 1. "dominion was taken" 2. "dominion has been taken" 3. "taken" 4. "the dominion of this Beast has been taken" (I cannot quite decipher an order for the 2 previous deleted words b/c I'm not certain what they are).

[Editorial Note 5] The following sentence until "...four horns was taken away" functions as a catchphrase.

[Editorial Note 6] This passage has undergone several changes: 1. "to the description of" 2. "to describe" 3. "to the desciption of".

[Editorial Note 7] "323." is written on the next line in the space where main text would normally be. Due to a slight change in the slant, shape, and ink of his hand between "who" and "ended", it seems he broke off here to add the " ...heathen Emperor of the Greeks. A. C." bit, before continuing the main text.

[Editorial Note 8] This folio looks like a series of notes/references and subsequent drafts crafted from them; I've divided these for clarity.

[Editorial Note 9] There is room made for this comma before the "s" in "words" below. It looks like he stopped at "word" to write this addition, before continuing the main text.

[Editorial Note 10] A line just above this addition may indicate its segregation from surrounding text, the connection of the addition written around it, or a slightly misaligned strikethrough.

[Editorial Note 11] The following "abated but yet lasted" might instead be an undeleted inline extension of the previous deleted addition, and this addition ends with "to the barbarians".

[7] a in vita Chrysostomi.

[8] b In vitis sanctorū patr{u}m c. 21, de Iacobo

[9] 6 Cod. Theod. Tit. 19 l. 1

[10] Oros. l. 7. c. 37.

[11] Cladian de Bello Getico

[12] |Prud.| In Symmach. l. 12.

[13] {illeg} ye Africans manifested by these sanguinary laws

[Editorial Note 12] This word has undergone a series of authorial edits. Proposed order: 1. "taking" 2. "take" or "taken" 3. "took".

[Editorial Note 13] This and the following paragraph refer to edicts yet do not contain space or indicators for adding them; it seems that here, his primary focus was the flow of his own work surrounding them.

[Editorial Note 14] Sequence of corrections: 1. "had taken" 2. had them taken" 3. "took".

[Editorial Note 15] The difference in line thickness and flow of text suggest that this section was deleted before the above "So when...".

[Editorial Note 16] Order of the following two points has been reversed by author one or more times; they are transcribed in the order they appear.

[Editorial Note 17] Likely edit sequence: 1. "Such a Temple as this" 2. "Such a Temple Of this kind" 3. "Such a Church Of this kind"; plus it's not clear if he had kept "Such a Church" on its own at some point.

[Editorial Note 18] This division (clearly a new draft of the above) may or may not have been struck through at the same time with its predecessor - there's a small break in the line.

[Editorial Note 19] Based on ink quality, hand, and workflow, this addition was part of the interlinear one above, broken up later by the blockStrikethrough.

[14] a Baron. ad Ann 590 Num. 13.

[15] Greg. M. lib. 9. Epist 9

[16] Hist Miscel. l. 17. Cedren Annal. in Maurit.

[17] a Baron an 591 num. 36.

[Editorial Note 20] First of 3 passages discussing "both Dragon & Beast".

[Editorial Note 21] The following section re-ordered using circled numerals 2, 1, 3.

[18] Diodor l. 1. Maimon in{illeg} Mor. Nevoc. {{illeg}} l. 3. c. 46. Seld{illeg} in in Proleg. in l. de D{îj}s Syr{illeg}|.| {3}

[Editorial Note 22] Second of 3 passages discussing "both Dragon & Beast".

[19] Epist 70

[20] Epist 182

[21] Epist 73

[22] Epist 80

[23] Orat 20

[24] Orat. 37

[25] Iamb. 23.

[26] Gr. Naz. Ca{r}m. de vita sua

[27] Epist. c. 3.

[Editorial Note 23] Based on the flow of text and positioning on the page, the above text seems to have been added after beginning the following paragraph with a cancelled "The".

[Editorial Note 24] Third of 3 passages discussing "both Dragon & Beast".

[Editorial Note 25] These dashes refer to a section of the line above.

[Editorial Note 26] Alternate reading of above paragraph.

[28] Vide etiam Greg. Naz. Carm. Iamb 18.

[Editorial Note 27] The short passage following this has been deleted and replaced, successively, with a short passage written as a separate paragraph below this one; then a second, longer passage after that, which eventually becomes the main text, and which incorporates the original shorter addition. The undeleted remainder of this paragraph is then inserted back into the longer of the two additions.

[29] Orat 2 de. S. Ba Vide \by la/ i|S|t Hom. 47 in \S./ Iulian et Hom. 66.

[30] Ep. 27 ad Eustochium.

[31] Hist Laus. c. 67.

[32] Edit. Frontonis Ducæi Tom. 1.

[Editorial Note 28] These references seem to have been added as he found them; here they use up the left margin.

[33] d See Baron an. 591 num

[Editorial Note 29] From here until the end of this folio, main text body written across the left margin.

[Editorial Note 30] This is part of the previous addition, but struck through en bloc with the following text (deletion indicated by "[]").

[Editorial Note 31] The following text order modified by author using numerals 1–4

[34] Buxtorf. in Synagoga Iudaica. c. 2{1}{7}

[35] Buxtorf. in Synagoga Iudaica. c. 18.

[36] {D} Lex 2 de Fide Catholica in Cod. Theod.

[Editorial Note 32] This passage (the following 2 paragraphs) has been block-deleted, then the deleting stroke itself deleted.

[37] Ezek. 29.3 & 32.2.

[38] Isa. 51.9

[39] a See Bochart Geog. l. 4. c. 24 p. 294.

[40] Psal. 74.13, 14

[41] Ezek 2 & 3.

[42] Chrysost. Tract 118 in 19 Chap. Ioan.

[Editorial Note 33] Authorial edit: reordering of the following items as indicated by numerals 1–4.

[43] Baron. ad A. C 367. p. 909 \sect. 19/.

[44] Serm. 92

[45] Can. 23.

[Editorial Note 34] The following addition/deletion sequence has undergone several revisions; the code cannot clearly represent which came first, so I have separated the deletions but left them in original order of appearance.

[Editorial Note 35] Because of damage it is not certain that this folio continues from the previous.

[Editorial Note 36] Possible new paragraph here.

[Editorial Note 37] Multi-layered authorial edit. Suggested order: 1. "...on earth & carries the keys..." 2. "...on earth & that he weares the keys..." 3. "...on earth & carries the keys..." 4. "...on earth & in token of his power he weares the keys...".

© 2024 The Newton Project

Professor Rob Iliffe
Director, AHRC Newton Papers Project

Scott Mandelbrote,
Fellow & Perne librarian, Peterhouse, Cambridge

Faculty of History, George Street, Oxford, OX1 2RL - newtonproject@history.ox.ac.uk

Privacy Statement

  • University of Oxford
  • Arts and Humanities Research Council
  • JISC